Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
.
c n .
c
c
# .
f
.
c
f
a2
c # .
Musical Analysis
c
n
b
f
c
c
f
n
5th Edition
# n.
.
# .
b ..
.
b ..
c
c
b.
b 13/ # 11
# .
E7
Frans Absil
January 2015
b 13/ # 11
E7
c |
.
c n n n .
b n
y y y y
Y
c
Suspended cymbal
c
f
c n .
n
n
Colophon
This musical analysis book contains compositions from the classical
symphonic and chamber music repertoire. It includes many masterworks by the great composers from the tonal music period.
This document has been created using the public domain LATEX computer typesetting program. The navigation links (printed in blue) in
the Adobe Acrobat Reader file (the pdf-file) were created using the
hyperref package from the LATEX distribution.
Free demo version:
This incomplete demo version e-book is offered free of charge. Order
and buy the full version of this music analysis E-book. See the website
for payment instructions.
Current edition:
Fifth Edition, January 2015.
Musical Analysis: Visiting the Great Composers, 5th Edition, Frans Absil
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, the Netherlands.
URL Website: http://www.fransabsil.nl
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or any information storage
and retrieval system, without prior permission in writing from the Author.
ii
Contents
Colophon
ii
List of Figures
xiii
Preface
1
xvii
Introduction
1.1 What you will find in this book . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 How the musical analysis diagrams were created
1.3 How to read the analysis diagrams . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Notation in the analysis tables . . . . . .
1.3.2 Two template musical forms . . . . . . .
1.3.3 Key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
1
3
3
9
12
14
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
15
15
15
21
23
23
23
28
28
28
30
30
30
34
34
36
36
CONTENTS
3
iv
Joseph Haydn
3.1 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1 in G Major . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio sostenuto . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto - Trio . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten . . .
3.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Mvt. 2 Andante o piu` tosto allegretto . . . . .
3.2.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo - Trio
3.2.4 Mvt. 4 Vivace assai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser . . . . .
3.3.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 Mvt. 2 Poco adagio; cantabile . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 Mvt. 3 Menuett allegro - Trio . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4 Mvt. 4 Finale. Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
39
39
39
39
44
44
47
47
48
48
52
52
54
56
56
56
61
61
64
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
67
67
67
70
72
72
72
72
76
81
81
84
86
86
86
90
90
93
95
95
95
100
100
104
104
106
106
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
4.5.3 Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Mvt. 4 Adagio - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581 . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.4 Mvt. 4 Allegretto con Variationi . . . . . . . . .
4.6.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 Symphony No. 38 Prague KV 504 . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.1 Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.2 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.3 Mvt. 3 Finale presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.4 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Symphony No. 40 KV 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro molto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.2 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio . . . . . . . .
4.8.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro assai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 Symphony No. 41 in C Major Jupiter KV 551 . . . . . .
4.9.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.2 Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio . . . . . . . .
4.9.4 Mvt. 4 Molto allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 Opera The Magic Flute KV 620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.1 Ouverture
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.2 No. 1. Introduction Zu Hulfe
. . . . . . . . . .
4.10.3 No. 2. Arie Der Vogelfanger . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.4 No. 3. Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon .
4.10.5 No. 4. Arie O zittre nicht . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.6 No. 5. Quintett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.7 No. 6. Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein! .
4.10.8 No. 7. Duett Bei Mannern, welche Liebe fuhlen
.
4.10.9 No. 8. Finale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.10 No. 17. Arie Ach, ich fuhls,
es ist verschwunden
5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
111
111
115
117
117
117
121
121
124
124
124
125
130
130
134
134
134
140
140
143
143
144
145
151
151
154
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
173
173
173
173
177
177
179
179
179
v
CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
183
185
185
189
189
189
192
192
196
196
197
203
203
207
207
210
210
210
211
215
215
218
220
220
220
224
224
228
230
230
230
Franz Schubert
6.1 Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, D759 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.3 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810
6.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.3 Mvt. 3 Scherzo Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Mvt. 4 Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Song cycle Die Winterreise, Op. 89, D911 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, D956 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235
235
235
238
240
240
240
240
246
246
249
251
251
251
260
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
vi
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.4.5
7
Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy
7.1 A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21
7.2 The Hebrides Overture Op. 26 . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90 .
7.3.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato . . . . . .
7.3.4 Mvt. 4 Saltarello presto . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
273
273
274
280
280
285
287
287
291
Robert Schumann
8.1 Symphony No. 1 in B[ Major, Fruhling,
Op. 38 . . . . . .
8.1.1 Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.3 Mvt. 3 Scherzo - Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro animato e grazioso . . . . . . . .
8.1.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op 61 . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
8.2.2 Mvt. 2 Scherzo. Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.3 Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro molto vivace . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97 . . . . .
8.3.1 Mvt. 1 Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.2 Mvt. 2 Scherzo, sehr maig . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.3 Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.4 Mvt. 4 Feierlich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.5 Mvt. 5 Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.6 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 Symphony No. 4 in D Minor, Op. 120 . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.1 Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
293
293
293
298
300
300
304
306
306
311
313
313
317
317
317
320
326
326
330
330
335
335
Johannes Brahms
9.1 German Requiem Op. 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.1 Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen . . . . . .
9.1.2 Mvt. 2 Denn alles Fleisch es ist wie Gras . . . .
9.1.3 Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.2 Mvt. 2 Romanze poco adagio . . . . . . . . .
9.2.3 Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
9.2.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
339
339
340
340
344
344
344
347
352
352
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
vii
CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
356
358
358
358
363
363
363
363
371
373
373
378
380
380
386
388
388
393
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
395
395
395
396
401
401
402
402
407
407
409
409
409
409
414
414
416
416
419
419
422
.
.
.
.
.
425
425
425
429
431
431
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
11 Gabriel Faure
11.1 Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48 .
11.1.1 Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie
11.1.2 Mvt. 2 Offertoire . . .
11.1.3 Mvt. 3 Sanctus . . . . .
11.1.4 Mvt. 4 Pie Jesu . . . .
viii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CONTENTS
11.1.5 Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei . . . . . . . .
11.1.6 Mvt. 6 Libera Me . . . . . . . .
11.1.7 Mvt. 7 In Paradisum . . . . . .
11.1.8 Key relationship overview . . .
11.2 Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80 . . . .
11.2.1 Mvt. 3 Sicilienne . . . . . . . .
11.2.2 Key relationship overview . . .
11.3 Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112
11.3.1 Mvt. 1 Ouverture . . . . . . . .
11.3.2 Mvt. 2 Menuet . . . . . . . . .
11.3.3 Key relationship overview . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
434
434
438
438
440
440
440
443
443
443
447
12 Giacomo Puccini
12.1 Opera Madama Butterfly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.1 Overture, Atto Primo (#14) Collina presso Nagasaki .
12.1.2 Atto Primo, (#57) E soffitto e pareti . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.3 Atto Primo, (#813) Questa e` la cameriera . . . . . . . .
12.1.4 Atto Primo, (#1420) Qui verran: lUfficiale del registro
12.1.5 Atto Primo (#2126) Dovunque al mondo . . . . . . . .
12.1.6 Atto Primo (#2728) Una ghirlanda di fiori fresci . . . .
12.1.7 Atto Primo (#3741) Ecco. Ah! Quanto cielo! . . . . .
12.1.8 Atto Primo (#4261) Gran ventura . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.9 Atto Primo (#6164) Dov`e? Eccolo l`a! . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.10 Atto Primo (#100110) Cio-cio-san! . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.11 Atto Primo (#111-115) Bimba, bimba, non piangere . . .
12.1.12 Atto Primo (#116136) Viene la sera . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.13 Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#1216) Un bel d` . . . . .
12.1.14 Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#90) Humming Chorus . .
12.1.15 Atto Secondo, Parte Seconda (#512) Oh eh! Oh eh! . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
449
449
449
451
453
453
457
457
460
460
463
463
466
466
469
469
473
13 Gustav Mahler
13.1 Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.1 Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht . . . . . . . . .
13.1.2 Gieng heut Morgens ubers
Feld . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.3 Ich hab ein gluhend
Messer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.4 Die zwei blauen Augen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.5 Key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2 Symphony No. 3 in D Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.1 Mvt. 2 Tempo di Menuetto. Grazioso . . . . . .
13.2.2 Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast . . . .
13.2.3 Mvt. 4 O Mensch! Gib Acht! . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.4 Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
13.2.5 Mvt. 6 Langsam. Ruhevoll. Empfunden . . . . .
13.2.6 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3 Symphony No. 4 in G Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.1 Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.2 Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
475
475
475
475
479
479
482
482
484
486
493
497
497
502
504
504
504
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ix
CONTENTS
13.3.3 Key relationship overview . . . .
13.4 Symphony No. 5 in C] Minor - D Major
13.4.1 Mvt. 4 Adagietto Sehr Langsam .
13.4.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
13.5 Symphony No. 6 in A Minor Tragic . . .
13.5.1 Mvt. 3 Andante moderato . . . .
13.5.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
14 Claude Debussy
14.1 String Quartet Op. 10 . . . . . . . . . .
14.1.1 Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme .
14.1.2 Key relationship overview . . .
14.2 Prelude a` lapr`es-midi dun faune . . .
14.3 Trois nocturnes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.1 No. 1 Nuages . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.2 No. 2 Fetes . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.3 No. 3 Sir`enes . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.4 Key relationship overview . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15 Richard Strauss
15.1 Symphonic poem Don Juan, Op. 20 . . . . . . . .
15.1.1 Episode: Introduction and Don Juan 1 . .
15.1.2 Episode: Rejection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.3 Episode: Countess and Rejection 2 . . . . .
15.1.4 Episode: Don Juan 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.5 Episode: Anna and Rejection 3 . . . . . . .
15.1.6 Episode: Don Juan 3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.7 Episode: Carnival . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.8 Episode: Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.9 Episode: Don Juan 4 and Don Juan 5 . . .
15.1.10 Episode: Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.11 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . .
15.2 Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 . .
15.2.1 Part 1: Sick man lying on his cot . . . . .
15.2.2 Part 2: The battle between life and death
15.2.3 Part 3: Feverish delirium of life past . . .
15.2.4 Part 4: Transfiguration . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . .
15.3 Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegel, Op. 28 . . . .
15.3.1 Introduction and exposition . . . . . . . .
15.3.2 Episode: Market Scene . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.3 Episode: Love Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.4 Episode: Theology Professors Scene . . . . .
15.3.5 Episode: Happy Streetsong . . . . . . . . .
15.3.6 Recapitulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.7 Episode: Grandness . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.8 Episode: The Court Scene . . . . . . . . . .
x
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
509
509
509
510
513
513
513
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
517
517
517
517
520
524
524
526
526
531
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
533
533
534
535
535
539
539
539
542
544
544
546
546
548
548
548
551
551
556
556
557
559
561
561
564
564
564
566
CONTENTS
15.3.9 Epilog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
15.3.10 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
15.4 Eine Alpensinfonie, Op. 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
16 Jean Sibelius
16.1 En Saga, Op. 9 . . . . . . .
16.2 The Swan of Tuonela, Op. 22
16.3 Finlandia, Op. 26 . . . . . .
16.4 Valse Triste, Op. 44 . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
17 Maurice Ravel
17.1 Pavane pour une infante defunte . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2 String Quartet in F Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.1 Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme . . . . . . . .
17.2.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.3 Miroirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.3.1 Mvt. 4, Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif . . .
17.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.4 Rapsodie Espagnole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.4.1 Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
575
575
577
580
582
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
585
585
589
589
591
592
592
592
596
596
596
600
600
602
604
604
604
604
604
608
608
612
612
614
614
614
616
616
619
619
622
626
626
626
628
628
630
xi
CONTENTS
17.8.6 Scene Le Feu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.8.7 Scene Les Pastoures et Les Patres . . . .
17.8.8 Scene LEnfant et La Princesse . . . . .
17.8.9 Scene LEnfant: Toi, le coeur de la rose
17.9 Piano Concerto in G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.1 Mvt. 1, Allegramente . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.2 Mvt. 2, Adagio Assai . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.3 Mvt. 3, Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 Sergei Prokofiev
18.1 Classical Symphony (No. 1), Op. 25 . .
18.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . .
18.1.3 Mvt. 3 Gavotte . . . . . . . . .
18.1.4 Mvt. 4 Finale . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.5 Key relationship overview . . .
18.2 Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 . . . . . . . .
18.2.1 Introducing the characters . . .
18.2.2 The story develops . . . . . . .
18.2.3 Catching the wolf . . . . . . . .
18.2.4 Triumphal procession - March
18.2.5 Conclusion - Coda . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19 Dmitri Shostakovich
19.1 String Quartet No. 1 in C Major, Op. 49
19.1.1 Mvt. 1, Moderato . . . . . . . . .
19.1.2 Mvt. 2, Moderato . . . . . . . . .
19.1.3 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.2 String Quartet No. 2 in A Major, Op. 68
19.2.1 Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto . . .
19.3 String Quartet No. 3 in F Major, Op. 73 .
19.3.1 Mvt. 2, Moderato con moto . . .
19.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.4 Symphony No. 1 in F Minor, Op. 10 . .
19.4.1 Mvt. 3 Lento . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.4.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.5 Symphony No. 9 in E[ Major, Op. 70 . .
19.5.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . .
19.5.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
xii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
630
633
633
635
636
636
636
640
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
643
643
643
646
648
648
651
653
653
657
659
659
661
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
663
663
664
664
667
669
669
669
669
672
672
672
675
677
677
679
Bibliography
681
Index
686
List of Figures
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2
11
11
12
13
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
23
28
30
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
42
47
48
56
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
67
72
75
86
95
104
105
117
124
125
134
143
144
157
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
175
179
183
189
196
210
xiii
LIST OF FIGURES
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
7.1
7.2
7.3
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
Op. 38 .
Schumann, Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op. 61 . . . . . . .
Schumann, Symphony No. 2, key relationship diagram . .
Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97
Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D Minor, Op. 120 . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
294
306
318
319
335
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
339
344
358
363
367
380
393
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
395
401
401
407
409
410
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235
240
244
251
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
477
482
483
504
509
509
513
516
LIST OF FIGURES
14.3 Debussy, Trois nocturnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
533
548
556
557
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
585
589
591
592
596
604
606
636
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
663
669
669
672
672
677
679
xv
LIST OF FIGURES
xvi
Preface
This is the Fifth Edition of the book Musical Analysis: Visiting the Great Composers. This expanded edition is intended for conductors, composers, musicians, musicologists, music students and lovers.
Preface
analysis aspects back into the score an easy job and a learning experience at the same time.
Hopefully you will enjoy reading and benefit from the book contents. Using the book will
save you many hours of tedious score analysis and may serve as a comparative source for
your own interpretation of these compositions.
xviii
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1
This e-book presents a number of diagrams, representing the musical analysis of compositions from the classical music repertoire. The diagrams are in the form of graphs and tables
and they cover a set of masterpieces from the tonal music period, i.e., starting with the Baroque
and ending with Impressionism and the late Romantic composers. A limited set of later works
(early to mid 20th century) is also included. During this era harmonies were based on chord
structures in thirds, and chord progressions were determined by specific root cycles and cadential formulas. Composers combined chord structures and harmonic progressions to control
tension and release, dissonance and consonance in their music. This system is also labeled as
functional harmony or common practice (the latter term is more strictly applied to music written
between the years 1750 and 1900, approximately).
The analysis diagrams cover a period of almost four centuries, as illustrated in Fig. 1.1.
The diagrams include symphony movements, opera pieces, chamber music works, songs
and solo instrumental pieces. To be complete is impossible; however, this book will present
a representative cross-section of the vast repertoire from that period.
Each chapter contains works from one specific composer (see the overview in Fig. 1.1).1
Chapters are ordered chronologically, according to composer date of birth. General information about the compositions was taken from the printed scores (see the bibliography
list at the end), or from [58, 69]. Terminology and analysis examples were adapted from
[52, 46, 47, 48].
1.2
Over the years I have analysed many orchestral and chamber music scores, in order to try
and understand the following aspects in the works by the great masters:
musical form: the structure of a musical piece, its subdivision into sections and their
proportionality (length);
1
The subsequent chapters have more detailed composer dates and working places. Health warning: from the
limited data set in this e-book the statistics show that the city of Vienna (Wien) is a most dangerous place for
composers to stay. They live shorter and usually die there. So heres a brief warning to musicians with career
ambitions: if you can, avoid the place!
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
Year
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
(1845-1924) G. Faure
d
S. Prokofiev (1891-1953)
d
1600
1700
J. Sibelius (1865-1957)
d
d
R. Strauss (1864-1949)
d
C. Debussy (1862-1918)
d
G. Mahler (1860-1911)
d
G. Puccini (1858-1924)
d
1800
1900
2000
Common Practice
Impress.
Classical
Baroque
1600
1700
Late Rom.
Romantic
1800
Modern
1900
Year 2000
Figure 1.1: History timeline with classical music periods (bottom) and composers covered
chronologically in the chapters of this e-book (top).
1.3
The analysis diagrams for a complete musical composition or for the individual movements
from a longer work are presented in more or less standardised tables, with as much detail
as possible. In many cases there is also a graphical overview of the total piece, showing the
larger scale structure. In this section the notation in the tables is explained; for reasons of
space in the table columns there are many abbreviations and special symbols. Then there
will be two model graphical representations of common musical forms, helping the reader
in understanding the analysis notation.
1.3.1
See Table 1.1 to 1.4 for an explanation of the symbols, labels and abbreviations used in the
analysis diagrams. Table 1.5 shows a list of instrumentation and orchestration abbreviations
used in the diagrams.
When reading the tables one should take into account:
The exact start and ending of melodic material is not indicated.
2
The URL to the website homepage is http://www.fransabsil.nl. Look in the Document Archive to find this
Musical Analysis E-book as PDF file.
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
Meaning
m
(112 m.)
M
M0
M1
M1
(M1)
M1.1
M1a
measure number
total number of measures in the movement
Melodic material (motif, theme, melody)
Motif, used as introduction
First main theme
Varied first theme
Vague reference to a theme
First theme from the first thematic group (sonata form)
First (a) phrase or motif from the first theme;
used in melodic analysis, in order to label subphrases and
distinguish period (abab) from sentence (aab) melodic forms
Second group theme, contrasting theme in sonata form
Melodic inversion of M1.1
Countermelody (subordinate melody in counterpoint setting)
Transitory melody of motif
Melody x with specific character, e.g., Ma: ascending motif,
MB : Butterfly theme, Md: dance melody, Ms: scalar motif
Gradual introduction of the melodic material below
M2
I(M1.1)
Mc, CM
Mt
Mx
5
..
.
R
H
...
<(Dm7 G7 )
S46
(C F G7 )/C
hB[m|Gi
Table 1.2: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (last column). In
the detailed analysis tables the abbreviations are frequently used without period.
Label
d
2nd
h i Dev.
3
4
[A], [1]
A, B, A, B
A
Ac.
Aeol.
Alt.
appogg.
arp.
asc.
aug.
(a), (b)
bg.
cad.
ch.
chr.
clim.
c.m.
contr.
C&R
CSubj.
ctp.
D
desc.
Dev.
diat.
dim.
dom.
Dor.
dyn.
elab.
epis.
Exp.
ex.
ext.
Meaning
d
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
Table 1.3: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (contd).
Label
Meaning
fin. st.
Gr.
~
Hk
d
~
Hk
i
i
imit.
improv.
Ion.
Lyd.
M
mv
i (%)
Pm
Mixolyd.
mod.
(N ), (N 6 )
Oct.-sc.
PB (&)
PBi (%)
P (g)
par.
ped.
Pent.
pt.
R5
~ ni
R
Rec., Recap.
Rep.
retrans.
rh.
(cm)
(cm<)
S6
[S6 ]
[S6 (Rn )]
~n
S
e
sc.
Table 1.4: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (contd).
Label
Meaning
SD
Seq.
st., stat.
subj.
susp.
sym.
sync.
T
th.
ton.
tr., trans.
tripl.
unis.
var.
Wh.t.-sc.
The harmonic progressions sometimes are reduced to the main chords that support the
structure (the functional harmony). When a detailed harmonic progression is cut short
in the tables, this is marked as S1 S2 , e.g., C Em7 /B E7[9 /G] Am F ]7 G7
is summarized as C G7 .
A harmonic sequence (more or less exact repeat of a short fragment) is frequently indicated by the notation Seq(32m;R7 ), occasionally abbreviated as Seq(3R7 ). This is a
sequence of 6 measures in total, consisting of a 2 measure pattern used 3 times. Each
repeat is at an upward tonal step (R7 ). This notation is based on the tonal positive and
negative root cycle system:3
R3 : root moving a third downward, R3 : root moving a third upward;
R5 : root moving a fifth downward, R5 : root moving a fifth upward;
R7 : root moving a second upward, R7 : root moving a second downward.
Pedal point (extended notes over multiple measures) on the pitch c in any part of a
score, but most likely in either bass or upper part) is indicated in general as P (c). A
tonic pedal, such as the pitch c in the key of C Major is marked as P T (c), a dominant
pedal, such as the pitch g in the same key likewise as P D (g). A double pedal point,
with tonic and dominant held simultaneously is marked as P (e[ b[) (in the key of
3
The root cycle system is a notion in the Schillinger System of Musical Composition [50]. This approach is most
useful for both musical composition and analysis, as it teaches the student to identify and apply (de-)stabilising
chord progressions and cadences in tonal and more modern styles.
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
Table 1.5: Notation: instrumentation and orchestration abbreviations used in the analysis
diagrams.
Label
Meaning
+
AFl
BCl
Brs
Bsn
Cel
Ch
Cl
DB
div
ECl
EHn
FHn
Fl
gliss
Glk
Hns
Hrp
LH
Ob
Perc
Pi
pizz
Pno
RH
Str
Tbn
Timp
Tpt
trem
Va
Vc
Vi
VS
WW
1.3.2
A graphical representation of a composition will reveal its large scale structure; the relative
proportions of the main sections. Obviously, it is not representing the duration of sections,
since musical tempo is not taken into account in these graphs.
With the diagrams of two template musical forms we will illustrate some aspects of the
formal structure at multiple levels, including many symbols, defined in Table 1.1 from the
previous subsection. We will do that for the two most common musical forms, the sonata
form and the ternary song form. These form are discussed extensively in [52, 46, 47]. The
templates shown here contain the essence of those textbooks.
9
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
The sonata form
Figure 1.3 shows the graphical representation of the sonata form. 4 The structure is displayed
at four levels:
Section level: This is the highest level. The sonata form has the following sections: [Introduction], Exposition, Development, [False Recapitulation], [Secondary Development], Recapitulation, and Coda. Some sections are optional (indicated by dashed
lines in the diagram). The exposition will state the main themes of the sonata movement, the development sections will process this thematic material through variation
and modulation. Modulations (key and root changes) may be either carefully prepared
through cadences, or totally unexpected and in rapid succession. The development
may introduce new themes or skip some of the thematic material in the exposition:
in the diagram theme M2.2 does not return in the development. Transitions of any
length may be found between these major sections. Further explanation is given below.
Separation between sections is usually achieved by using standard closing harmonic
formulas, cadences.5
Group Level: This indicates the grouping of thematic and melodic material around certain
keys. In the sonata template there are typically two groups of thematic material (labeled as Gr1 and Gr2 in the diagram). When the sonata movement is in a major key the
first group themes are in the tonic key (T), the second group themes in the dominant
key (D). When the sonata form is in a minor key, the second group usually is in the
relative major key (M).
Theme/Melody/Subject: At this level individual melodies or subjects can be identified. A
group may contain one or more melodies or themes. The introduction may also contain
melodic material, often a signal-like motif (here labeled as M0 ). The numbers (here
subscripts) indicate the group and theme number: e.g., M2.1 is the first melody in the
second group, also called the secondary subject. In a group there may be multiple
statements of melodic material (exact or varied repeats; not shown in the template diagram for lack of space). Varied forms of a melody may be used and are marked by
accents: e.g., M10 in the transition between the exposition and the development, or
M100 in the false recapitulation. A vague reference to an earlier theme is indicated by
putting the melody number between brackets: e.g., the reference to the introductory
motif M0 in the transition between the two groups in the development. When multiple
melodies sound simultaneously (in a counterpoint setting with a main and countersubject,) or sound juxtaposed in a call-and-response setting, this is indicated by the forward
slash: e.g., M1/2 in the secondary development or M1/0 in the coda. Usually the number before the slash is the leading theme in such a parallel melodic setting.
Phrase/Motif: A melody or theme may be subdivided into smaller melodic units, such as
the phrase or motif. A motif is marked by a smallcaps letter: a, b, c, . . .. In classical music
there are two basic families of melodic structures, shown in Figure1.2: the sentence and
4
Always keep in mind that this is a template, an ideal description. Actual examples from the classical repertoire by the great composers may always deviate from this model. The model was constructed afterwards as an
academic approach to music.
5
Cadences, standardized harmonic formulas, close units at all sectioning levels, not only at the highest section
level. Transitions usually contain a closing cadence, leading into the next major section, as do melodies.
10
Period
a
b
(a)
(b)
Figure 1.2: Classical music melody structure. (a) sentence, (b) period.
the period, see [52]. The sentence has the form: aab (see the Group 1 theme in the
exposition), the period consists of abab phrases (as is the case for the first melody in
the 2nd group in the exposition). Another approach is a binary subdivision of a theme
into antecedent and consequent.6 The motif grouping into antecedent-consequent for a
sentence is (aa) (b), and for a period (ab) (ab).
Of course, melodies may deviate from these two basic patterns (see the 2nd theme in
the 2nd group which has the form aaa). And obviously these phrases may be varied in
any section of the sonata form: see M2.1 in the development. And we may encounter
only a single motif from the basic melody in the development section: see M1 in the
second part of the development, where only the b-phrase is varied as bb0 b0 .
Sonata form:
Intro
I
@
@
M0
[Optional]
Exposition
Gr1 Gr2
Development
Tr. Gr2
Tr.
I
@
@
M1 M2.1 M2.2 M10 M2.1
aa0 b abab aaa0 6 aba0 ba0
Recap.
Gr1
Gr1
(M0 ) M10
M100
M1/2 M0
M1
Coda
0 0
bb b
Level:
Section
Group
Theme/Melody
Phrase/Motif
Figure 1.3: The sonata form in diagram, with formal structure, notation and labeling at various levels (see description in the text).
So, respecting the structural hierarchy defined above, melodic material could be labeled
in a computer language style as: Exp::Gr2 ::M2.1 ::b (separating the 4-levels top-down by
double colons). In the tables you will find a less sophisticated notation, that skips the section
and group level, and will usually use neither subscripts, nor double colons. Therefore, the
musical analysis tables will use labeling such as: M1, M2.1, M1b, M2.1a. In case of notation
inconsistencies, this is usually in order to prevent overfull table columns.
The sonata form occurs frequently as the opening and closing (finale) movements of
extended, multi-movement compositions, such as the symphony and string quartet.
The ternary song form
The ternary song form, also called the ternary form or ABA form, consists of two more or less
similar outer sections A, separated by a contrasting middle section B. The second A section
6
The antecedent-consequent pair has some similarity to a call-and-response melody. The second half, the consequent, should have some reference to the opening phrase, the antecedent.
11
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
is usually varied (labeled A or A2 ) and the movement frequently may close with a coda. The
ternary song form is shown schematically in Fig. 1.4.
Ternary (song) form:
|| : A1
@
@
M1 I
0
aa b
[Optional] -
: || B
M1
I
@
@
M2
abab
A2
Tr(M2 )
bb
M1
Coda
M1/2
Level:
Section
Theme/Melody
Phrase/Motif
Figure 1.4: The ternary song form in diagram, with formal structure, notation and labeling
at various levels (see description in the text).
This form is subdivided into three structural levels:
Section: This highest level shows the ternary structure, with the two A-sections (here labeled as A1 and A2 ), and the middle section B. The first A-section may be repeated.
The dashed box around the Coda section indicates that it is optional.
Theme/Melody: Now, in general there is one theme or melody per section, so we dont
need the group structural level. In the template there is a main theme M1 , that is
repeated (2nd statement) within the opening section. However, that depends on the
length of the section, and a single statement is equally likely. Themes usually close
with a cadence. The theme in the middle section, M2 , is supposed to be a contrast to
the other melody. The section closes with a transition, that is based on the 2nd theme.
In the closing section, A2 , after a single statement of the opening theme, both themes
are combined in a simultaneous setting (M1/2 ), although a simple repeated statement
of the opening theme is just as likely. The coda usually contains a reference to either of
the themes, before closing with a cadence.
Theme/Motif: In the diagram the first theme, M1 , is a sentence (aa0 b), the contrasting middle
theme, M2 , is a period (abab). The transition is based on a variation of the second motif
from the middle theme.
The ternary song form is used in the middle movements of longer, multi-movement compositions, such as the symphony or string quartet. There it is often in the form of a Menuet
and Trio or a Scherzo and Trio, where both parts of the movement (so both the menuet and
the trio, or the scherzo and the trio) have a ternary structure. With a helicopter view, also
the sonata form might be interpreted as a ternary form, with the exposition as the first Asection, the development as the contrasting middle or B-section, and the recapitulation as
the second A-section. In general, the ternary song form movement is shorter than the sonata
form movement.
1.3.3
For some of the works a key relationship diagram will be shown, according to the structural
functions of harmony approach presented [51]. This is a graphical representation of how the
12
Dm
Am
Em
Bm
tF ]
Symmetry axis
G]
C]
C]m
F ]m
G]m
D]
A]
D]m
A]m
F]
C]
F ]m
C]m
Submediant R3i
Relative minor
Cm
Fm
Gm
Am
Dm
Em
Bm
Subdominant R7i
A[
A[m
C[
C[m
E[
E[m
tG[
G[m
B[
B[m
- Dominant R7i
F
Fm
Gm
t
Dm
Am
Em
Parallel minor
Cm
Mediant R3i
D[
A[
E[
B[
D[m
A[m
E[m
B[m
Fm
Gm
Cm
- Circle of 5ths
As the piece moves through a number of keys, the number of horizontal and vertical
steps between two keys indicates the proximity. A diagonal move, e.g., from C to Gm (C &
Gm), represents two steps. A surprise modulation in a development section of the sonata
form implicates a leap in this diagram. Since keys are shown multiple times, we will take
the shortest path between two keys; e.g., from C to Dm the shortest path is left-upward (,
two steps), whereas yields a distance of three steps. The enveloping rectangle around
all the keys used in a movement is a measure for the tonal stability. Of course, a feeling of
time, the slow or rapid succession of keys, is lost in this diagram.
In modal music, the key refers to either a major diatonic mode (Lydian, Ionian, Mixolydian) or a minor mode (Aeolian, Dorian).
13
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
1.4
Further reading
The material in this book is partly based on books on musical analysis I have read and studied in detail. The other part is my own system for concisely and consistently marking and
summarising in diagrams all the scores that I have studied over the years. Therefore, most
of the symbols for labeling at the detailed level are my own definition, while at the higher
structural levels there is more agreement with existing literature.
In case, the reader would like to delve further into these source documents and textbooks
for musical analysis, here is a brief list of references that cover the period of tonal music:
[12, 15, 25, 31, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 53].7 However, none of these sources contains a collection
of detailed harmonic analyses of classical music movements and compositions, comparable
to the set in this e-book. That is, what makes this publication unique.
14
See the Bibliography at the end of this book for full references.
Chapter 2
1700
1800
1900
2000
Some general data and BWV numbers were taken from [70].
2.1
Vierstimmige Choralgesange
2.1.1
This chorale melody has been set as a 4-part harmonisation multiple times: as chorale nr. 154
(BWV 135), 155 (BWV 153), 156 (BWV 161), 157 (BWV 244), 158 (BWV 244), 159 (BWV 244),
160 (BWV 244), 161 (BWV 246), 162 (BWV 270) and 163 (BWV 271).
See the harmonic analysis in Table 2.1 to 2.5. The end of a text phrase is indicated as Am,
corresponding to a fermata in the musical score.
2.2
h i
3
2
, 92 m.)
B
Figure 2.1: Bach, Cantata No. 12 Weinen, Klagen, Sorgen, Zagen, BWV 12
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Table 2.1: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 154155 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m
Nr. 154
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Am
Nr. 155
16
Comment
BWV 135
10
11
12
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
|| : Am
Em F/A Em/G
E/G]
Dm/F E
Am F B7 /D E
: || Am
Am
B7 /D Em F B
C
F C]7 Dm Dm/F
A C/E
G C/E G
d
E/G]
Am7 /C D G
F/A C Dm7 /C G/B
Am/C E
relative major
BWV 153
Am
|| : E7 /D
Am/C C]7 Dm C /E
Dm/F Gm/B[ A Em/G
D]7 /F ] Am/E B7 /D] E7
: || Am
Am
G G7 /F Am/E B /D
C7 /E F C C/E
F C]7 /B[ A/C] Dm
A D7 /F ]
G F ] /A G/B
C
Am7 /C D G
Dm C/E D7 /F ] G
E7 /G] Am E
PB (%)
major
plagal cad.
plagal cad. to major
PBi (%)
Table 2.2: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 156157 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m
Nr. 156
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Comment
BWV 161
Am
|| : Em
Dm/F G F/A G7 /B C
E
Dm/F E
Am F B /D Em7
: || Am7
A Am
B /D C/E F B /D
C Am7 /C C C/E
F C7 A/C] Dm
Am
Am
major-minor
Em G/B Am/C Em E7
A7
F Dm/F E
Dm Am Dm/F G
E/G] Am E
9
10
11
12
Nr. 157
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PBi (%)
BWV 244
Bm D
|| : D
G D/F ] G/B D
A] /C]
Em7 /G A D
Bm Bm/F ] F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C] /E EM D/F ] G C] /E
G
Bm/D D
G7 D]7 Em Em/G
E7 /G]
B
A E/G] D/F ] A/E
B7 /D] E A D
Em D/F ] A4 A
relative major
relative major
major
relative major
17
Table 2.3: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 158159 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m
Nr. 158
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C]m E
18
|| : E
A E/G] A/C] E
B] /D]
F ]m/A B E
C]m C]m/G] G]7
C]m : || C]m7
D] /F ] G]m7 A D] /F ]
E
C]m/D E E
A E F ]m F ]m/A
F ]7 /A]
C]
relative major
major
B B/D] E/G] B
E
C]m/E F ] B
A/C] E/B F ]m7 /A B
Nr. 159
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Comment
BWV 244
9
10
11
12
0u
1
2
3
4
5
BWV 244
Dm F
|| : Dm
B[ F/A Gm F
Gm/B[ C F A/C]
Dm Dm/F A4 A7
: || Dm7
Dm
Gm F/A B[ Cm7 /G
d
Dm/F F F F7
Gm/B[ D7 /F ] Gm
G7 /B
D
C F/A C/G
Dm7 /F G C F
Gm F/A C7sus4 C7
F
relative major
major
relative major
Table 2.4: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 160161 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m
Nr. 160
0u
1
2
3
4
5
Comment
BWV 244
Am
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Nr. 161
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
|| : Am
F C/E Dm C
D7 /F ] G C E/G]
Am B7 /D Am/E E7
: || Am7
Am
B7 /D] Em F7 /E[ B /D
d
C7 /E F m C C7
Dm/F E7 A7 /C] Dm
A B7 /D]
G G/B C/E G
C
A7 /C] D G
G7 /B C Gm/B[ Gm7
E7 /G] Am E
[5/[9
F7 = B7
relative major
plagal cad. to major
BWV 246
Am
|| : E
F G F/A C/G
E
Dm7 /F B7 /F E
Am F B7 /D E7
: || Am7
Am
B7 /D Em7 F B /D
F/A C C C
F C]7 Dm G]7 /D
A D7 /F ]
G G7 /F ] C/E Em7
C
Am7 /C D G
F/A Am B7 G/B Dm/A
E7 /G] Am E
relative major
major
19
Table 2.5: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 162163 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m
Nr. 162
0u
1
2
3
4
5
Bm
Nr. 163
20
Comment
BWV 270
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
|| : Bm
G D/F ] C]7 /E Bm/D
Em7 /G F ]m F ]m
Bm Bm/D B/F ] F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C]7 /E D/F ] G C] /E
d
D7
D7 /F ] G D
Em/G B7 /D] Em
E7 /G]
B
A C]m D/F ] A
Bm/D E A D
G/B D A/C]
Bm/D G]7 /B F ]
relative major
major
BWV 271
Bm
|| : D
G D/F ] Em D
F ]/A]
Em7 /G A D
Bm Bm/D F ]4 F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C]7 /E D/F ] G C] /E
D
Bm/D D D
G D]7 Em Em/G
E7 /G]
B
A Bm A/C]
Bm7 /D E A D
Em D/F ] A7 A7 /E
Bm/D Bm F]
relative major
relative major
major
2.2.1
Movement 2. Lento
21
22
2.3
h i
I1
I 3 C3
C1
I2
C2
3
4
, 144 m.)
I 4 C4
I5 C5
I 6 C6
Mvt. 2 Aria. Duetto Wir eilen: ternary (da capo) song form (B[,
A
V1
V2
B V3
V4
h i
4
4
I7
, 98 m.)
V5
Figure 2.2: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, BWV 78
2.3.1
Movement 1
Form: chaconne (repeating chord progression, ostinato motif). Two counterpoint motives
(M0, the chromatically descending ostinato motif and M1) are combined with the chorale
melody Jesu, der Du meine Seele (Mc) in a four part counterpoint, full of imitation. The analysis is shown in Table 2.6 to 2.8.
2.3.2
23
Table 2.6: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1
m
Comment
1
3
5
7
9
13
17
19
21
23
25
29
31
33
M0
M0
M0
M0
M0/1
M0/c
I(M1)
M1
M0/c
Gm
Instrumental: intro
chr desc motif, PBi (&)
37
39
41
43
45
M0
M0
M0
..
.
49
51
53
55
57
60
62
64
65
67
69
71
72
24
M1
M1/c
I(M1)
..
.
..
.
M0/c
35
46
47
Choir: imit
Instrumental: trans
chr desc motif, PBi (&)
D7[9 /A Dm7 /A
C/G Cm/G D7 /F ]
Gm A7 /C D Dm/F Gm7
A[9
7 A7 A7 /G D7 /F ]
Gm D/F ] Dm/F
C/E Cm7 /E[ Gm64 D
Gm Cm7 C7 F m D7
Choir: imit
Chor mel, line 3
Gm G[9
7 Cm A[/C
G[9
7 /B Gm7 /B[ A7 F m/A[
G7 Cm7 /G D7[9
Gm E[/G D7[9 /F ] Dm7 /F
Instrumental: trans
Table 2.7: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1 (contd)
m
73
M0/3+4
..
.
..
.
M0/c
..
.
Dm
Dm G7 A7 Am7 /C Dm7
75
77
79
81
82
83
M0
89
M5
..
.
91
93
95
97
M0/c
99
101
103
105
M0
107
M0
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M0/c
..
.
109
111
112
113
115
118
Em
A[9
7 /E
Gm
B[
F C/E Cm/E[
B[/D B[m/D[ F46 C7
Instrum: trans
F G7 /B C D7 /F ]
Gm A7 /C Dm Gm
A[9
7 F ]7 /A Cm/G D7 /F ]
Gm B7 /A B[7 /A[
E[/G E[m/G[ B[64 F7
Seq(41m;R5 )
B[ F/A F m/A[
E[/G E[m/G[ B[64 F7
B[ C7 /E F G7 /B
Cm Am7 /E D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C
Instrum: trans
D7sus4 D/F ] Gm A7 D7 /F ]
Choir: imit
Seq(41m;R5 )
Gm Gm7 /F Cm/E[
D7sus4 G7 /D Cm B7 /C
Cm G[9
7 /B C7 /B[
Gm
F7sus4 G7 /D C7sus4 F7 /A
B[ C7 /G F7sus4 B[7 E[ D7 /C
Gm A7 /G D7[9 /F ] Dm/F
122
M0
(A[9
7 D7 G7 E7 A7 )/D
120
121
124
125
Choir: imit
E7 /D A7 /C]
Dm B[/D A[9
7 /C] Am7 /C
G7 /B Gm7 /B[ A7
Dm Gm7 /F
85
87
Comment
(D7 E[)/D
D7 G7 C7 F7
Seq(41m;R5 )
25
Table 2.8: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1 (contd)
m
129
131
134
136
138
140
142
143
26
Comment
M6
..
.
B[
B[ E[/G D7[9
Choir: imit
Seq(31m;R7 )
Instrum: coda
(144 m.)
M0/c
M0
..
.
Gm
27
Comment
1
9
M1
M2
M2
M2
Em
Em
B E7
Am E D C7 B7
Em D7 G E7 Am E7
A, echo (C&R)
echo (C&R)
Seq(31m;R7 )
echo (C&R)
M2
M2
M2
Am
Am D7 G C7 F ]7 B7
Em F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm C] B A
G7 F ]7
Bm A7 D B7 Em B7
B, solo, Seq(32m;R7 )
M1
M2
Em
Em F/A
B F ] E D G7
. . . Am/C B
A
Seq(31m;R7 )
Coda (71 m.)
18
28
37
45
55
61
68
2.4
Bm
Seq(31m;R7 )
echo
Source: [2]. Music for orchestra (solo violin, two flutes or recorders, strings and continuo).
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.3.
Mvt. 2 Andante: ternary song form (Em,
A
T1
3
4
, 71 m.)
h i
S1
T2
h i
2
2
S2
, 244 m.)
T3
S3
T4 S4 T5
Coda
2.4.1
Mvt. 2 Andante
Form: ternary song form, ABA. Note the call-and-response (C&R) phrases and the frequent
use of single measure sequences with stepwise descending root, Seq(3 1m;R7 ), in the
episodes. See Table 2.9 for the analysis.
2.4.2
Mvt. 3 Presto
This closing fast movement has the characteristic juxtaposition of tutti with solo instrument
sections (two recorders and violin). See Table 2.10 for the analysis.
28
Comment
1
23
41
47
53
57
M1
M1
M1
M1
G D G A7 D D7 G
. . . A7 D D
G G D 7 G D7
G Em A7
D A7 D A7
D E7 A7
Fugato-Intro (4 stat)
Tutti 1 (2 stat)
Solo 1, imit
Seq(32m;R7 )
imit
Seq(32m;R7 )
67
M1/2
75
127
138
152
159
167
Em
Am
Em
Em B7 Em B7 Em B7 Em
Tutti 3 (3 stat)
Seq(32m;R5 ), (4 stat)
Bm
F ]7 Bm E7 F ]7 Bm F ]7
Bm E7 Am D7 G Em A7
D D7 G G7 C G7
C D 7 G G7 C F G 7
M1
M1
GC
C
175
183
189
197
M1
M1
207
M1/2
M2
M1
237
M1
Tutti 2
Seq(32m;R5 )
M1
219
225
E7 F A7 Bm
G B7
Em B7 Em B7 Em A7
D A7 D7 G7 E7
Am B7 Em
. . . B7
Em A7 B7 Em B7 E7
Am B7 Em B
Em
D
Am
M1
M3
D A7 D D7 Em B7 Em
d
M2
M1/2
87
95
105
C
C
G
G
G7 C G7 C G7
D7
D 7 G D7 G D7 G
A7 D7
G
A7 D 7
G G7 C
G D7 G
G A7 D
G D7 G
D7
D7
G7 C E7 Am D7
DG
Solo 2 (violin)
Seq(32m;R5 )
imit
Solo 3, Seq(32m;R7 )
imit
Tutti 4, imit (3 stat)
Solo 4, Seq(32m;R7 )
Tutti 5, imit (3 stat)
Seq(32m;R7 )
Seq(22m;R5 )
Coda
29
2.5
Source: [2]. Music for orchestra (3 trumpets, timpani, 2 oboes, strings and continuo). An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.4.
Mvt. 1 Ouverture: ternary song form, ABCA form (D,
A
h ih i
4
4
2
2
, 122 m.)
A
h i
4
4
, 18 m.)
A B
Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1: AB form (D,
A
h i
2
2
, 26 m.)
h i
, 32 m.)
B
2
2
h i
2
2
, 32 m.)
A B
Mvt. 6 Gigue: AB form (D,
A
h i
6
8
, 72 m.)
B
Figure 2.4: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, BWV 1068
2.5.1
Mvt. 1 Ouverture
Form: ternary song form, ABCA. This overture contrasts a maestoso A section with an elaborate counterpoint middle section (B and C), that is based on an ascending motif (M2), later
with addition of a quasi improvised, free melody (M3) in continuous 16th notes. The backgrounds are full of imitation (middle string voices). The trumpets provide accents, (unisono)
imitation, voice crossing and occasional support for the thematic material. See Table 2.11 and
2.12 for the analysis.
2.5.2
Mvt. 2 Air
30
Comment
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
A 44 (ab) tutti
(a): Ob+Vi
(b)
(b)
A]7 /E Bm F ]7
(b)
(c)
h i
Bm7 E7 /G] A E7
A A7 /G D/F ] D7 G Em7 /G
A7 /C] D A7 /G D/F ]
A7 /C] D A : ||
tutti
h i
2
2
|| : A7 D D7 /C G/B E7 /D
28
31
33
35
37
M2
..
.
M2
M2
A C]7 /E A7 /G D D7 /C
G/B E7 E7 /D A
A7 /C] D G7 C]7 F ]7
Bm Bm7 D7 G C]7
F ]m7 Bm7 A7 D
38
40
M2
A A7 /G D/F ]
Em7 A7 /E <(D Em7 /G A7 )
DB
cad
42
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./2
D Bm Em7 /G A7
D E7 /D A/C] F ]m Bm7 /D E
Str bg
25
43
44
48
49
50
56
58
61
63
65
66
M3/2
..
.
..
.
..
.
A C] /G F ]7 Bm D]7 /F ] B7
Em7 A7 D7 G7
C]7 F ]7 Bm Em
F ]7 B7 E7 A7
D E7 A D/F ] C] E
A A7 /G D/F ] B B7 /A
E/G] E7 A D7
G]7 C]7 F ]m F ]m7 A7
Ob+Str ctp
D Em7 /G C]7 F ]
Bm Em7 C]7 /G F ] F ]7 /E
31
Table 2.12: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, Mvt. 1 Ouverture (contd)
m
Comment
68
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./2
Bm
Ob+Str episode
Bm Em F ] A] /E
(free 16th)
Bm C]7 F ]
cad
Bm F ]7 /A] Bm G C]7 /E F ]
M3/2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
69
70
71
72
73
75
77
79
81
87
89
93
97
100
102
103
105
107
110
115
117
119
121
32
PB (&)
Em E7 /D A/C] A7
(cm<)
D7 G7 C] F ]m7 Bm Em7 A7
d
Ob accts
(D A7 Bm7 E7 A)/A A7
tutti climax
B7 E7 A7 D7
G Bm7 /C] D Em7 /G
A A7 D D7 G E7
ctp, Seq(4R5 )
A A7 D D7 /C G/B E
ctp
E7 /D A/C] A7 D G7 C]7 F ]7
Bm Bm7 D7 G Em/G C]7
tutti climax
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
F ]m F ]7 /E B7 /D] B7
A A7 A7 /G D/F ]
Em A7 /E <(D Em/G A7 )
cad
D . . . D7 G C]7 /G
(ab): Ob+Str
h i
4
4
(ab): tutti
33
Comment
M.a
M.b
M.a
M.b
|| : D A7 /C] D C]
D/F ] Em7 /G D46 A7
D A7 /C] D E7
A/C] E7 A D A/C] D/F ]
Bm7 A64 E A : || : A7
11
13
14
15
16
17
19
21
I(M.a)
I(M.b)
M.a
M.b
M.a
M.b
22
23
24
25
I(M.a)
I(M.b)
2.5.3
Bm
D7 Bm7 Em7 C] /E F ]7
G D/F ] C]7 /G Em7
F ] Bm Bm7 /A
E7 /G] F ]7
Bm G A]7 /E Bm/D
Em Bm64 F ] Bm G
D7 /F ] B7 Em A7 /C]
D Bm C]7 /G E7 /G]
(a): Ob+Str
(aa): Ob+Str
tutti
A D D7 /F ]
Em7
A7
D Em7 /G A D : ||
Ob+Str, (cm>)
tutti, cad (26 m.)
Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1
Form: binary, AB form. In this straightforward, monothematic dance the full orchestra returns. Trumpets support the a-phrase from the main theme in the opening and closing tutti.
Oboes play unisono throughout. This theme returns in melodic inversion in the B section.
See Table 2.13 for the analysis.
2.5.4
Mvt. 4 Gavotte 2
34
35
Comment
1
3
5
7
M.a
M.b
M.a
M.b
|| : D D7 /C] F ]7 /C]
Bm E7 /B A/C] D/F ] A7
D Bm7 /D E/G] E7
A F ]m Bm/D E A : ||
9
11
13
M.a
M.b
M.c
..
.
|| : A E7 /G] A A7 /G
D/F ] Em7 A D
G Em/B Bm/D Am/C C D] /F ]
15
17
19
24
27
29
2.5.5
M.a
M.b
M.c
Bm
G A7 Bm A7 /C] D C]7 /D
D/F ] E7 A7 /G D/F ] A7 /E
D Bm E7 A7 D46 A7 D : ||
Mvt. 5 Bourree
Form: binary, AB form. The oboes play unisono lead with the first violins. The trumpets
alternate between rhythmic accents and melodic support. The lower strings imitate the
bourree lead rhythm. See Table 2.14 for the analysis.
2.5.6
Mvt. 6 Gigue
36
37
38
Chapter 3
Joseph Haydn
Biographical data:
31-3-1732 in Rohrau
28-5-1809 in Wien
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
The analysis of the Haydn string quartets in this chapter has been supported by detailed
examples or global descriptions in [51, 52, 46, 69]. 1 Haydn served as a Classical music period
example to many later composers, by more or less providing the templates for musical forms
such as the sonata, and longer, multi-movement forms, such as the symphony and the string
quartet. Applying analysis models to his works therefore implies comparing earlier work
with later models, and therefore occasionally yields peculiarities, that seem not to fit the
templates.
3.1
Source: [22]. This opus number contains six string quartets. The three quartets analysed in
this chapter all consist of four movements in the conventional fast-slow-dance-fast tempo
pattern. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 3.1. Note the length ratio of
the development section compared to the exposition-recapitulation pairs in the outer movements. These are not the extended developments, found in quartets by later composers in
the tonal music period.
3.1.1
Form: sonata form. See Table 3.1 and 3.2 for the analysis. The lead instruments are indicated
in the tables, e.g., Vi1.
3.1.2
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Table 3.1: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito
m
1
3
7
11
15
19
23
25
26
33
40
G D7 G
Introduction, cad
d
h i
2
2
M1.a
M1.a
I(M1.a)
..
.
G Am D7 Em A7 D E/G]
Am Bm E7 Am D7 G
<(C/G F ]7 G)
G]7 Am F ]7 G C/G G
G]7 Am F ]7 G
C D7 G G/B C D7 G
Em F ]7 B Em A/C]
(g-ped)
M1.a
50
53
56
64
70
73
81
82
83
84
86
M2.2
89
91
93
96
M1.a
M1.a
M2.2
..
.
115
117
Comment
G Am D Em A/C] D
Am Bm E Am D G
112
M1.a
M1.a
36
38
40
43
46
102
106
108
M2.1
M2.3
M2.2
..
.
..
.
D
Em
D Em/G A7
Bm D/F ] E7 /G] A
Em F ] /A B7 Em D]
Em B B7 Em
Am7 D7 G7 C7
F ]7 B7
Em Am/E Em
Exp, Gr 1: Vc
Va
unisono climax
cad
trans to D
Gr 2: Vi1, a-dom-ped
(a-ped)
Vi1
unis arp, d-ped
Vi1, d-ton-ped
closing
closing 8va
cad
Dev: Va
Vi2
imit: Vi1-Vi2-Vi1
arp: R5 Vi1
arp: Vi1
E7 /D Am/C E7 /G]
Am A7 /G Dm/F A7 /C]
Dm G7 /F C/E G7 /B
climax
Table 3.2: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito (contd)
m
119
120
122
125
127
129
132
140
144
145
146
148
149
151
156
158
159
163
165
167
169
171
176
179
187
192
196
202
205
208
216
217
219
220
221
Comment
M1.a
..
.
C Dm/F
Vi1 ctp
M1.a
M1.a
I(M1.a)
M1.a
M1.a
..
.
..
.
[5/[9
G7 G7 /F C/E E7 /B[
A A7 D Dm/F F ][5
7 /C
Em
I(M1.a)
..
.
Seq(22m;R7 )
B
Em F7 B B7
Em F ]7 B7
Em Bm/D A/C] D
<(G C]7 )/D D7
d
Recap, Gr 1: Vc
stretto imit, [S6 (R3 )]
[S6 (R3 )]
S 6 (G Em . . . Bm G)
Em/G Am D7
G Em C Am G64 D7
<(C F ]7 )/G
M1.a
M2.2
Gm
G
M2.3
..
.
M2.3
G Am D Em A7 /C] D
G G/B Em/G C/E
G]7 Am F ]7 G C/G G
G]7 Am F ]7 G
C D7 G G/B
C Am/C A/C]
Vi1 ctp
imit, Vc
(D E7 Am D)/D
(Em C D7 )/D
G Am D7
G D7 /F ] G <(Am G]7 /D)
Am/C <(F ]7 Gm/B[)
(Gm Cm Gm E[)/G
[5/[9
A7 /G F ]7 D7 /F ]
G Am/C G64 D7 G
<(D7 G)/G D7 /F ]
<(G D/F ]) <(G D7 /F ]) E7
<(Am E7 /G]) Am F ]7 G
<(D7 G) G7 /D
G]7 /B Am/C F ]7 /A G/B
Am7 /C D7 G G7 /D
G]7 /B Am/C C]7 D
D]7 Em D7 /F ] G
Am/C D7 G D G D7 G
cad
inv, par, Vi1+2, g-ped
trans, cad
imit, d-dom-ped
Vc, I(M1.a) in Vi1
41
h i
2
2
, 225 m.)
Development
Recapitulation
h i
2
4
A
, 74 m.)
h i
, 200 m.)
Trio
h i
3
4
, 95 m.)
Development
2
2
Recapitulation
Coda
42
43
3.1.3
Form: menuet and trio form. See Table 3.3 for the analysis.
3.1.4
44
Table 3.3: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto and Trio
m
Comment
h i
Menuetto. Presto
|| : G Am/C D7 G
A] Bm/D F ]7 Bm A7 D
3
4
1
5
M1a
M1b
G D Em/G D46 A7 D : || :
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
D/F ]
(upbeat)
[S6 ] , d-dom-ped
parallel [S6 ]
Cm/E[ E[/G
Dm/F Cm/E[ B[/D
A /C <(C]7 D)
G Am/C D7 G
G E Am D7 G/B
G+ /B C B G7 /B
[S6 ] (contd)
[S6 ] (contd)
d-dom-ped
Vi1
Vc
Vi1
10
11
14
16
17
18
23
27
31
M1a
M1a
M1c
..
.
C F ] /A G D7 Em
Am/C G/D D7 G D G
41
M3a
Trio
|| : G D G
45
49
52
61
65
M3a
I(M3a)
M3a
M3b
..
.
35
37
69
71
Vi1
h i
3
4
(74 m.)
45
46
3.1.5
The key relationship diagram of this first string quartet is shown in Fig. 3.2. The first and
third movement stay close to or in the main key G major. The opening movement moves one
step in the horizontal (dominant-sudominant axis) and vertical (relative and parallel minor)
direction. The second, slow movement moves to the dominant (1) and the parallel minor (2)
key.
The closing movement has the widest key scope. It starts in G minor, moves to the relative major B[ (1) and then moves back and forth to its parallel minor (2). The development
starts to move further away from the main key along the vertical axis F m A[ A[m (3).
Then there is a remote leap A[m A. Using the double occurrence property, this move prepares for the return; first A Am (4) and then back to the (major) main key Dm Gm G
(5).
Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito
Mvt. 2 Adagio
Am 2 *
Am @
Am
I
@1
C
3 ?6
Cm
Gm
1
C -G
@D
6
?
2
Dm
Cm
Gm
Cm
Gm
Dm
Am
E[
E[m
Mvt. 3 Menuetto
G
5
6
1 ?
B[
2 ?
6
B[m - F m
3 ?
A[
G[
D[
G[m
D[m
A[m
9
E
A t
C
Cm
E[
E[m
F]
Figure 3.2: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, key relationship overview
3.2
Source: [22]. This string quartet has the standard set of four movements; opening sonata
form allegro - slow movement in ternary song form - menuet and trio - closing fast movement. However, the treatment of these is unusual and must have been an example and inspiration to later composers. The use of a short main motif, as the basis for a counterpoint sonata
setting (Mvt. 1), the canon and extended pedal point in Mvt. 3 and the mixed sonata/rondo
form of the last movement are rather unique. All the predictable elements are present in this
47
h i
4
4
, 154 m.)
Recap.
Developm.
Co
h i
6
8
, 67 m.)
Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo: menuet and trio form (Dm,
Menuet
h i
3
4
, 80 m.)
Trio
h i
2
4
, 267 m.)
Figure 3.3: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten
3.2.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. This quartet received its name Quintenquartett from the opening motif
(M1.a=Mq), that consists of two downward 5th leaps. This motif is used also as background
in the second thematic group from the exposition, and in intricate (stretto) counterpoint
settings. See Table 3.4 and 3.5 for the analysis.
3.2.2
48
Table 3.4: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
20
22
23
25
27
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
41
45
47
49
53
57
59
61
63
65
68
69
71
M1a
Dm
Dm E7 /D A7 /E
M1b
M1a
M1b
M1b
M2.1/q
..
./Mq
Comment
Exp, Gr 1 Quinten-
Dm/F Dm A7 B[ A
Dm E7 /D A7 /E
Dm/F Dm A Dm/F
C]7 /E <(B[/D A/C]) D7 /C
Gm/B[ Dm/A A7 Dm
F Gm/B[ C7 F
Mq: Va-Vi1-Vc
downward [S6 ]
cad
Gr 2/Th 1, Vi1
G7 C7 Dm Gm F/C C
(C7 F D7 )/C
(Gm C7 )/B[ F/A
<(C7 F )/C
B[/D Am/C E /B[ F/A
/Mq
M1a
trans, Vi1
M2.2
(M1a)
..
./Mq
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./Mq
..
.
Fm
A[
Fm
F m B[m/D[
<(C F m)/C C
trans, c-dom-ped
D7 /F ] Gm C7 /B[ F/A F
d
I(M1a)
M1a
M1a/I
M2.1/q
..
./Mq
..
./Mq
..
./Mq
Gm/B[ F/C C7
B[/D Am/C G] /B Am/C D7
Gm C7 F Gm/B[ C7
F m E7 F m C7 /E B7 C/E
F m D[/F E[7 /G
Gm
B[
Dm
G7 C7 Dm Gm
Mq in Vc
climax c-dom-ped
D7[9 D7 /A Gm D
E[7 D
Cm F/C F7
B[ Cm/E[ B[
Dev, imit Vc
Vi1
orig+inv: Vi1+Vi2
Vi1 Mq in Vi2
[9
F7 B[ G[9
7 Cm A7 Dm
Seq(31m;R7 ), Vc-Va
C7 F Gm/B[
C] /E A7 <(Dm C] )
[5/[9
Dm E7 /B[
49
Table 3.5: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
72
74
75
77
80
83
Comment
M1a
M1a
M1a
M1a
M1a
A Dm E7 /G Am
Dm B[ Cm7 /E[ F
Gm7 /B[ A7 /C
B7 /D Cm/E[ C/E C + /E
F F + Dm/F B7[5 /F E
(E7[9 D]7 )/E
85
89
93
95
I(M1a)
M1a/I
M1a
M2.1
Vc
orig+inv: Vi1+Vc
cresc Vi1
retrans, imit: Vi1-Vi2
99
M1a
Dm
Dm E7 /G A7 /E
Recap, Gr 1, Vi1
101
103
105
107
109
110
111
112
113
116
118
121
122
M1b
..
.
..
.
Dm/F Dm A7 B[ A7
Dm E7 /D A7 /E
Dm/F Dm A Dm/F
Gm
Gm
139
141
I(M2.2)
143
147
149
150
152
M2.2
Dm
B[
Dm
B[
downward [S6 ]
F G7 C D7
imit: Vi1-Vi2
Dm E /G Dm/A A7
<(Dm C] )/D <(Dm A)
Dm D7 Gm64 D7
Gm Am G] /B A7 /C]
d
imit, Seq(31m;R7 )
a-dom-ped
cad
trans, d-dom-ped
climax
(cm>)
Dm E /G Dm64 A7
<(B[ F7 /A)
D7 /F ] Gm A7 /G Dm
A Dm E7 A
A7 Dm A Dm A7 Dm
cad
Gr 2, imit: Vi1-Va, Mq:Vi2
Vi1
Vc
Vc, cad
D7[9 /F ] Gm C7 /E F
[5/[9
B[/D C] B[/D E7 /B[
Dm
M2.2
Dm
M2.1/q
M1a
M1a
M1a
Vi1
Mq in 4ths Vi2
Mq in augm 5ths, e-ped
M1b
M1a
M1b
..
.
124
126
130
132
134
50
(A B[7 A G] A7 )/A
B[ D7 /A Gm E
A7 /C] Dm E /D A7
(Dm D7 Gm C]7 )/D
<(Dm A Dm A7 ) Dm
imit, a-dom-ped
cresc to climax
cad, (cm>)
Vc d-ton-ped
closing cad (154 m.)
51
Table 3.6: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo and
Trio
m
1
5
9
12
14
16
19
23
27
31
39
45
50
53
61
65
69
73
78
3.2.3
M1
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
Comment
h i
Dm
Dm/A C7 /G F C7 /B[
Dm
F/A Gm A B[
<(C] Dm C] /E Dm/F )
Dm . . . A G] /D
D
Dm
D
M3
A, canon
A, canon
A G] A B[/D A Gm A7
Dm C] Dm . . . Dm : ||
M3
M4
3
4
Trio
|| : Dm . . . D
D . . . <(A7 Dm)/D
A/C] E7 A : ||
|| : A . . . <(Dm A A[9
7 )/A
Dm/A A . . .
Dm . . . Gm/D
Dm . . . D
D . . . <(A7 D)/D
G A7 D : ||
A, d-ton-ped
Vi1 climax, (d-ped)
cad
B, Vi1 a-dom-ped
(a-ped)
d-ton-ped
A, (d-ped)
Vi1 climax, (d-ped)
cad (80 m.)
Form: menuet and trio form, 2-part canon. The menuet is a two-part canon; violin 1 and 2 in
parallel octaves are imitated by viola and cello in parallel octaves. The trio is full of tonic and
dominant pedal point. Both menuet and trio are in ternary song form (ABA). See Table 3.6
for the analysis.
3.2.4
52
53
3.2.5
54
55
3.3
Source: [22]. This quartet is known as the Kaiserquartett (Emperor Quartet), because the
second movement is based on the song Gott erhalte Franz den Kaiser that Haydn used for
other, ceremonial occasions and therefore has untouchable royal status.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 3.1. Note how the length of the
development section in the finale movement has increased in length significantly, compared
with the surrounding exposition and recapitulation (which now is fairly short).1
Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito: sonata form (C,
Exposition
Developm. Recap.
h i
4
4
, 121 m.)
Coda
h i
2
2
, 104 m.)
h i
3
4
, 100 m.)
Trio
h i
2
2
Development
, 189 m.)
Recap. Coda
Figure 3.4: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser
3.3.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form.. This movement is almost entirely monothematic; the first phrase of the
opening melody (M1a, abbreviated as M1). The other melodic element is the dotted 16th 32th note runs used as countertheme (M2) in the second statement of the exposition. See
Table 3.7 to 3.9 for the analysis.
3.3.2
1
Compare this sonata closing movement with the frst quartet from the series, and note the change in development section length.
56
Table 3.7: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
29
31
33
34
35
36
38
43
Comment
M1(a)
M1b
M1
|| : G/B C F G7 C G/B
C Am G64 D7 G
C7 /E F B /D C C/E
Dm7 /F G7 C
C Dm G C/E
C Dm G C/E
<(F C)
<(G7 C Dm C)/C
(G7 C)/C
<(G7 C) <(C G)/G
<(G D7 )
climax, g-ton-ped
Gr 2 imit: Vc-Vi1-Va
G7 /B C F ] G B7 /D]
Em G7 /B C E7 /B[
A[9
7 D7 /F ] G C] /E A7
(D G] D7 )/D
ctp Vc
d-dom-ped
(d-ped)
(G C]7 D)/D
G/B D7 /C G/B
(d-ped)
climax
M1/2
/2
M2
M2
..
.
M1
..
.
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
E[
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
<(D7 /C G/B) D7 /F ]
Em G] /B Am
cad
ctp Vi2
A7 /G D/F ] C/E
ctp, suspensions
F ]7 /E Bm/D Am/C
D7 /C G/B C] G64 D7
<(G D7 )
Gm D7 Gm B[7 /D
<(E[ B[7 /D) E[
<(E[/G B[7 /F )
[S6 ]
cresc to climax
climax, mod
cad
stretto imit: Vc-Va-Vi1
E[7 G/D D7
<(G D7 ) <(G D7 /F ])
1) G <(D G) <(D/F ] G)
7
E/G] Am B : ||2) G <(D7 G)
closing cad
repeat
57
Table 3.8: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
45
46
47
49
M1/2
M2
M1
50
M1
51
M1
52
53
54
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
67
73
74
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
58
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
R
Am
Comment
G D7 G/B
(E7 Am D]7 E7[9 )/E
<(E7 Am) E7
E7 /G] Am
Vi1
Dm/F G7 /B C G7
C B /D C Am/C D7
d
ctp, imit Vc
M1
..
.
..
.
Em
M1
M2
..
.
Em
M1(a)
M1b
M1
M1/2
/2
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
Vc Seq(31m;R7 )
A7 /C] Dm G] Am F ]
[9
B7 /D] Em F ][5
7 /C B B7
Em/B B7 Em/B
par: Vi1+Vi2
D]7
[5/[9
F7
/C
B B7[9
Em/B B7 Em/B
[5/[9
D]7 F7
/C B
(E B7 E B)/E E
<(B7 E B7[9 E)/E
(B7 E B7 )/E
(Em B7 )/E Em . . . G/B
climax, eb-ped
Retrans, e-ped
C F G7 C G/B
C Am G64 D7 G
C7 /E F B /D C C/E
Dm7 /F G7 C
C Dm G C/E
C Dm G C/E
<(F C)
<(G7 C Dm C)/C
(G7 C7 F C7 )/C
(c-ped)
F/C C]7 Dm C
Dm/F D7 /F ] G
g-ped
Table 3.9: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
91
M1
..
.
92
93
95
96
97
98
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
107
109
115
117
119
120
120
Comment
(C] G7 C D7 G)/G
(C]7 G7 C Cm G)/G
(F ] G7 C G) G Am
climax (g-ped)
(g-ped), cad
Dm7 /F C] /E Dm Am/C
Gr 2, (var), Va ctp
F7 /C G/B F/A
[S6 ] ,
B7 /A Em/G Dm/F
suspensions
G7 /F C/E F ] C46 G7
<(C G7 ) <(C G7 )/C
c-ton-ped
102
105
M1
C F C/G G7 F ] /A G7 /C
cad
C G7 C C] /E Dm
E F C/G G
A[ F ]7 = D7[9 /F ] C46 G7
<(C G7 )
<(C G7 )
C/E G7
1) <(C G ) <(C G) C
7
G/B F/A Em7 /G D7 /F ] : ||
2) <(C G ) G C
7
stretto imit
closing cad
g-dom-ped
cad
ending 1)
[S6 ] , repeat
ending 2), (121 m.)
59
60
3.3.3
Form: menuet and trio form. Both the menuet and the trio are in ternary song form, ABA. A
fragment from the first theme is used a counterpoint motif for imitation (M1). See Table 3.10
for the analysis.
3.3.4
61
Table 3.10: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 3 Menuett allegro and Trio
m
1
6
8
9
10
12
16
21
23
25
27
31
33
37
42
Comment
h i
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
Menuett. Allegro
|| : C Dm/F G7 /B C
C Am
M1
..
.
3
4
A, Vi1
imit: Vi1-Va/Vc-Vi2
G]7 Am F ]7 G
(M1)
46
47
48
52
M1
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
57
61
65
69
M3
M3
M3
M3
Am
77
81
85
89
M4
M4
93
97
99
M3
M3
Am
45
62
D7 /C G/B Am/C
E7 /D Am/C G64 D7
(G . . . F ] )/G
G . . . D7 G : ||
cad
app motif Vi1, g-ped
I(M2) asc Vc
|| : G . . . Cm/E[
B, imit: Vi1-Vc
A[/C D G7 /B Cm
[5/[9
D7 /A[ G
<(F ]7 G)
G[9
7
appogg
cad
motif imit, echoes
C Dm/F G7 /B C
C G7 Dm A7
Dm C]7 Dm B7 C
A, Vi1
par: Vi2+Vc, Seq(22m;R7 )
par imit: Vi1+2-Va+Vc
G7 /F C/E
Dm/F A7 /G Dm/F
C46 G7
C . . . G7
C . . . G7 C : ||
Trio
|| : Am Dm E7 Am
Am Dm B7 E : ||
|| : Am Dm C]7 Dm
Bm E7 /D Am/C F7 E
(cm<)
cad
Vi1 c-ton-ped
I(M2) asc Vc, cad
A, Vi1
climax
A E7 /G]
A Bm/D A/E E7
A E7 /G]
A/C] Bm/D A64 E7 A
(cm>), cad
Am Dm E7 Am
Am B[/D B7 /D]
Am64 E7 Am : ||
A
(N 6 )
cad (100 m.)
B
cad
63
3.3.5
64
65
66
Chapter 4
4.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
h i
3
4
, 229 m.)
Exposition
Development Recapitulation
h i
4
4
, 40 m.)
A B
h i
6
8
, 245 m.)
Cda
Figure 4.1: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332
4.1.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata. This fast opening movement contains a multitude of themes in both subject groups. The short development starts with a new subject; the similarity with the other
sections lies in the transitions. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.1 and 4.2.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
|| : F F7 B[/F Gm7 /F E /G
Exp/Gr 1 (a): RH
F/A Dm Gm/B[ C7 F C7
cad
F C F/A C F C7
F C F/A C7 F C7
F C7 F A/C]
[9
Dm A[9
7 /E Dm/F G7 /D
5
10
13
17
21
23
31
37
41
45
49
53
57
M2
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Dm
Cm
C
Cm
68
M4
94
102
110
116
122
127
M5
M5
133
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
145
149
F/A G7 /B Am Dm/F G
(b)
C G/B G7 /B C G C
F/A G/B G7 /B C Dm/F G7 C
<(G7 Cm) F m7 B[7 E[7
LH triplets
(b)
trans
M4
142
A[7 D7 G7 A[ F ]7
<(G F ]7 ) G C]
77
80
82
84
86
90
137
/A[
64
67
71
[5/[9
Cm/E[ A[/C D7
<(G Cm) G
C . . . G C
F C G7 Am Dm/F C46 G C
cad
F/C C G7
Am Dm/F C/G B /F
Em G]7 Am Dm/F C/G B /F
Em G]7 Am Dm/F C46 G
<(C . . . G7 )
C E/G] Am Dm G C : ||
Cm
Dm
F F7 B[/F Gm7 /F E /G
Rec/Gr 1 (a): RH
cad
F C F/A C F C7
F C F/A C7 F C7
Comment
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
Dm
F C7 F A/C]
[9
Dm A[9
7 /E Dm/F G7 /D
trans
(aa): arp
Cm
(aa): arp
B[m/D[ F/C B7
<(C B /F ) C G7 C
F C7no 3 /B[ F E F
B[/D C/E C7 /G
(b)
F Dm Gm/B[ C
Fm
213
216
218
219
220
222
226
LH triplets
(b) 8va
trans
D[7 G7 C7 D[ B7
<(C B7 ) C F ]
200
203
207
211
F C/E C7 /E F E F
B[/D C/E C7 /E F C7 F
<(C7 F m) B[m7 E[7 A[7
B[ F C7 Dm
Gm/B[ F46 C F
M4
M4
cad
B[/F F C7
Dm Gm/B[ F/C C7 /B[
F/A C]7 Dm
Gm/B[ F/C C7 /B[
F/A C]7 Dm Gm/B[ F46 C
<(F . . . C7 )
F A/C] Dm Gm C F
69
4.1.2
Mvt. 2 Adagio
70
71
4.1.3
Form: sonata. The closing fast movement of this sonata is, like the opening movement, a
sonata form with melodic richness. It also introduces a new subject in the development
(M6). The key relations are similar (major vs. relative or parallel minor), but now the order
is different: tonic major, relative minor, dominant minor, parallel major (F Dm Cm C).
In the coda, there is the unexpected return of the first group, second theme, with transitory
character (M2). The analysis is shown in Table 4.3 to 4.5.
4.1.4
The key relationship diagram of this three-movement piano sonata is shown in Fig. 4.2.
Overall it has a limited key range envelope. Both sonata form movements are in the tonic
major key F . For a shortest path interpretation they require the double occurrence property
of the dominant minor Cm and the tonic minor F m key. The opening Allegro remains in the
dominant key area, the closing movement also reaches the subdominant domain with B[
and Gm (45). The middle movement has one counterclockwise loop through the dominant
key F (1) and one alternation with the tonic minor key B[m (2).
Mvt. 1 Allegro
t
Cm
Gm
Dm
B[
E[
HH C
Y
6 H 6
?
?t
5 F m 2,4 Cm
B[m
E[m
Mvt. 2 Adagio
Am
B[
*
6
?
2
B[m 1 F m
2 t
Cm
Gm
Dm
HH
YH
1,7
5H
6
?
H
j
H
F
E[
4 B[
6
B[m t F m
E[m
Am
C
3 6
?t
Cm
4.2
String quartet No. 19 KV465 is also known as the Dissonanzenquartett (Dissonance Quartet).
Source: [33]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.3.
4.2.1
Form: sonata form. The slow (adagio) introduction with its 3-part stretto imitation opening
is the reason for giving this quartet its nickname Dissonance Quartet (Dissonanzenquartett):
the three stepwise descending entries are Va: a[, Vi2: e[, Vi1: a, repeated as a stepwise
72
Comment
1
4
6
7
M1
|| : F . . . F/A
Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)
B7no 3 C
F . . . F/A
(b) halfcad
10
12
15
22
23
24
26
28
32
36
38
42
44
46
48
50
54
56
58
62
64
65
70
72
74
79
81
83
85
91
94
96
M1
..
.
M2
..
.
Dm
Dm
C A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A C]7 Dm
F/A A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F
Dm/F A7 /E
Dm A7 /C] Dm D7 /C G/B G7
Cm
C/Gno 1 G7 /F no 3 C/E G7 /D
C G7 /B C
F7 B7 Em7 Am7
G7 /D C G G7
Cm G/B B G[9
7 /B Cm
M2
F
M3
..
.
M4
..
.
M4
..
.
M5
..
.
[5/[9
M5
..
.
M1
..
.
Cm
(b)
cad
(a) RH: 16ths, clim
F ] F m7 /C B7 G[9
7 /F
C/E F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C . . .
(b)
F ] F m7 /C B7 G[9
7 /F
6
C/E F C4 G7
C/E Dm/F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C : ||
(b)
|| : Cm . . . Cm/E[
Dev (a)
(b)
trans, climax
73
Table 4.4: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 3 Presto agitato (contd)
m
98
D7 /F ] Gm Cm <(G7 F m/A[)
106
M1
..
.
..
.
110
F7 Gm F7
112
M6
..
.
..
.
102
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
129
135
139
142
148
151
153
154
157
159
161
162
169
173
175
178
180
182
185
189
191
74
[5
G7 A[ G[9
7 <(C G7 /D[)
d
C7 Dm C7 <(F7 /A E[m/G[)
d
B[
(a) [S6 ]
[S6 ]
C7 F7 B[ G[
E[m7 C7[9 /E F F7
(b)
d
[S6 ]
C7 F ]7 Gm Cm/E[
B[64 F7 B[
F ]7 /A Gm/B[ E7 C7[9 /B[
[5/[9
F m/A[ Dm7 B7 D[ G7 /D[
(C B E F F ] E )/C
C7 . . .
F . . . F/A
Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)
B7no 3 C
F . . . F/A
(b) halfcad
Gm
B7 E /B[ F ]7 /A Gm/B[
C7 F
<(C7 F ) C7
F A[5
7 /E[ D D7 Gm/B[ D7 /A
Gm D7 /F ] Gm G7 /F
cad
trans, LH: 8ths
imit RH-LH
(a)
(b)
(c)
trans, Seq(21m;R7 )
Fm
(b) [S6 ]
cad
M4
..
.
Seq(34m;R5 )
M1
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
Comment
d
M6
..
.
..
.
M1
retrans, c-ped
climax
Table 4.5: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 3 Allegro assai (contd)
m
193
195
197
199
200
206
208
210
215
217
220
222
227
232
233
235
237
239
241
M
M4
..
.
..
.
M5
..
.
Comment
F m C/E
E7 C7[9 /E A7 B[/D
[5/[9
(b) var
cad
(a) RH: 16ths, clim
B /D B[m7 /F C7[9 /E
F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F . . .
(b)
B /D B[m7 /F C7[9 /E
F/A B[ F46 C7
F/A Gm/B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F
F7 B[ B7 F46 C7
(b)
Dm
F Gm/B[ G/B
Coda, unisono
C A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A C]7 Gm/D Dm
F A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F : ||
(cm>)
2nd stat, unis
cad
closing (245 m.)
M5
..
.
M2
..
.
M2
Exposition
h ih i
3
4
4
4
B1
A2
, 246 m.)
B2
Recapitulation
Coda
h i
3
4
, 114 m.)
Cda
trans, climax
Development
h i
3
4
, 103 m.)
Trio
h i
2
4
, 419 m.)
Developm. (53 m.)
Coda (47 m.)
4.2.2
1
The other likely reason for its label Dissonance Quartet probably has to do with the wide leaps and the
diminished fifth leaps in the main themes of the other movements.
76
Table 4.6: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro
m
1
5
9
27
29
31
35
39
42
44
48
51
53
56
60
65
67
69
71
75
78
84
88
91
100
103
Comment
Adagio
A[/C D7 /C G/B D7 /F ]
G[/B[ C7 /B[ F/A C7 /E
F m/A[ E[/G D7 Cm/E[
h i
3
4
Introduction
3pt imit, PB (&),
Seq(24m;R7 )
G7 C G 7
Am7 D7[5 /A[ G D7[9 /F ]
G7 D7[9 /F ] D7 /F ] G G7 . . .
13
15
17
23
M1
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2.2
M2.2
M2.1
M1
M1
Allegro
|| : C F G/B G7 C/E G/B
C G/B Am F/A C7 /G
F A7 /E Dm D7 /F ] G G7
C G7 C
(b)
(b)
G7 Am Dm/F G7 C/E C
Dm/F G7 C G7
C G7 /F C/E G7 /D C Am7 /G
cad
(a): 4pt stretto imit
D7 /F ] D7 /C G/B D7 G D7 /A
G Em A7 D
<(C]7 /D D) <(A7 D)
trans to D
G D7 /A D D7 /C G/B
G7 E7 Am D7 G Bm7 /D
C7 /E D7 /F ] B7 /D] Em
<(C Am/C) Am/C D7 /A
d
G G7 /B Am7 /C G64 D7
G Em E7 /G] A7 /C]
G/D G/B G7 /B
C Am7 /C G64 D7 <(G D7 )
G/B C Am7 /C D7 G
G7 /F C/E A7 /C] G64 D7
G <(D7 G)/G <(D7 G)
Am7 /C G7 /D C/E
[9
A[9
7 /G Dm/F G7 : ||
77
Table 4.7: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro (contd)
m
107
115
M1
121
125
128
132
M1
M1
M1
..
.
137
140
143
145
147
151
155
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
176
181
185
187
189
191
194
195
198
199
204
208
210
211
219
223
78
Comment
Am
|| : C7 /B[ . . . A7 . . . C]7 /G
[5/[9
B[64 F F7 B7 /F <(E7 Am)
Dm
Cm
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
F
G
M2.1
M2.1
M2.2
M2.2
M2.2
M2.1
..
.
M1
M1
<(Cm G[9
7 ) Cm C7 /E F m
B[7 /D E[ A[/C D7 G7 Cm
D7[9 /F ] . . .
G7 Cm D7[5 /A[ G7 Cm
<(G D7[9 )
G7 . . .
(C C7 F G7 C)/C
C C7 /B F/A Am7 /G
Dm/F A7 Dm D7 G G7
C A7 /C] Dm D7 /F ] G7
B7 /D] Em7
E7 /G] Am C7 /G F C7 /B[
F/A C7 /B[ A7 D
d
(a): Vc
(a): motif in stretto imit
(a): motif in stretto imit
stretto imit
climax, unis
halfcad
(a): Vc
(a): 4pt imit, retrans
Recap, Gr 1 (aa): Vi1+2
(b): Vi1, PB (&)
(a): 3pt imit
(a): Vi1+2
G7 Am D7
<(G D7 /F ]) <(G D7 ) G
C G7 /D G7 C7
A[9
7 Dm E7 Am
Dm7 /F C7 /G C7 /B[
F/A Dm/F
C/G Am Dm/F G7
C . . . Am7
A7 /C] D G[9
7 C D7 /F ]
C/G G C C7 /E
F Dm7 /F C46 G7
<(C G7 )
C/E Dm7 /F G7 C
A[9
7 /E Dm/F D7 /F ]
C46 G7
<(C G7 )/C
C Dm7 /F C7 /G F/A
D7[9 /C Gm C7 F : ||
climax
cad
(a): 2pt imit, P T (c)
(a): Vc trans to SD
(a): climax, repeat
climax
trans, cad
Gr 2 (a): imit 16th
(b): Vi1, (a): Vc
cad
triplets th: Vi1+2 (3rds)
Table 4.8: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro (contd)
m
227
232
235
238
241
244
Comment
M1
M1
(M1)
79
80
4.2.3
Form: menuet and trio form. The menuet is monothematic; its main motif (M1a) is varied
and developed in the middle section B. It even returns briefly as a transitory motif in the
trio. This trio uses the same monothematic approach; its melody has M2(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.)
sentence structure. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.9.
4.2.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
81
Table 4.9: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegro
m
1
5
7
11
13
M1
Mu
M1
Mt
17
21
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
25
28
32
34
36
40
44
46
48
52
Comment
Menuetto
h i
3
4
|| : G7no 3 Am Dm7 G7
G7 . . .
C G7 /B C E7 Am D7 G
A7 D D7 /F ]
G C/E G64 D7 G G/B
d
Dm
M1
C
72
76
M2
..
.
A (a): Vi1
(u) unisono, forte
(b): 3p-im, Seq(21m;R7 )
trans, (c): Vi1
C D7 Em G C D7 G : ||
|| : A[9
7 no 3 Dm Gm
B (a): unisono
E7 /B[
M1
Mu
M1
Mt
..
.
..
.
56
Dm64
A7
(a): Vi1
D 7 G C7 F
F C]7 Dm C] /E
Dm/F D7 /F ] G
<(G7 /B C G)
(a): Vi1
G7no 3 Am Dm7 G7
G7 . . . G7 /F
C G7 /B C C7 F A7 D
A7 D G7 C Dm7 /F
D7 /F ] C/G G7 C C/E
d
F G7 Am C/E F G7 C
d
F G7 Am E
F Dm G7 C : ||
(d): Vi2, Va
cad, repeat
Cm
Trio
|| : Cm . . . G G7 Cm
E[
80
84
88
M2
M1
Fm
Cm
|| : E7 /D[ C7[9 F m
F ]7 D7[9 G
<(G Cm)/G G7
B I(aa): Vi1
halfcad
retr, menuet motif, P D (g)
92
M2
..
.
Cm
|| : Cm . . . D7[9 /C G/B
A, (a): Vc
[9
G[9
7 . . . C7 /E
F m C/G F/A D7[5 /A[
Cm64 G7 Cm : ||
(a)
(b)
closing cad (103 m.)
60
62
64
96
100
102
82
83
4.2.5
84
85
4.3
h i
3
4
, 208 m.)
Development
B1
A2
Recapitulation
2
2
, 90 m.)
B2 Cd
Cod
h i
h i
3
4
Trio
h i
Exp.
Recap.
Development
6
8
, 155 m.)
Coda
4.3.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. The detailed harmonic analysis is shown in Table 4.10 and 4.11. There is
both a single main and secondary theme. It is the former theme that is used in the development section. The extended main theme has a M1.1(aab) (6 + 6 + 8 m.) sentence structure,
where the a-phrases are repeated in different parts, and the b-phrase has a first violin lead
over a cello tonic pedal point. A different approach is used for the transitory 1st group second theme which has a single phrase M1.2(aaaa) structure, with the first three statements in
the cello and the varied phrase in the lead violin.
4.3.2
Mvt. 2 Larghetto
86
Table 4.10: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
Comment
1
7
13
21
24
26
29
39
42
45
50
53
59
M1.1a
M1.1.a
M1.1b
M1.1.b
B[
|| : B[ F7 /A B[ F
F F7 Dm F7 B[ Cm/E[ F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )/B[
F7 B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /F
C/E B[/D A /C
Gm/B[ B7 C7
C7 F . . . C7 . . .
F/A F ]7 /A Gm/B[
B7 F/C C7 F
C7 F Gm/B[
F/A C7 /E F Gm/B[
F C7 F Gm/B[ C7 F/A
C7 F Gm/B[ F/C C
61
64
66
72
77
81
M1.2
M1.2
M2.1
M2.1
Fm
M1.1
M1.1
M1.1a
M1.1a
131
137
142
151
M1.1a
M1.1a
M1.1b
M1.1.b
..
.
..
.
156
158
M1.1a
87
89
93
95
97
100
104
108
113
115
117
154
D[
Gr 2/Th 1, Vc
2nd stat, Vi1
imit Vi2-Va-Vc
F C7 Dm A7 B[ F7
Gm/B[ D7 G7 C7 F7
B[ F/C C7 <(F C7 )/F F : ||
close, Seq(31m;R3 )
triplets
P T (f )
<(F m E7 /F ) F m
F m A[/C A[7 /E[
A[7 D[/A[ G[/B[
E[m
Fm
Gm
D
M1.1a
M1.1a
triplets
Gr 1/Th 2, Vc, P D (c)
Vi11, trans to D
E[
B[
M1.1a
B[
A[7 /C D[/F A[
B[ B[7 E[m/B[ G[5
7 C C7
[5
F m A7 D D 7
Gm Cm/E[ A7
B[/D F ]7 Gm/B[
A[5
7 /E[ . . .
<(D C]7 )/D
D7 G7 C7 F7 B[7
E[ G7 C F7
Cm/E[ C7 /E F7
(F7 B[ E7 F F7 )/F F7
B[ F/A B[ F
F Cm/E[ F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )B[ B[
F7 B[ D7 /F ]
imit
Vc
stretto imit
Vi+Va (cm),P (e[)
triplets, P T (d)
Seq(51m;R5 ), imit
Vi1+Vi2
retrans, P D (f )
Recap, Gr 1, Vi1+2
Vc+Va
P T (b[)
(cm<), climax
Gm B7 Cm/E[ E7
F m A7 B[m/D[ D7
E[ E[/G Cm/E[ C7
87
Table 4.11: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
161
173
176
179
187
193
Comment
M1.2
M1.2
M2.1
M2.1
B[
F F7 B[ . . . F7 . . .
B[/F B7 /D Cm/E[
E7 B[/F F7
B[ Cm/E[ . . .
F B[ E[ F7 B[/D
F7 /A B[ Cm/E[ B[/F F
Gr 1/Th 2, Va, P D (f )
F E[ B[/F F7
195
88
Gr 2, Vi1
Va
198
M1.1a
B[ D7 E[ B[7 E[ G7
202
204
(208 m.)
89
4.3.3
Form: menuet and trio form, each with ABA Coda structure. The menuet main theme has
a regular M1(abab) period structure, the secondary theme has M2(aab) sentence structure.
Characteristic is the rapid (typically single measure) juxtaposition of forte-piano dynamic
contrast. The trio theme M3 also has sentence structure, M4 is another period. The trio
B-section has a motif in the lower three parts, answered by the lead violin. The detailed
analysis is shown in Table 4.12.
4.3.4
90
Table 4.12: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 3 Menuetto moderato
m
Comment
M1
..
.
B[
Menuet
|| : B[ D7 /F ] G Cm7 /G D E[
A1 , ab): Vi1
5
7
9
13
15
19
23
25
28
31
34
36
1
10
14
23
27
29
32
36
40
44
49
53
61
63
65
Cm/E[ F ]7 Gm
Cm7 /E[ B[64 F7 B[ : ||
|| : <(F7 B[)
E[ B[ Cm Gm
Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7 A B[ F7
M2
M1
..
.
M1
M3
M4
..
.
M4
M4
M3
E[
a)
b), cad
B, aab): Vi1, Vc arp%
Va 16th arp%
B[ D7 /F ] Cm7 /G B[7 /F E[
Cm/E[ F7 /A
B[7 /D E[ Cm/E[ B[/F
Cm/E[ F7 /C B[/D E[ B[/F B[7
B[/D F7 /C B[/D E[
B[/F F ]7 Gm B[/D
Cm7 /E[ F7 B[ : ||
a)
b)
Coda, a-motif,
call-and-response
Trio
|| : <(E[ B[7 /D) E[ G7 Cm7 F7
Cm7 /E[ Cm7 Cm7 /E[
B[/F F7 B[ F7 /A B[ F7 B[ : ||
|| : <(B[ A7 B[)
B[ A[7 B[m A[97 /G[
D[/F E[m7 /G[ A[7
G/B Cm/E[ G/B G7 /F
B[7 /F F7 B[7 /F F7 /E[ B[7 /D
<(E[ B[7 /D)
E[ C7 F m7 B[7 E[
F m7 /A[
F7[9 /A E[/B[ B[7 E[/B[
E[/B[ B7 Cm
B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[7 /D E[
B[ A7 B[7 E[ : ||
91
92
4.3.5
93
94
4.4
Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.5. Note the length of the
outer movements, in particular the closing rondo.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (C,
h i
4
4
, 368 m.)
3
4
, 48+66=114 m.)
Trio
h i
B1
A2
h i
3
4
, 128 m.)
B2
h i
2
4
, 539 m.)
Coda
Figure 4.5: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515
4.4.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. The first group main theme has M1(aab) (4+4+10 m.) sentence structure,
over a steady 8th note background. Each motif has a call-and-response character, with an
ascending arpeggio in the cello answered by an upward leap plus appoggiatura motif in the
first violin. In the second statement the roles are reversed: arpeggio in 1st violin is answered
by the cello.
The transition to the second theme group contains an extended 8th note theme with two
components: a neighbouring note motif Mn and an alternating upward-downward motif
Ma. Both these will be used as a background to the second group theme, and in the development and coda. The analysis is shown in Table 4.13 to 4.15.
4.4.2
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
|| : C . . . G7 /D . . . G7 /B
C . . . C]7 Dm/F
b)
9
16
18
21
29
34
38
44
46
52
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
77
81
90
92
94
98
100
102
107
113
115
117
119
121
123
127
129
96
C46
Cm
M2/a
Ma
..
.
Mt2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
halfcad
2nd st, aa): Vi1-Vc
G7 C]7 . . .
a) imit Vc-Vi1
A7 /E D7[9 /F ] G7 /D C7 /E
Seq(22m;R7 )
Mt1
M1
Mna
..
.
G7 /F C/E F
G]7 Am
Dm/F C/G G7 /F C/E G
Cm . . . G7 /B G7 /D
D
G
G7 Am Dm/F Dm G7
Am F m <(D[/A[ A[7 )
F7[9 /A F ]7 /C A[7 C46 G7
C A7 Dm C7
F Dm C46 G7 C A7
Dm C7 F E7
Am G7 C F ]m B7
E Em A7 D Dm G7
C Am/C A7 /C]
D . . . A7 /C] A7 /E
D C] /E D A7
D D7 <(G D7 )
cad
a): 4pt imit, Neap cad
b)
trans
(cm<)
climax
Seq(31m;R7 )
aa): Vi1-Vc
a): imit VcVi1, clim
trans, Vi1
G C D7 /F ]
G Am/C G64 D
<(G D7 ) G C D7
G D]7 Em G]
cad
Gr 2 aa): (Vi1+2)/(Va1+2)
imit Vi-Va, Seq(32m;R7 )
Am C] D7 F ]
G D] Em G/B C C]7
<(G64 C]7 D7 )
D A/C] D7[9
G G/B C A7 /C]
(cm>), cad
PB (%)
D D7 /F ] G G64 D7
cad
G G+ /B C A7 /C]PB (%)
D D7 /F ] G D7[9 /F ]
cad
G D7 G . . . G/B
climax, (cm<)
G64
C/E
DG
G/B C/E G64 D7
cad
Table 4.14: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
131
143
148
152
160
167
171
174
177
180
183
185
189
193
197
201
203
205
214
219
222
228
230
234
238
240
243
245
247
249
252
Mn
..
.
M1
..
.
Mn
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Ma
M2/a
Ma
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mt1
..
.
Comment
G Am7 G/B . . .
C . . . G7 : ||
imit
climax
C]7 . . . B[/F . . .
D7[9 /C
Am
D7 /F ] . . .
C/G . . .
E7 /G] A Am E7
Am Dm/A E7 /G] Am/C
a)
b)
Seq(53m;R5 ),
Dm
[9
A[9
7 Gm A7 Dm
imit VcVi1,
Gm
Cm A7 D7[9 Gm
rapid modul
Cm
F m D7 B7 /F Cm/E[
Fm
A[
Cm
B[7 E[ A[
D7 G7 Cm C7 /B[ F m/A[
G G7 <(Cm/G D7 /F ] G)
<(G7 Cm)/G D7
G Am7 /C G7 /D C/E
G7 /D D7 /A G Am/E G7 /D
C . . . G7 . . .
Vi1
P D (g)
retrans, Vc
Rec, Gr 1, aa): Vc-Vi1
C]7 . . .
[9
D7[9 /F ] G[9
7 /D C7 /E
b): VI1
Am
G7 Am Dm G7
Am C]/G] G]7
cad
a): 4pt imit
C]m/G] E7 Am C7 /G
[5/[9
Dm7 /F D7 /A[
C/G G7 C A7
Dm C7 F Dm C46 G7
C A7 Dm C7
F D A[9
7 /C] Dm/A D7 /C
G/B D]7 Bm E7 A D7
G C7 F C] Dm/F D7 /F ]
b):
climax, cad
cad
trans
(cm<), clim
Seq(31m;R7 )
97
Table 4.15: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
255
263
268
277
279
281
287
288
290
292
294
298
302
305
307
309
311
313
317
318
322
Comment
M1
Mna
..
.
G . . . D7 /F ] . . . D7 /C
G/B D7 /A G D7 G7
G7 G[9
7 <(C G7 )/C
aa): Vi1-Vc
a): imit VcVi1, clim
P T (c)
C C7 /E F G7 /B
C F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C C7
F F ] G
C G] Am C]
Gr 2 aa): (Vi1+2)/(Va1+2)
M2/a
Ma
..
.
Dm F ] G7
C G] Am C/E F F ]7
<(C/G F ] G7 )
C46 G7 C
Cm64 G D7 /F ] G7
C C/E F D7 /F ]
Mt2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mn
..
.
Vi1+2
PB (%)
G G7 /B C G7
cad
C C + /E F D7 /F ]
PB (%)
G G7 /B C
G[9
7 /B
cad
C G7 /B C . . . C/E
climax, (cm<)
F/A C46 G7
C C/E F/A D7[9 /F ]
cad
329
331
335
Ma
G D7[9 /C G7 /B
C/E Em Am Dm7 G7 C
F . . . D7 /F ] E7 /G] F7 /A
338
G7 /F C7 Dm7 /F D7[9 /F ]
341
M2/a
..
.
<(C G7 )/G
Vi/Va, climax
Am E7[9 Am A7
Dm A[9
7 Dm7 /F
C/G . . . G7
C C7 <(F C)/C
<(G7 C)/C C
Vc
Vi, P T (c)
closing cad (368 m.)
345
347
349
353
360
98
Ma
Mn
99
4.4.3
Mvt. 3 Andante
Form: ABAB Coda, binary form. The A-section has a throughcomposed melody M1, that
may be spilt into a number of segments: 12 + 8 + 11 m. The setting (lead part, type of
background, rhythmical) is different for each segment. In the B-section we may discern two
melodies: M2(8 + 8 m.) and the much embellished M3(8 + 8 m.) with its syncopated background. The instruments are changng roles frequently. The analysis is shown in Table 4.16
and 4.17.
4.4.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
100
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
F B[ C7 F
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
5
8
10
12
17
21
25
29
31
32
36
40
44
Comment
A, Vi1+2 par 3rds
d
Va answers
Dm C7 F/A
i (%)
Pm
C7 /E F B[ F46 C
cad
F Gm7 /B[ C7 F C7 F
C7[9 /E F B7 /D C/E
Seq(22m;R7 )
Am G64 D7 G C7 F
Dm/F C46 G7
climax
cad
C G7 C G7 Am Dm/F
B, Vi1
G D7 G G7 C7 F B7 C G
<(G7 C) F
G D 7 G C7 F B
Va1
47
48
M3
C Dm/F C46 G7
D7 /A G E7 /G] Am C/E Dm/F
50
51
53
56
60
M3
C46 G7
D7 /A G E7 /G] Am C/E Dm/F
C46 . . . F G7
(C Dm7 B C7 F Gm7 )/C
C7 . . .
63
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
67
70
72
74
79
83
87
89
cad
Vi1 emb, sync
F B[ C7 F
Va1 emb
retrans, P D (c)
Vi1
A, Vi1+2 par 3rds
Va answers
Dm C7 F/A
i (%)
Pm
C7 /E F B[ F46 C
cad
F Gm7 /B[ C7 F C7 F
F C7 F m
Seq(22m;R7 )
climax, cad
101
Table 4.17: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 3 Andante (contd)
m
92
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
<(C7 F ) C7 Dm Gm/B[
96
99
100
105
C F m7 B[ C7
Va1
d
110
111
M3
F46 C7
G7 /D C A7[9 /C] Dm F/A Gm/B[
124
126
cad
<(F C7 ) Dm Gm C G7
M3
B, Vi1
C G7 C C7 F B[ E7
107
108
113
118
120
121
102
Comment
cad
Vi emb, sync
Va1 emb
F46 . . . Gm7 C7
Dm C46 G7 C F7 Gm/B[
F46 C7 /B[
F/A C7 /E F B[ F46 C7
trans
F B[/F F C7
F . . . C7 F
climax
103
4.4.5
The key relationship diagram of the string quintet KV 515 is shown in Fig. 4.6. The opening
Allegro sonata form starts with the regular key pattern: main theme in the tonic major key
C, secondary group in the dominant key G. The unique feature here is that the second statement of this theme is in parallel minor Cm (1). The development opens in the relative minor
key Am (3), before modulating through a long sequence Am F m (35), and remaining
in the subdominant area for a while. The recapitulation alternates once more to the relative
minor key Am (8), before closing through the dominant.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Gm
t
B[
B[m
D[
Dm
Am
Em
Y
H
8 6
? HH
F
C -G
*
6 7,9
5 1,6 ?
4
F m Cm
Gm
t
*
?
A[
E[
B[
Bm
D
Dm
3
2
1
B[ - F - C - G
Mvt. 4 Allegro
Mvt. 3 Andante
1
F -C
6
?
2
Fm
Cm
- 1,4
C
G
3,6
F m Cm Gm
2
5
A[
E[
B[
Figure 4.6: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, key relationship diagram
The menuet is in the tonic major key C and alternates with the dominant key G (1) in the
B-section. The trio is in the subdominant key F and alternates with its dominant key C (2)
and its subdominant key B[ (3). The slow third movement also has a limited key compass,
with noth A-sections in the tonic key F , and the B-section in the dominant key C (1). The
closing A-section sidesteps into the parallel minor key F m (2).
The closing rondo hardly modulates and has different keys for each section: the Asections remain in the tonic key C major, the C-section is in the subdominant key F . There is
symmetry in both B-sections: the first is in the dominant key G, alternating with its lowered
submediant major key E[ = [VI (2), the second has a similar movement C A[ C (5). The
coda has a brief segment in the subdominant F (6).
4.5
Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.7. Note the relative short
development section in the opening sonata form movement. In the binary form slow adagio
movement (Mvt. 3) the B-sections are significantly shorter than the A-sections.
104
h i
4
4
, 254 m.)
Dev. (36 m.)
C (19)
h i
3
4
, 43+47=90 m.)
Trio
B1
A2
h i
4
4
, 82 m.)
B2 C
h i h i
3
4
6
8
, 38+298 m.)
Adagio
A
C2
B1
C1
A
B2
Coda
105
4.5.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.18 to 4.20. The main theme
has an M1(abab) period structure. The a-phrase is an upward arpeggio Gm chord (d
g b[ d d d), followed by a chromatic descent (g f ] f e\ e[). The second amotif is the melodic inversion of the first: a=I(a). These two elements, the arpeggio chord
(upward and inverted) and the chromatic descent, return in many transitions. The second
group remains in the tonic minor key with theme M2.1, until the second theme M2.2, when
the relative major B[ enters. Both themes have the same rhythmical and M(aab) sentence
structure. However, melody M2.1 has more downward stepwise motion, while M2.2 opens
with another downward arpeggio.
Characteristic are the strong dynamic contrasts: accented tutti notes, forte measures followed by piano playing (no gradual changes). Also there are many irregular phrases (odd
numbers of measures, extending the tail of a melody). Most of the climaxes are in the transitory sections. The development is relatively short, with a number of sequences featuring
imitation. When the main theme returns in the recapitulation, there is a short secondary
development in the form of a sequence and a stretto imitation.
The coda presents both themes once more: M1 as a stretto imitation from the highest to
the lowest voice and a closing repeated statement of M2.1.
4.5.2
Mvt. 2 Minuetto
106
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
Gm
(b)
M1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.2
M2.2
M1
..
.
M1
M1
M1
Gm/B[ D7[9 /A D7
E[ Cm/E[ D7[9
Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G
a=I(a)
(b)
2nd stat, (a): Va1, [S6 ]
(b)
(a), N 6
Cm/E[ C7[9 /E
B[
Dm/F D7 /F ] Gm D7[9 /A
Gm A Gm64 D7
[9
A[9
7 D7
[9
Gm A[9
7 /G D7 /F ]
[9
[9
G[9
7 /F C7 /E F7 /E[ B[/D
6
A[/C Gm4 D7
Gm B[7 /D E[ B[7
6
E[ A[9
7 /C] Gm4 D7 Gm
Gm D7[9 Gm
Gm C7[9 /G F7sus4 F7
<(B[ C7[9 /E F7 ) B[
C7 /G B[64 F C7 C7[9
F7[9 F7 /E[
B[/D G7 Cm B[7
E[ B[ Cm/E[ B[64 F7
B[/D G7 Cm B[7
E[ C7[9 /E B[64 F7
<(B[ F7 )
B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /D
E[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[64 F7 /A
<(B[ F7 )
B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /D
E[ E[m F7 /A B[ . . .
Cm7 /E[ C7[9 /G B[64 F7
B[ E[/G B[64 F7
B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G E[m/G[
B[64 F7 <(B[ F7[9 )
d
B[ D7 /A Cm/G D7 /F ] : ||
PB (%)
(b) cad
trans, (a): Vi1+Vi2
Seq(5R5 ), PBi (&)
N 6 , climax, cad
imit: Vc-Vi1, cad
Gr 2 (aab): Vi1
(aab)
trans, (b): Vi1
(b): Vc
(aaba): Vi1
(b), cad
stretto imit, (aab): Va1-Vi1
climax, cad
final stat, imit (aa): Vc-Vi2
Seq(31m;R3 )
cad, 16ths
imit (aa): Vi2-Va1, climax
trans, Vi1+Vi2
Vi1, triplets
closing stat, (aa): Vi1
imit (aa): Vi1-Va1
PB (&)
107
Table 4.19: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
124
125
127
130
133
135
137
139
141
143
144
145
147
149
151
154
156
158
159
161
162
164
108
Comment
d
95
97
99
101
107
111
115
119
123
M1
M1
M1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Cm
E[m
Fm
Gm
M1
M1
..
.
M1
M1
trans
A[ E[7 A[ C7[9 /E
F m C7[9 F m A[7 /C
D[ . . . D[7 B[[9
7
[9
E[m . . . B[7 E[[9
7 C7
F m . . . G7 /B[ C7 D7[9 /F ]
Gm . . . D7[9 G[9
7
[9 = A
C7[9 F7[9 B[[9
E[
7
7
7
D7[9
Gm E[ Cm7 A /C A[9
7 /C]
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
G7 /F Cm/E[ G[9
7 /B
Gm
(D B7 Cm F7 )/D
(B[ F7[9 = D7[9 Gm D7 )/D
(ped)
(b)
Gm/B[ D7[9 /A D7
E[ Cm/E[ D7[9
Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G
a=I(a)
(b)
(a): Va1, Seq(34m;R5 )
D7[9 /F ] Gm D /F Cm/E[
D7 G7
Cm A[/C G/B G /B[ D7 /A
[9
G[9
7 C7 G7 C7
F m F7 /A B[ B[7 /D
E[ A[ D[
G[9
7 Cm Gm/B[
[9
A[9
7 D7
[9
Gm A[9
7 /G D7 /F ]
[9
[9
G7 /F C7 /E F7[9 /E[ B[/D
A[/C Gm64 D7
Gm B[7 /D E[ B[7
6
E[ A[9
7 /C] Gm4 D7 Gm
Seq(31m;R5 )
trans, (a): Vi1+Vi2
Seq(5R5 ), PBi (&)
N 6 , climax, cad
16ths
imit (a): Vc-Vi1, cad
Table 4.20: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
168
172
176
179
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
185
M2.2
..
.
188
191
193
195
197
201
205
207
208
210
213
215
216
218
222
225
227
230
232
234
235
Gm
Comment
Gm D7[9 Gm
Cm G[9
7 Cm
6
Cm/E[ A7 /E[ A[5
7 /E[ Gm4 D
[9
A[9
7 . . . D7 D7 /C
Gr 2 (aab): Vi1
(aab)
trans
imit (b): Vi1-Vc
[9
G[9
7 D Cm/E[ A7 /E
D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C Gm64 D7 /C
(ab)
cad
M2.2
..
.
M1
B[m/D[ B[7[9 /D
Cm/E[ C7[9 /E Gm64 D7
<(Gm D7 )
M1
Gm D7 E[ G7 /B
Cm D7 /F ]
Gm A7 /C Gm64 D7
<(Gm D7 )
Gm D7 E[ G7 /B
C Cm D7 /F ]
Gm . . .
6
A7 /C A[9
7 /E Gm4 D7
Gm Cm/E[ Gm64 D7
Gm G7 /F C/E A[5
7 /E[
M1
M1
..
.
239
240
243
245
246
249
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
238
Cm
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
237
Gm
Gm64 D7 <(Gm F ]7 )
Gm G7 F Cm/E[ G7 /B : ||
[5/[9
Cm C7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[
Cm/G D7 /F ]
cad
trans, PBi (&)
[5
D7 /F ] E7[9 /F A[9
7 /E A7 /E[
[5
D7 E7[9 /D A[9
7 /C] A7 /G
D7 E[ A[/C Gm64 D7
Gm A[5
7 /E[
Gm/D E7 /G] A D7 /F ]
[5/[9
Gm A7 /E[ Gm/D E7 A D7
<(Gm D7[9 ) Gm D Gm
N 6 , cad
(aa): Vi1
(b)
(aa): Vi1, P D (d)
cad (254 m.)
109
110
4.5.3
Form: binary, ABAB form. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.21 and 4.22.
Remarkable is the use of mutes (con sordino) in this slow, intimate movement. It is a
harmonically very rich setting, with lots of passing chords. In the tutti phrases all parts are
equally important. Occasionally there is a textural thinning, with solo instruments answering each others calls; see the b-phrase of the opening melody M1, which has an M1(abb)
structure.
The second theme M2(aaab) in the A1 section, with its descending stepwise phrases in
8th note rhythm repeated at higher pitches, is in the dominant minor key (B[m); in the latter
half it is repeated in the tonic minor key. The same melodic curve returns in the B section
theme M3, but now the steps occur in an appoggiature 16th note rhythm in major, and the
melody is used in imitation (see the second statement).
Just before the coda, there is a brief sidestep towards the subdominant area A[. The
coda itself is a weird combination of snippets from both melodies M1 and M3, but in a
rhythmically very condensed form.
4.5.4
111
Table 4.21: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo
m
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[
A1 , (a): tutti
3
5
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
18
19
20
23
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
112
B[m
D7 E[ A /C B[7 E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[
B[ A7 F7
F7 /A E[/G C]7 D D7 Gm E
F (B[m F )/B[
climax, imit
cad
trans
(a):Vi1, P T (b[)
B[ D7 Gm/B[ G7 /B
Cm C7 F F7 /E[ B[/D F7 /C
B[ F/A Cm/E[ B[64 F7
B[ D7 Gm/B[ G7
PB (&)
[S6 ] , PB (&), cad
imit Va1-Vi2, leg arp
E[
Cm C7 F Cm7 Gm7 F7
<(B[ A7 ) B[
E[ Cm/E[ B[64 F B[ E[ B[/F
E[/G Cm/E[ B[64 F7 B[ F7
<(B[ F7 ) B[ A7 B[ B[7 /D
halfcad
trans, tutti
cad
cad
E[
A2 , (a): tutti
B[
M3
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
F m/A[ D E[/G F m7 /C D7 E[
M3
..
.
climax, cad
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
climax, cad
Table 4.22: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo (contd)
m
48
49
50
51
53
55
56
57
58
60
62
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[m
F m/A[ D E[/G F m7 /C D7 E[
D7 E[ A /C B[7 E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[
B[m7 E[/B[ C7 /G F m Cm7
F/C D7 /C G/B Cm Cm7 A
B[ (E[m F )/E[
climax
cad
trans
(<(D7 E[m)
G[7 C[ B7
[5/[9
F7
E[64 B[7
E[
M3
..
.
A[
E[
(M)
Comment
M3
..
.
...
(a):Vi1, P T (e[)
(ped)
(b): Vi1, imit
climax
cad
E[ G7 /D Cm/E[ C7 /E
PB (&)
[S6 ] , PB (&), cad
F m F7 /E[ B[ Cm7 D7
<(E[ D7 ) E[
A[ F m/A[ E[64 B[
E[ A[ E[7 /B[
A[ F m/A[ E[64 B[7 E[ B[7
E[ B[7 E[ A7
B[ E[ F m/A[ E[64 B[7
A7 B[ E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[ A
E[64 B[7 E[/G A7
E[64 B[7 <(E[ B[7 /F ) E[
113
114
4.5.5
115
116
4.6
Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.8. The third movement
menuet has two trios, and the final movement has a theme and variations form.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (A,
h i
Exposition
Development Recapitulation
4
4
, 197 m.)
h i
A1
B1
A2
3
4
, 85 m.)
Trio 1
h i
3
4
Trio 2
V. 1
V. 2
Coda
V. 3
V. 4
Ad.
h i
2
2
, 141 m.)
Coda
4.6.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. The opening theme M1 is a sort of chorale setting for strings (partly
in contrary motion), answered by the clarinet. The second theme from the first group has
M2(abc) structure, with the a-phrase ans ascending scale, and the b-phrase a characteristic
downward descending melodic sequence, that is re-used in imitiation in the strings. The
second group 1st theme has M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 3 m.) sentence structure. The transitory theme
M4(aaab) consists of a melodic sequence a-motif and 16th note runs in the b-phrase. The
last theme from this group has M5(abab) period structure. The development is based on the
first theme phrases only. The other melodic material returns in the recapitulation, with a
prominent role for M5 in the coda. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.23 and 4.24.
4.6.2
Mvt. 2 Larghetto
117
1
5
M1.a
M1.b
A A/C] E7 F ]m Bm E7 F ]m
D A/C] Bm7 E7 A E7
9
13
17
19
22
25
26
M1.a
M1.b
M2
M2
..
.
29
31
35
(M2)
42
46
49
53
58
61
64
M3
M3
M4
M5
68
72
74
77
E
Em
86
88
92
100
110
118
M1
M1.a
M1.b
M1.b
M1.b
M1.b
A A/C] E7 F ]m Bm E7 F ]m
D A/C] Bm7 E7 A E7
A E7
A F ]m7 /A E/G] D/F ] C]m/E
Bm/D A/C] <(G]7 /B E7 /G] A)
B E7 A D]7
E E/B B C]m F ]7 /A] Bm G]m
b)
b) Vi1
trans to D, a) Cl
E F ]m7 /E B7 /F ]
E F ]m7 /A E/B B7
E Em F ]7 /E B7[9 /D]
Em Am7 Dm7 G7 C
C + D]7 /C F ][9
7 /C]
E46 . . . B7
E A/E E/G] A F ]m7 /A B7
79
82
Comment
Gr 1/Th 2, a): Cl
bc)
[S6 ]
2nd stat, Str, a): Vc
climax, cad
ab) Vi1-Cl, P T (e)
ab) repeat
cad
E Em G7 /F
Dev
C C/E G7 Am Dm/F
cad
Gr 1/Th 1
arpeggios, imit
arp, Seq(32m;R7 )
Seq(52m;R5 )
stretto, P D (e)
Table 4.24: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
117
121
125
128
131
134
136
139
147
155
159
165
167
169
173
177
M1.a
M1.b
M2
M2
..
.
A
Am
G Em F ]m D Em C]7 D Bm/D
A/C] G]m7 /B F ]m/A E/G] B7 /F ]
E <(Dm/F E7 )
A D/A E7 A Bm/D A64 E7
A Am E7 /G] E7[9
[S6 ]
trans to T
Gr 2/Th 1
repeat in minor,
sync
M2
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
d
Recap, Gr 1/Th 1
Gr 1/Th 2, Cl
[S6 ]
SD
Am B /D Am/E E
C]7 F ]m B/D] A64 E7
A
Coda, P T (a)
repeat (ped)
180
182
185
M1.b
E E7 A/E E7
A G] /B A/C] Bm/D E7 A7
D B7[9 /D] A64 . . . E7
193
M1.a
A E F ]m Bm/D A64 E7 A
[S6 ]
climax
fin stat (197 m.)
119
120
4.6.3
Mvt. 3 Menuetto
Form: menuet and trio form. In this movement there are two trios. The menuet is therefore
played three times (however, without repeats after the trios). The first theme M1 is played
in parallel thirds; the a-phrase between clarinet and violin 1, the b-phrase between viola and
cello.
Trio 1 omits the clarinet and features the lead violin; note the imitative legato downward
and upward leaps in the other string parts, and the simultaneous offbeat fp accents. The
clarinet returns in Trio 2 with an M5(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) theme in small-scale sentence
structure. The (inverted) arpeggio a-motif is picked up by the leading parts in the string
(mostly violin 1, but occasionally the cello). The analysis is shown in Table 4.25.
4.6.4
121
Table 4.25: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio
m
1
5
7
9
13
15
17
19
20
26
28
30
1
5
11
17
21
25
29
36
40
M
M1.a
..
.
Comment
Menuet
|| : A <(E7 A) F ]m Bm7 /D E E7 /D
A1
M1.b
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1.b
M1.a
..
.
M3.a
M3.b
M4.a
M4.b
M4.a
M4.b
..
.
Am
C
Am
P D (e)
A2 , 2nd stat
Trio 1
|| : Am B7 /D E7 Am
B7 /D G7 C <(C G7 /B) C
Dm/F <(A7 /G Dm/F ) C46 G7 C : ||
|| : C C7 F A7 D D7 /F ] G B7
E <(D]/E E) E7 /D
Am B7 /D E7 Am
B7 /D E7 <(Am E7 /G]) Am
B[/D(N 6 ) <(F7 /E[ B[ D)
Am64 E7 A : ||
A! , no Cl
B
P D (e)
A2 , 2nd stat
Neap
(41 m.)
M5.a
M5.b
M5.a
M5.a
36
41
49
M5.a
M5.b
|| : A Bm7 /D E7 F ]m A/C]
6
Bm/D <(F ][9
7 /E Bm/D) . . . A4 A : ||
|| : <(E7 A/E) E <(E7 Am/E) E
<(B7 E) E7 . . .
d
A Bm7 /D E7 F ]m A/C]
Bm/D <(F ][9
7 /E Bm/D) A7 /E D/F ]
6
Bm7 /D A4 E7 A : ||
Menuet (play without repeats)
122
A1 , Cl
B, e-ped
e-ped
A2 , Cl
cad (51 m.)
123
4.6.5
The key relationship diagram of the Mozart clarinet quintet is shown in Fig. 4.9. Here sublime musical beauty and elegance meet key simplicity. The key scope is very limited; only
the opening sonata allegro moves somewhat further away from the tonic key. Note the repeated statements of the secondary theme in major and parallel minor (2) and (4).
The ternary form larghetto has the A-sections in the tonic key D, with the bridge in the
dominant major key A. The menuet and closing theme and variations use the major-minor
key juxtaposition, without modulation.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
D
Dm
5 1
A -E
2
63 ?
6
4 ?
Am
Em
Mvt. 2 Larghetto
D -A
Mvt. 3 Menuetto
A
Menuetto
Am Trio
6
?
Mvt. 4 Allegretto
con variationi
A
6
?
Am Var 3
Figure 4.9: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, key relationship diagram
4.7
Source: [34]. The remarkable aspect of this symphony is that it only has three movement; the
typical third movement (menuet and trio) is missing.2 An overview of the formal analysis is
shown in Fig. 4.10. Note the limited length of the development section in the opening sonata
form movement, and the false recapitulation.
4.7.1
Form: sonata form. This movement opens with a slow adagio introduction, divided into
four segments: 6 + 9 + 12 + 9 m. The opening unisono motif Mu is followed by a string
melody Mi(abc) over the middle segments (note the syncopated repeated notes in Mi.b over
the tonic minor key).
The introduction bursts into the allegro with an opening theme M1, launched by a another series of syncopated dominant pedal notes M1.a., and the ascending motif M1.b. This
is answered by a descending scale in parallel consonants M1.c in woodwinds. There is tonal
2
Maybe this was rejected by a contemporary A&R manager or record producer in good old Austria. Instead
of Prague its nickname could have been Blague; who knows?
124
h i
4
4
, 302 m.)
FR
h i
6
8
, 148 m.)
A
h i
2
4
, 351 m.)
Development (64 m.)
4.7.2
Mvt. 2 Andante
125
Mu
Mi.a
..
.
..
.
8
11
14
16
24
28
32
37
41
43
45
49
51
55
59
60
61
62
66
68
71
75
77
79
81
87
91
93
126
Mi.b
Comment
Adagio
<(D A)
F ]/A] Bm D/F ] G
Introduction
unis motif
B/D] Em A7
B7[9 /F ] <(Em/G D]7 /A) Em/G
Dm
(Mi.b)
M1a
M1b
M1c
M1a
M1b
M1a
M1d
..
.
G
D
contrast dyn
Dm . . . B[ . . . F7 . . . D7 /F ]
Gm . . . G]7 . . .
A[9
7 ...
<(A Dm)
Allegro
|| : D/F ] G Am D7 /F ]
G D/F ] Em A7
D A7
D D7 /F ] <(G D7 /A)
G D/F ] Em7 A7
D Em7 C]7 /E D/F ] A/C]
<(D Bm Em A/C]
D Em7 A7 )
d
M1d
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1a
M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Seq(4 12 m;R7 )
imit
Em7 A7 <(D A7 )
halfcad, P D (a)
Vi1: a-sync
Str+WW imit
A D7 Bm/D
C]7 A/C] F ]m7 D/F ]
E A D7 G]7 C]m7 F ]m7
Gm
trans, Seq(42m;R7 )
Bm7 E7 Dm/F D7 /F ]
climax
Gm G]7 D7 /F ]
Gm/B[ G]7 /B A/C] C]7
95
97
105
109
112
116
121
123
125
127
129
133
135
M2
M2
M2
M1d
M1d
..
.
A
Am
A
Comment
F ]m Bm/D A/E E7
closing cad
A E7 /G] A C]m/E A B7 E
Am E7
Am C/E Am/C Bm7 E7
A E7 A Bm E7
A7 D7 E7 /G] Bm/D A/E E7
A Bm7 E F ]m7 Bm7 E7 A
D7 G]7 C]m7 F ]m7 Bm E7
Gr 2, aab): Vi1
minor aab): Vi1
A E F ]m C]m
D A D A64 E
A A7 <(D/A A7 )
D/A A7 F ]7 Bm E7 A F ]m
Bm/D E <(A E) A : ||
143
147
M1c
A/C] E7 A F ]7 /A] Bm
C]m D E A7
151
156
160
162
M1c
M1c/b
M1d/c
.. ..
./ .
D A7 D/F ] Em C]7 F ]7
G Em A]7 Bm G Em A
D Bm G]7
F ]m C]7 F ]7 Bm F ]7 B7
Str+WW imit
ctp, Seq(32m;R3 )
Em B7 E A E7 A7
D A7 D D7
G Bm7 /A E/G]
WW+Str ctp
Am C]7 /B F ]/A]
imit Vi2-Vi1
166
170
172
174
176
178
179
181
184
187
189
192
195
199
201
203
/
M1d
..
.
M1c/b
(M1c)
..
.
..
.
M1d
..
.
M1a
Dm
Seq(34m;R7 ),
Seq(32m;R7 ),
Bm Em7 /D A/C]
Str+WW imit
Bm7 Em7 A7 D
C7 C] F ]m7 Bm7 Em7 A7
<(D A7 )
<(D A) <(Bm F ]m) <(G D)
A7
A/C] Dm A7 /C]
stretto, climax
retrans
cad
P D (a)
retrans, Vi 1, a-sync
minor (ped)
major (ped)
127
205
208
212
214
216
M1a
M1b
M1c
M1a
..
.
219
221
224
226
229
235
239
241
242
M1b
M1b
..
.
..
.
Comment
A . . . A7
cad, return to T
D D+ /F ] <(G D7]5 /F ])
D D/F ] Em7 A
D A7
D D/F ] G D/F ]
Recap, Gr 1, Vi1
Vi1 asc, Str
WW par scale
2nd Dev, d-sync
Gm D7 /F ] Gm E[m/G[
F <(B[/F F )
B[ F/A Gm7 C]7 /E
Dm/F B[7 E7[5 A
G7 C]7 F ]m7 Bm7 Em
Vi1, SD
mediant
Vi1
Str+WW imit
Seq(32m;R7 ),
A7 Gm/B[ G7 /B C
ctp, climax
PBi (%)
cad
244
250
M2
D . . . A7 /C] . . . D A7 D
D/F ] G]7 D46 A
252
257
259
M2
M2
..
.
Dm
Dm A7 B[ G]7 Am E7
F/A C]7 /G Dm/F E7 /G A7
D <(A7 D)
A D G A7 /C]
Str imit
264
268
D Em/G D/A A7
270
272
274
276
278
281
284
287
290
292
296
299
M1d
M1d
128
Gr 2, aab): Vi1
tutti climax
PBi (&) , cad
stretto imit
tutti, cad
closing clim, cad
P T (d)
(ped)
(ped)
closing cad
(302 m.)
129
4.7.3
Form: sonata form. The third and final movement opens with an arpeggio motif on the tonic
chord (M1a), imitated by the other strings, and closing with downward suspensions over
a series of first inversion chords ([S6 ] ). This a-motif is used extensively in the transitions
(imitations) and development (sequences). The second statement of M1 is in minor. The
climaxes are falling mostly on the tutti transitions, while the thematic material is orchestrated
lightly. The series of first inversiion chords return prominently in the development. The
movement concludes with a closing statement of M1; there is no coda. The analysis is shown
in Table 4.29 and 4.30.
4.7.4
130
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
<(Em B7 ) Em
b): Vi1
M1
..
.
..
.
Dm
<(C7 /E Gm7 /F ) C7 /E
b): Fl
a): WW imit
b): Fl
trans, tutti clim, PB (&)
M2
C7 F Gm/B[ F/A C7
<(F C7 ) F
F Am/E Dm D]7
<(E7 Am D]7 )/E P D (e)
<(E7 Am) E . . . E7
<(A D A E7 A)
<(A E7 ) A
D Bm Bm/D D] E7
<(A D A E7 A)
<(A E7 ) A
5
9
13
18
28
32
36
40
44
48
56
60
67
75
80
83
92
96
99
103
106
108
111
119
121
131
139
153
157
161
165
169
173
177
181
M2
D E7 F ]m Bm/D E7
A D/F ] C]m/E Bm/D A/C]
M1
..
.
M1
Dm
E7 D/F ] E7 /G]
A Bm/D A64 E
A Dm/F A/E Dm/F A/C]
<(Dm A7 ) D/F ] Dm/F
d
M1/c
M1/c
A
M1
M1
M1
M1
Bm
Am
cad
Gr 2, aa): Vi par 6ths
(b): WW
cad, (cm>)
2nd st aa): Fl+Vi 6ths
b): WW
cad
Gr 1, a): WW imit [S6 ]
(cm>)
cad
a): Str imit
trans, tutti climax
E7 F ]m Bm/D E7
<(A E7 ) A
<(A D A/E E7 )
A . . . : ||
cad
a): WW, Mc: Vi1 tripl
a): WW imit, Mc: Vi
tutti clos clim, P D (a)
A ...
A D/F ] C]m/E Bm/D A/C]
E7 /B . . .
E7 A Bm/D
F ]7 /C]
F ] Bm C] /E Bm/D A] /C]
Bm B7 /A E7 /G] E7
Am A7 /G D7 /F ] D7
131
Table 4.30: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 3 Finale presto (contd)
m
185
189
193
197
201
205
208
211
215
217
221
225
229
233
237
241
245
253
257
264
272
277
280
288
293
296
300
302
304
306
308
314
318
328
336
132
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Seq(54m;R5 ),
D D7 /C G/B F Dm/F
Am
E Am Dm/F Am/C
[S6 ]
Bm
E E7 /D Am/C Em/G
F ] Bm Em/G Bm/D
[S6 ]
[S6 ]
(M1)
..
.
M1
..
.
Gm
M1
M1
B[
Dm
M2
M2
M1
..
.
C/E F ]7 G
Bm/D Em F ]
cad
retrans, a): WW imit
G C7 /E F ] B7 /D]
Em A7 /C]
Seq(32m;R7 )
<(Em B7 ) Em
Em Am Bm/D D G64 D7
Gm/B[ . . .
Gm Cm/E[ Gm/B[
F7 . . .
F7 b[ Cm/E[ B[/D A /C
B[ Dm/A Gm7 G]7
<(A7 Dm G]7 )
<(A7 Dm) A . . . A7
<(D G/B D A7 D)
<(D A7 ) D
G Em Em/G G]7 A A7
<(D G/B D A7 D)
<(D A7 ) D
G A7no 3 Bm Em/G A
D G/B D/F ]
b): Vi1
a): Str imit
LoStr, tutti forte
2nd st, a): WW imit [S6 ]
LoStr, tutti forte
a): WW imit
trans, tutti forte, P T (d)
P D (a)
M1
Gm
M1/c
M1/c
G/B Gm/B[ A7 Bm Em A
<(D A7 ) D
<(D G D46 A7 )
D ...
133
4.8
Source: [34]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.11. The outer movements
are in sonata form, with a short (Mvt. 1) and a significantly longer development section in
the finale. The ternary form second movement has a relatively short middle B-section.
Mvt. 1 Allegro molto: sonata form (Gm,
h i
2
2
, 299 m.)
FR (26 m)
h i
6
8
, 123 m.)
A2
h i
3
4
, 84 m.)
Trio
h i
2
2
, 308 m.)
Development (81 m.)
4.8.1
Form: sonata form. The opening movement is part of the classical music core curriculum;
listening courses will undoubtedly play this piece. The phrase structure of the main melody
is discussed in books on composition, the string section middle voices treatment in instrumentation classes.3
The main theme has M1(aab) (4+4+10 m.) sentence structure. The a-phrase may be subdivided into a(ccd); the appoggiature 8th notes in the c-motif are the prominent element in
this movement. This idea is used in cadences, transitions and throughout the development.
After two statements of the main theme there is a climax, that acts also as a transition
in the exposition and has multple statements in the recapitulation. The climax theme Mc
contains a melodic sequence Seq(4 1m;R7 ) in staccato 4th notes in the lead voice over a
steady 8th note background. The secondary theme has M2(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure and is
full of descending chromatic steps. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.31 to 4.33.
4.8.2
Mvt. 2 Andante
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Remember the 20th century pop hit by Waldo and his boom-tchi-ka band? Same piece of immortal music.
134
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
Mc
..
.
..
.
Gm
Gm . . . A7 /G D7 /F ] D7[9 Gm
Exp, Gr 1, aa): Vi
b): Vi
E7 E[7
<(D C]7 ) D A7 Gm D7
Gm Cm7 /E[ F7
B[ F/A E[/G B[/F
Str+WW
tutti, P D (d)
2nd stat, a): Vi, WW
clim, trans, PB (&)
M2
..
.
B[
Cm/E[ B[/D
F
<(C G7 ) C7[9
<(F F7 B[m E7 )/F F
tutti clim
P D (f )
B[
G7 C F7 B[ Gm E7 F7
Gr 2, a): Vi-WW
A7 D G C F7 B[
Cm F7 B[
G7 C F7 B[ C7 F7
A7 D7 G7 C7 F7 B[7
b): WW+Str
<(E[7 A[)/E[
E[7 E7 B[64 F7
B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G F7 /E[ B[/D
E[ F7
<(B[ F7sus4 F7 )
P (e[)
cad
clos, Str unis, PB (%)
cad
motif , a): WW imit
D7[9 Gm B[/F F7
a) WW imit
F ]m
Gm F7 F ]m F7
F ]m C] F ]m G]7 /F ]
Dev, Gr 1
a): Vi, Seq(34m;R7 )
Em
Dm C]7 Dm D7 Gm G7
C G7 C C7 F F7
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
M1
..
.
Dm
135
Table 4.32: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 1 Allegro molto (contd)
m
127
131
134
140
147
153
157
160
162
164
166
172
177
179
184
188
191
195
198
201
203
207
211
215
217
221
136
Comment
B[ F7 B[ Gm7 Cm7
Am D7 Gm Em G]7
<(A Dm/A) A
cad, P (a)
F7 B[m G7 Cm
F ]7 D7 D7[9
Gm
D7[9 Gm C]7 D
D7 Gm C]7
(D Em C)/D
(Dm7 B[ C]7 A7 )/D
(B7 C]7 )/D D7
i (&), P (d)
Pm
D
(ped)
(ped)
M1
..
.
..
.
Gm
Gm . . . A7 /G D7 /F ] D7[9 Gm
Recap, Gr 1, aa): Vi
b): Vi
E7 E[7
<(D C]7 ) D A7 Gm D7
Str+WW
tutti, P D (d)
M1
Mc
Mc
..
.
..
.
E[
M1
..
.
(M1)
..
.
..
.
Mc
..
.
..
.
Fm
Gm B[7 E[ B[7 /F
F7 /E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ B[ A[/C E[/B[
F m/A[ E7 B[m7 C7
F m C7 G7 /B[
F m/A[ E7 /G
F m B[7 E[ A[
d
Gm
Dm G7 A[7 /C D7
Gm Dm/F Cm/E[ Gm/D
3rd stat: Vi
<(A E7 ) A7
<(D C]7 )/D D
cad, P (d)
Table 4.33: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 1 Allegro molto (contd)
m
226
229
231
233
235
237
239
241
245
247
251
254
261
265
269
273
277
281
283
285
293
297
Comment
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Gm
Gm A D7
Gr 2, a): Vi-WW
G7 /F C/E E[7 D
F ]7 Gm A7 D7 G E[
A7 D7 Gm
Gm A7 D7
M3
(M1)
M1
(M1)
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
Gm G7 C E[7 D7
F ]7 Gm A7 D7 G E[
b): WW+Str
<(B[7 E[)
B[7 B7
C7 B[m/D[ B7 /D Cm/E[
Seq(32m;R7 )
Gm
C]7 /E B[/D D7
Gm G7 <(Cm D7 Gm)
<(D7 Gm)
6
G[9
7 Cm Gm4 D7 Gm
<(D7 Gm)
6
G[9
7 Cm Gm4 D7 Gm
cad,P D (d)
closi, Str unis, PB (%)
a): WW imit
a) Vi1, tutti clim
a): WW imit
a): Vi1, tutti clim
Gm Cm D7 Gm A7 D7 /C
Gm/B[ G/B A[/C A7 /C]
Gm/D G7 /F C/E E[7
[9
Gm64 D7 Gm G[9
7 Cm D7
<(Gm D7 )
<(Gm D7 ) Gm
137
138
139
4.8.3
Form: menuet and trio form. Both parts have ternary song, ABA form structure. The ternary
structure is asymmetrical in the sense that the opening statement is not repeated literally; the
A2 section is some sort of wrap-up of the main theme.
The menuet melody starts with a hemiola phrase and has M1(aab) (3 + 3 + 8 m.) sentence
structure, with the b-phrase an extended variation of the second measure of the a-phrase.
The menuet middle section B has development character. The trio melody also has M2(aab)
(2 + 2 + 2 m.) sentence structure. The second statement and the trio contrasting middle
section treat the two motifs in imitative and (limited) developmental fashion. The analysis
is shown in Table 4.34.
4.8.4
140
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Gm
Menuet
|| : Gm D7 Gm/B[
Gm D7 Gm
a)
E[ A7 /C]
b): WW+Vi
M2
49
M2
..
.
79
81
B[
Gm
M1
43
47
55
57
60
66
69
72
75
Dm
(M2)
M2
M2
..
.
Dm A7 B[ C7 /E D7 /F ]
Gm C]7 Dm E A7 B[
E7 A7 Dm : ||
|| : B[ A7 B[
cad
B, var/dev, aa): imit
Gm F ]7 Gm
Hns: P D (d)
E[ D7 E[ B7 C C]7
b:)
D C]7 D/F ] D7 /C
ctp, imit
Gm/B[ A7 /C
D7 /F ] Gm G7 /B
Cm D7[5 /A[ E[/G D7 /F ] Gm
A7 /C D7 Gm
Gm E[7 G C]7
Gm64 D Gm : ||
(imit)
climax, (cm<)
Trio
|| : G D7 G
Am/C D G
cad
A2 , clos st, a): WW, PBi (&)
a): Fl, closing cad
A1 , aa): Str
b)
G . . . D/F ] A7 Bm7
Em/G A7
<(D A7 ) D : ||
|| : D7 . . . G . . . E7
Am G Am/C D
GD
G D G D7 G
G D ...
b): Str+Ob
cad
B, a): CB-WW imit, var
cad
closing stat, aa): Str
b)
A2 , a): WW arpeggio imit
A7 /C D7
<(D7 G) : ||
141
142
4.8.5
The key relationship diagram of the well-known Gm symphony is shown in Fig. 4.12. The
opening movement has the regular exposition key pattern: main theme in the tonic minor
key Gm and the secondary theme group in the relative major key B[ (1). The development starts in the remote key F ]m (3), working its way into the subdominant domain using
sequences based on R5 cycles (35). The recapitulation moves through the lowered submediant key E[ = [VI (6) into the subdominant area (7), before returning home.
Mvt. 2 Andante
Mvt. 1 Allegro molto
4
Dmt
Am
Cm
Gm
Fm
HH
Y
H E[ 6
A[
4 C
Em
Bm
8
D
Dm 5
?
1B[ 2- F
F ]m
Fm 5
Cm
Gm
H
Y
H
1
j
H
6 H
A[
E[ B[
A ?
A[m A 3 E[m B[m
A
AU 2,7
C[
G[
D[
A
Am
C
Mvt. 3 Menuetto
Dm
GT
Em
Bm
F ]m - C]m
Am
Em
2,4,7
GmM - Dm
6
Am
B[
Fm H
A[
3,9
Cm - Gm
HH
j 6
E[
Dm
8
*
1B[
F
?
The Andante has both A-section in the tonic major key E[ and the middle section in
the parallel minor key E[m (3). Note the key progression along the minor third vertical
symmetry axis: B[ D[ (1) and E[m C (34), and the A-section symmetry D[ G[ B[
(2) and G[ C[ E[ (7). The menuet in Gm has the trio in the parallel major key G and a
very limited key range.
In the closing sonata form Allegro the main and secondary theme once again have the
regular minor-relative major Gm B[ (1) key relationship. The development quickly moves
to the dominant minor key Dm (2) and, using the enharmonic equivalence property, starts
a series of R5 and R5 root cycles and sequences, until the remote key C]m is reached (6).
Then there is the way back and a final stop in the subdominant area F m E[ Cm (79).
4.9
Source: [34]. An overview of the formal analysis of Mozarts last symphony is shown in
Fig. 4.13. Compared to the KV 550 Symphony No. 40, in the Jupiter symphony we have the
143
h i
4
4
, 313 m.)
A2
h i
3
4
, 101 m.)
Co
3
4
, 87 m.)
Trio
h i
2
2
, 424 m.)
h i
4.9.1
Form: sonata form. The exposition of this opening movement is repeated. The exposition
opening theme is a period with call-and-response flavour on the local scale and a sentence
on the larger scale: M1(ccd) (4 + 4 + 6 m.), with c=a+b (2 + 2 m.). The unisono a-motif
has the characteristic upward fourth leaps with the 16th triplet scalar patterns, the b-motif
contains a series of appoggiaturas in the lead violins. In the c-phrase there is the middle
register strings 32th-note downward scalar pattern Ms, covering the interval of the fifth.
The first statement starts in m. 1 (there is no introduction), the second statement (m. 24 ff.)
has a woodwind countermelody Mc. Here the b-phrase is extended in a sort of miniature
development (variation b), acting simultaneously as a transition.
The secondary group consists of two themes: the lyrical first melody has M2(abab) (4 +
2 + 4 + 5 m.) period structure, with the characteristic ascending stepwise motion in the aphrase. In the transition from M2 to M3 the b-motif from M1 returns in diminution. The
second, more playful melody has M3(aaab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.) structure with an 8th note
rhythm. In the orchestration, note the frequent doubling of strings with bassoon for repeated
statements of thematic material.
The development starts with a simple unisono turn in the woodwinds, kicking off the
theme M3 in the new key. The b-phrase from M3 becomes the core element in the first
half of the development, with (stretto) imitative treatment in harmonic sequences. The false
recapitulation puts the main theme M1 back on the stage, acting as the main character in the
second half of the development. The recapitulation has the second statement of the main
144
4.9.2
145
Comment
1
5
9
16
24
M1
Ms
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
|| : C . . . G7 /D C G7 /B
G . . . C/E G7 /D C
(C F G7 C F G7 )/C
<(C G) C <(G C) G
C . . . G7 /B C G7 /F
G ...
a): Vi
[9
[9
[9
A[9
7 D 7 G7 C7
F/A Em/G Dm/F F D7
G ...
b): Seq(41m;R5 )
trans to D
a): unis Str, Mc): WW
(G . . . C G7 C G7 )/G
Am/C G]7 /B Am/C A7 /C]
<(D G)/D D
G/B G]7 /B D7 /C no 3
28
30
34
37
39
47
49
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
71
73
75
77
81
85
89
92
94
97
98
101
107
111
113
146
/
Ms
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mv/(1)
Mv/(1)
M1
M1
..
.
M3
D7 /A D+ /A] Bm
D7 /F ] G D
b)
G G]7 D7 /Ano 3
a): Bsn+Vi1
D7 /A D+ /A] Bm
D7 /F ] G D7 /C
b)
Fl+Bsn+Vi1
cad
Mv): Vi1, (M1b): LoStr
C E7 /D Am/C E7 /G]
Am Cm7 /G D7 /F ]
<(G D7 )
<(G D)
G E7 /G] Am D7 /F ]
G Am/C D
repeat
trans min-maj, clim, P (c)
clos, b): dim Vi+Bsn, P D (g)
b): dim WW+LoStr, Vi sync
cad
Gr 2/Th 2, aaa): Vi
b): Bsn+Vi
closing, tutti clim, P D (d)
cad
Table 4.36: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
114
116
116
121
123
129
133
135
137
139
143
145
147
149
151
153
155
157
161
165
167
171
173
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
Comment
G E7 /G] Am D7 /F ]
G Am/C D
<(G D) G : ||
repeat
cad
Ms: Vi1, cad
E[
B[
E[ <(B[7 E[)
<(E[ B[7 )
E[ B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /D
Fm
E[ C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /E
Gm
F7 D7 /F ] Gm D7 /F ]
(Ms)
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
(M3)
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/s
..
.
..
.
Ms
M3
..
.
..
.
E[
Gm
Gm7 C7 F m7 B[7
E[ A[ D G7
Cm . . . D7
Gm Cm/E[ F ]7 D7 /F ]
Gm C]7 /E A[9
7
Dm E7 Am
<(E D]7 )
E ...
E E7 /D E7 C7
F . . . E F46 C7
cad
b): WW
trans
False rec, ab): Str, Mc): Bsn
C7 . . .
(Am7 D7[9 )/D (Bm7 E7[9 )/E
Am B7 /A
E/G] E7 /G A7 /G
D/F ] Dm/F D7 /F G7 /F
C/E Cm/E[ D7[5 /A[
<(G D7 )
<(G D)
<(G F ]7 )/G
(G A7 Dm G7 )/G
C46 Dm7 /G G7
retrans (ped)
Str unis desc scale
147
Table 4.37: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
189
193
197
203
212
216
220
222
224
225
227
235
237
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
258
259
261
263
265
269
271
274
276
279
282
285
287
148
Comment
M1
Ms
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
Cm
C . . . G7 /D C G7 /B
G . . . C/E G7 /D C
(C F G7 C F G7 )/C
<(C G7 ) C <(G C) G
Cm . . . B[7 E[ B[7
E[
B[7 . . . E7 F m C7
b): Vi imit
/
M1/c
..
.
Ms
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mv/(1)
Mv/(1)
F m7 B[7 E[
F7 /A G7 /B Cm7 Gm/B[
A7 D7[5 /A[
G ...
trans, cad
a): Str unis, Mc): WW, P D (g)
(G C . . . G7 C G7 )/G
<(D7 /A G)
<(G C)/G <(G C)/G
C/E C] /E G7 /F no 3
G7 /D G+ /D] C/E
b)
C C] G7 /Dno 3
a): Fl+Bsn+Vi1
G7 /D G+ /D] C/E
Fm
M1
M1
..
.
G/B C G G7
G/B C G7 /F
b): Ob+Vi1
Fl+Ob+Vi1
cad
Mv: Bsn+Vi1, (M1b): LoStr
Vi1 sync
N 6 /V , cad
repeat, WW+Str
cad
trans min-maj, clim
PBi (&)
cad, climax
clos, b): dim WW+Vi, P T (c)
Table 4.38: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
289
295
299
301
302
305
306
M
M3
Comment
<(C G7 )
C <(Dm G7 C)
C C] G7 /D C Am Dm/F G7
C Am Dm/F G7
Gr 2/Th 2, aaa): Vi
bb): Vi-(Fl)
closing, tutti climax
cad
(Ms)
C C] G7 /D C Am Dm/F G7
Am Dm/F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C
repeat
Ms: Vi1, cad (313 m.)
149
150
4.9.3
Form: menuet and trio form, each with ABA Coda structure. The menuet main theme is
regular M1(aab) (4+4+8 m.) sentence structure; the a-phrase contains descending chromatic
steps, the b-phrase is a variation on this idea with a cadential closing. In the second Asection this theme is set as a variation with (stretto) imitation and contrary motion (closing
and opening).
The trio has call-and-response elements; its theme has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period
structure. The call is a simple cadential formula for woodwinds and horns. The response
b-phrase with its embellished descending chromatic steps obviously has similarities with
the menuet theme. The middle section of both menuet and trio use extended pedal point
(with a pounding brass and timpani section) and are in dynamic contrast witht the outer
A-sections. The trio middle section takes the flute upward chromatic lead from the a-phrase
and develops that as an augmented melody; note how the first four measures (m. 6871)
yield the melodic pattern, that will become the main motif of the following closing movement (coincidence or design?). The analysis is shown in Table 4.39.
4.9.4
151
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
Menuet
|| : C Gsus4
7 /F C G
F Gsus4
7 /D C G C
a)
<(G Gm D7 )
G/B Am/C D7 G : ||
(G F ]7 G G7 )/G
(B7 C F ]7 B )/G
(Am7 D7 )/G
<(G C) G
|| : G F ] G7
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
C B C7
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
Am
F A7 D C]7 D
a) (cm<)
G D7no 3 G D7 G7
C F C46 G7 C
<(G F ] )
G[9
7 C] D A[/C
N 6 /V
G Gm A7 D7[5 /A[ G7
C C G7
<(C F ]7 G)
C/E Dm/F G7 C : ||
cad
b): WW+Vi dim, clim, Brs: P D (g)
closing cad
Trio
|| : G7 C
G7 /B C G
G7 C
G C : ||
|| : (E7 Am D]7 D)/E
(B7 C D]7 E)/E
B7 E A7 D
G7 C
a) repeat
b) cad
B, a) WW+Vi1 augm, climax,
Brs+LoStr: P D (e)
i (&), Seq(22m;R )
trans, Str, Pm
7
A2 , a): WW+Hns call
G7 /B C G
G7 C
<(G7 C) : ||
a) repeat
b): WW+Str, (cm<), (87 m.)
[Repeat menuet]
152
153
4.9.5
154
155
4.10
Source: [36]. The analysis covers the overture, the complete first act, and an aria from the
second act. For an overview of the formal analysis of Act 1, see Figure 4.14
4.10.1
Ouverture
Form: sonata form. In the overture Mozart combines a 4-part fugue with the sonata form.
The slow introduction opens with the Freemason motif (M0, repeated triadic signals). The
fugue subject (theme M1) receives a countersubject (Mc) in the development, that becomes
more important as it progresses. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.40 and 4.41.
4.10.2
Vocal parts: Tamino and Die drei Damen. See Table 4.42 and 4.43 for the analysis.
4.10.3
4.10.4
Form: ternary song, ABC. Vocal part: Tamino. See Table 4.45 for the analysis.
4.10.5
Form: recitative and aria. Vocal part: Konigin der Nacht. See Table 4.46 for the analysis.
4.10.6
No. 5. Quintett
Vocal parts: Drei Damen, Tamino and Papageno. See Table 4.47 and 4.48 for the analysis.
4.10.7
Vocal parts: Pamina, Monostatos and Papageno. See Table 4.49 for the analysis.
4.10.8
Form: AAB. Vocal parts: Pamina and Papageno. See Table 4.50 for the analysis.
4.10.9
No. 8. Finale
Vocal parts: Drei Knaben, Tamino, Priester, Papageno, Pamina, Monostatos and Sarastro. See
Table 4.51 to 4.54 for the analysis.
4.10.10
156
Development
h i
2
2
, 227 m.)
Recapitulation
T 2nd Dev.
h i
4
4
B Damen
A Tamino
h i
2
4
, 218 m.)
A Damen
, 50 m.)
Papageno
Intro
No. 3 Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon, Larghetto: ABC form (E[,
A Tamino
h i
2
4
, 63 m.)
A Konigin
h ih i
4
4
3
4
, 103 m.)
h ih i
4
4
2
2
, 247 m.)
D1
D2 Andante
No. 6 Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein!, Allegro molto: ABC form (G,
A
4
4
, 71 m.)
h i
h i
6
8
, 49 m.)
h ih i
2
2
4
4
, 587 m.)
Andante (Flute)
Allegro Sc. 18
Larghetto
Presto
Figure 4.14: Mozart, Opera The Magic Flute (Die Zauberflote) KV 620, Act 1
157
Adagio - Allegro
Table 4.40: Mozart, The Magic Flute, Ouverture,
m
Comment
Mf
M0
..
.
..
.
E[
Adagio - Introduction
E[ Cm E[/G
F m7 /A[ E[7 /B[
Freemason motif
e[-ped
(e[-ped)
16
24
27
31
33
37
38
M1
M1
M1
E[
39
M1/Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
1
4
8
10
12
43
45
47
49
51
53
58
64
68
72
74
78
82
84
90
97
158
(M1)
Mt
M1
M1
M1
Mf
B[
Allegro - Fugue
E[ E[ Cm <(Gm/B[ F/A)
Gm/B[ C7 F B[7 E[ B[7
E[ B[7 E[/G Cm <(F m7 B[)
E[ F Dm Gm E[ B[ Cm7 F7
B[ F7 <(B[ Gm Cm F )
(B[ C7[9 F7 B[[9
7 )/B[
[9
sus4
(E[ F7 )/B[ B[7 B[7
(V4)
b[-ped
(b[-ped)
<(E[ B[7 )
Dev, CSubj
E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
Seq(31m;R3 )
A[ F m B[ E[ F m7 B[7
cad
E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F7 /A B[
F7 /C B[/D Cm/E[ C7 /E
<(F E7 )/F F
G7 /B Cm F7 /A B[ E[7 /G F7
<(B[ F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm E7 F m B[7 E[
E[ B[ E[ F
<(B[ F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm E7 F m B[7 E[
E[ B[ E[ F
<(B[ B7 Cm F7 )/F
B[/D Cm/E[ B[/F F B[
repeat, inv
cad
cad
trans to D, f -ped
Seq(32m;R7 )
cad
Seq(31m;R7 )
cad
closing stat
Seq(31m;R7 )
cad
cresc, f -ped
closing cad
Adagio
B[
motif
Exp, Subj
(V1+V2)
(V3)
(contd)
Table 4.41: Mozart, The Magic Flute, Ouverture
m
103
109
113
117
121
125
128
132
136
140
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
M1
144
149
151
154
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
..
.
158
160
162
164
166
172
174
179
185
189
192
195
199
202
204
210
212
220
223
B[m
Cm
Gm
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1/Mc
(M1)
(M1)
Mt
(M1)
..
.
(M1)
..
.
(M1)
E[
Comment
Allegro - Fugue
[5/[9
<(B[m F7[9 ) D7
G[9
7
[9
[5
[9
Cm G7 Cm D7 G7
Cm B[ E[ D7[9
Gm Cm F7 B[
E[7 A7 D7 Gm
Cm A7 /C Gm/D D7
<(G7 /B A[/C) G[9
7
<(C7 /E D[/F ) C7[9
<(F7 /A G[/B[)
<(B[7 /D C[/E[) B[7
2nd Dev
(V1+V2)
(V3+V4)
CSubj, imit
stretto imit
cad
Seq(44m;R5 )
retrans
E[ B[7 E[ C7 F7 B[7
Cm C7 /E F m D7 /F ]
Gm Cm7 /G F m7 /A[ F7 /A B[7
<(E[ B[7 )
Recap
Seq(41m;R7 )
E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F m7 B[7
E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F7 /A B[
F7 /C F7 B[7 E[7
A[ E[ F m7 F7 /A
<(B[ A7 )/B[ B[
C7 F m B[7 E[ A[ B[7
<(E[ B[7 )
Seq(31m;R3 )
cad
repeat, inv
cad
Seq(32m;R5 )
cad
E[ B[/D Cm Gm/B[ A[ E[
B[7 /F E[ F m/A[ B[
<(E[ B[7 )
E[ B[/D Cm Gm/B[ A[ E[
B[7 /F E[ F m/A[ B[
<(E[ E7 F m7 /A[ B[7 )/B[
E[/G F m/A[ E[/B[ B[
<(E[ D[7no 3 Cm A[ E[64 B[)
E[ B[ Gm D /F
E[
Seq(32m;R7 )
cad
repeat
cad
cresc, b[-ped
closing cad
climax, cad
(227 m.)
159
1
7
10
12
14
17
23
28
31
34
40
47
49
55
63
79
87
94
104
110
117
120
128
134
139
141
139
147
153
161
167
160
Comment
h i
Cm
Allegro
Cm G[9
7
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[
d
M2.3
M2.4
M2.5
M2.4
M2.5
..
.
E[
A[
Gm
M4.1
..
.
cad
Tamino
halfcad
B[ D7 /C G/B Cm
M3.1
M3.2
M3.2
..
.
D[ D7 E[ C7 F m D7 E[ C7
F m F7 B[ G7 Cm G7 Cm
F m D Cm/G G Cm F m Cm64 G
Cm G[9
7
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ F/A D7[5 /A[ G
E[/G A[ C7 /B[ F/A F + /A
M1.1
M1.2
..
.
M2.1
M2.2
..
.
4
4
Damen
e[-ped
var repeat
repeat
Cm D7 Gm <(D7 Gm)
[5
G[9
7 Cm A7 /E[ D
climax
cad
Allegretto
<(G D7 )
C]7 <(D A7 ) D
G Em C <(A7 /C] D) D7 /C
G/B G64 D7 G
G Em C <(A7 /C] D) D7 /C
h i
6
8
Damen
cad.
repeat
G/B G64 D7 /C
G/B G/B Am G/D D7 G B7
cad.
Allegro
C G7 C Dm G7 C D
h i
Damen
D7 <(G D7 ) G
(G D7 G G7 )/G
g-ped
(g-ped)
2
2
(contd)
m
174
178
185
188
M4.2
..
.
C Am F Dm G7 <(C G7 )
Am Dm/F C46 G7 C
<(C Am7 Dm/F D7 /F ] G)
M4.2
..
.
192
199
202
repeat
C Am F Dm G7 <(C G7 )
Am Dm/F C46 G7 C
<(Dm7 /D D7 /F ] G7 E7 /G] Am)
M4.3
..
.
206
208
213
Comment
Dm7 /D D7 /F ] G
<(C G7 /B C G7 )
C
closing
cad
(218 m.)
Table 4.44: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 2. Arie Der Vogelfanger
m
1
9
15
23
M.ab
M.ac
M.aa
M.cd
27
37
43
48
M.ab
M.ac
M.ac
M.d
Comment
Andante
G D G D D A7 /C] D
D G D7 /A G D <(D7 G)
<(G7 C Am/C D7 G)
<(D7 G) G D7 G
Introduction
G D G D D <(A7 /C] D)
G D7 /A G D <(D7 G)
G7 C D7 G <(D7 G)
G D7 G
161
Table 4.45: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 3. Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon
m
Comment
Larghetto
E[ B[7 E[ A[ Gm
B[7 E[/G A[ E[/B[ B[7
A7 B[ E[ F m E[64 B[7 E[
Tamino
A
1
9
12
M1.aa
M1.b
16
M2.aa
<(B[ F7 B[ E[) B[ A7 /C
22
28
M2.b
..
.
31
34
40
43
45
49
M3.aa
M3.b
M4.aaa
B[
E[
50
M5
..
.
..
.
A[
E[
A7 B[ E[ F m E[64 B[7
54
57
60
162
E[
B[ B[7
(C7 F m B[7 E[ A7 B[)/B[
B[ A7 /C B[7 D
<(E[ B[7 )/E[
E[7
d
E[ A[ E[64 B[7 E[ A[
E[64 B[7 E[ <(B[7 E[)
B, appogg, b[-ped
(b[-ped)
32th notes, e[-ped
Table 4.46: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 4. Arie O zittre nicht
m
1
5
Comment
h i
B[
Allegro meastoso
(B[ B[7 E[ E[m F7 )/B[
<(B[ F7 /A) B[
4
4
Introduction
b[-ped
cad.
Konigin der Nacht
Recitativ
11
18
21
28
34
40
42
45
51
56
60
M1
M2.a
M2.b
M2.c
..
.
M2.d
..
.
..
.
61
Gm
trans
h i
B[
Arie Larghetto
Gm Cm D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C D
D7[9 /F ] Gm F7 /A B[ F E[ B[/D
B[ F7 B[ B[7 F m/C G[9
7 /B
chromatism
Gm
Cm A[ B[ D/F ] Gm
A C/E F ]7 G E[7 D
D7[9 /F ] Gm G[9
7 /F Cm/E[ A7 /C D
Gm
3
4
16th notes
G7 Cm A7 /C D7
Cm
B[
E[ Cm/E[ D7 G[9
7 Cm
6
C]7 Gm4 D7
Allegro moderato
Gm F7 B[ F7
cad, retrans
h i
4
4
64
M3.a
B[ Cm/E[ F7 Gm F7 B[
68
72
74
81
87
94
98
M3.b
M3.c
M3.d
M3.e
C/E[ F7 Gm B[/D E[
Cm7 /E[ C7 /E F
<(B[ F7 ) B[ Cm7 /B[ B[7 /A[
E[/G B[7 /D E[ A /C B[ F7
B[ E[ E[/G Cm/E[ B[/F F7
B[ E[ Dm D7 Gm B[ B[/F F7
B[ F7 B[ Cm F7 B[
cad
coloratura section
163
1
7
11
16
19
24
27
31
M1.a
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
B[
35
41
45
49
M2.a
M2.b
M2.a
M2.b
53
62
66
70
74
M3.a
M3.b
M3.c
M3.b
M3.c
77
85
90
M4.a
M4.b
..
.
94
98
102
106
109
118
122
124
132
M4.c
M4.d
M5.a
M5.b
136
140
147
159
162
M6.a
M6.b
M6.c
M6.d
164
Gm
B[
Comment
Allegro
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[ F7 /E[ B[/D Gm Cm/E[ F7
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[ F7 /E[ B[/D Cm7 B[ F7 B[
(F F7 B[ F7 )/F
F7 /E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[/D Gm Cm7 F7 B[ C7 /E
h i
A
Papageno
Tamino
Papageno
Tamino
Pap. & Tam., f -ped
F <(B[ E7 F )/F
<(C7 /E F )
F (B[ E7 F )/F
B[ <(C F ) C
(All), bridge
unisono climax
F F7 B[ F Gm Cm F7
B[ E[ B[/F F7 B[ E[/B[
F7 B[ E[ B[
Drei Damen
cad
F7 B[ C7 F C7
F C7 F C7 F
F7 G Cm Cm/E[ B[/F F B[
B[ E[ Cm B[/F F7
<(B[ F7 )B[ B[
C7 F7 B[7 E[ A7 /E[
B[ Cm B[/F F7 /E[
<(B[ Cm B[/F F7 /E[)
B[ D7 Gm D7
Gm
Dm
Gm C A[5
7 /E[ D
D7 /F ] Gm <(E7 /G Dm/F ) E7 /G
Dm <(E7[5 /B[ A)
Dm E[7 /G Gm E7 /G
Dm64 A7 Dm
2
2
unisono climax
closing cad.
cad
All b[-ped
imit, Seq(1m; R5 )
cad
climax
trans, cad.
C, Papageno
Drei Damen, cad
Papageno
Drei Damen, cad
Comment
M6.e
M6.f
..
.
..
.
Gm
A[5
7 /E[ D D7 /F ]
<(Gm D7 /F ])
Gm <(B[ E[) <(D7 E[)
Papageno
Damen & Pap.
A /C B[ E /G F
B[
<(B[ G/B Cm F )
B[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[64 F
<(B[/D F7 /E[)
196
M7.a
..
.
200
203
207
M7.b
B[ Cm7 F7 Gm Cm F7
B[ D7 /F ] Gm C7 /E
<(F E7 /G) F
cad
Tam. & Pap.
clos cad (213 m.)
h i
1
5
M8.a
M8.a
Andante
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ F7 B[ F
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ A7 B[ F
9
13
M8.a
192
17
21
25
29
M8.b
..
.
D1 , All
d
B[ Cm F7 Gm Cm F Gm
d
B[
4
4
D2
PB (&)
Drei Damen
F B[ F7 Gm E[ B[ E[ F7 B[
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ A7 B[ F
d
F B[ F7 Gm E[ B[ E[ F7 B[
d
(F B[ F7 )/F Gm E[ B[64 F B[
All
clos cad (34 m.)
165
Table 4.49: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 6. Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein!
166
Comment
1
11
17
22
27
M1.1
M1.2
M1.3
M1.4
M1.5
32
41
45
M2.1
M2.2
M2.3
<(Am/C D7 G)
A D Bm Em7 /G A D
G <(D7 G)
B, Papageno
53
61
67
M3.1
M3.2
<(G/B Am/C D)
<(G D7 )
G <(D7 G)
cad
Table 4.50: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 7. Duett Bei Mannern, welche Liebe fuhlen
m
1
2
4
6
8
M
M1.a
M1.a
R
E[
Comment
E[ B[7
<(E[ B[)
E[ Gm A[ E[ B[ E[
B[ E[ B[7 E[
E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7
A, Introduction
Pamina & Papageno
10
14
16
M1.b
18
20
22
24
M1.a
M1.a
<(E[ B[)
E[ Gm A[ E[ B[ E[
B[ E[ B[7 E[
E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[64 F7
26
28
M1.b
32
M2.1
<(E[ B[)
trans, cad
A, Verse 2, var
B, cad
d
36
38
M2.2
B[ E[ B[ Cm Gm A[ E[
F m B[ E[ Cm F m7 /A[ B[7
40
M2.2
..
.
B[ E[ B[ Cm Gm A[ E[
repeat, var
F m B[ E[ Cm F m7 /A[ B[7
<(E[/G F m/A[ B[7 /A[)
E[ B[7 E[
closing
cad (49 m.)
42
44
48
167
1
10
19
23
25
31
35
M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
M1.1
..
.
18
21
33
M2.2
12
39
47
50
55
60
64
68
74
78
82
90
96
99
101
103
168
M2.3
M2.4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2.5
..
.
Comment
Larghetto
C G7 C <(Dm7 /F C46 G7 C)
C G7 C Dm G <(C G)
G C D G
G F7 /F C]7 /E Dm G
h i
2
2
Introduction
Drei Knaben
Tamino
Drei Knaben
<(C G) G C
d
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Recitativ
C B[ C7 F A7 /C] Dm/F E7[5 /B[
Tamino, modul
A A7 /G F ]7
G
Bm G/B Am D7 G Am7 /C D7
Allegro
G F ] B7 /F ] Em B7 /D] Em
d
Gm
Cm
E[
Gm
A7 D G A7 /G D A
B[ D7 Gm
Adagio
Andante
imit motif
Gm B[7 /F E[ F ]7 /A
B[m
B[m/D[ A7 /C B[m/D[ C7 /E
F m/A[ F7 /A B[m Cm G7
Gm
Cm D7 Gm B[/F
d
[9
E[ B[[9
7 /D Cm/E[ D7
Am
Gm C7 F C]7 Dm E7
modulation
Am A A7 /G Dm/F B7[9 Em
G7 /D C7 F Dm/F E7
Am F B7 /D Am64 E
Andante
Am Dm E7
Am G]7 /A Am B7[5 /F
Tamino
Comment
M2.6
M2.6
Am
E Am F B7 /D Am64 E Am
A7 /G Dm/F B7[5 /F
E Am F B7 /D Am64 E Am
D7 /F ] G7 G7 /F C/E C7 F
G7 C
repeat
closing cad (121 m.)
Andante - ABA-Coda
1
4
8
12
17
25
M3.1
M3.1
M3.1
M3.1
M3.2
M3.1
20
22
33
M3.3
M3.4
..
.
Cm
Cm A[ D7 /F G7
A[ Cm/E[ D7 /F G7
C D7 G/D C]7 /E D7
40
43
47
53
57
59
63
1
5
7
9
12
21
27
30
35
C
G
M3.5
..
.
..
.
M4.1a
..
.
..
.
M4.2
M4.3
M4.1
M4.4
A, Flute solo
2nd stat, var
Tamino
2nd stat
B
A
Sadness, minor
Coda
G G]7 Am A7 /G D/F ]
G F ]7 /G G
G
closing cad
Papageno whistle
Presto, Tamino
B7 /F C/E G7 B C
Adagio, cad
h i
[S6 ]
4
4
whistle
a-ped
climax, cad
cad (37 m.)
169
Comment
M4.5
..
.
..
.
M4.6
climax
D G]7 /B A
D
D A D C]7 /E D D7
<(G D)
G D7 G Am/C G/D D7 G
G D7 G Am/C G/D D7
M4.7
..
.
unisono
cad
Chor
G D7 G/D D7 G Am G64 D7 G
D7 G/D D7 G Am/C G64 D7 G
M4.8
..
.
G D7 G D G D
Em E7 /D Am/C D D7 G
<(D7 G/D) G A7 D
imit, d-ped
G D7 G D G D
Em E7 /D Am/C D D7 G
M4.8
repeat
(86 m.)
M5.1
M5.2
..
.
M5.3
M5.4
C GC
F G C F C/E D7 G7 C
Chor
Papageno & Pamina
F ]7 /A G <(D7[5 /F ] G)
D7[5 /A[ G G7 C Dm/F G
C G/B C
C <(G/B C) G C <(G7 /B C G)
G D7 G G7 /B C G <(C G7 C)
<(C Am F G7 C)
fear
cad, climax
Chor
cad (44 m.)
Larghetto
1
6
12
19
25
29
170
M6.1
M6.2
..
.
..
.
F C7 Dm Gm/B[ C7
F Dm A Dm G7 C/G F ]7 /A D7
G G7 <(C C7 F/C) C G7
C E[ D7 G7 C C/E F
C/G G7 E7 /G] Am C/E F
F G D/F ] G G7
signal, Pamina
Sarastro
31
39
M6.3
..
.
..
.
43
B[ C7 Dm F B[ E[7 /B[ B7 C7
(46 m.)
h i
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.2
35
1
7
14
21
29
35
41
47
53
58
63
Comment
<(C G7 )/C
Pamina, c-ped
d
C D7[9 D B[ F7
B[
Gm
B[
F
C
Fm
F
2
2
Monostatos, c-ped
Pam., Tam. & Mon.
imit
Chor & Mon., unis
unis, cad
Chor
Rezitativ
72
76
M7.3
G/B G7 /B C
F G7 F ]7 /A C C46 G7 C
Sarastro
(77 m.)
Presto
1
15
19
24
28
34
40
47
51
55
M8.1
M8.2
M8.3
M8.3
M8.4
..
.
C <(C G)
G7 C
C7 /B[ F/A
G7 C Am Dm7 /F G C
D7 /C G/B C Am Dm7 /F G C
D7 /C G/B C Am Dm7 /F G C
<(C Am Dm7 /F G)
cad
<(C C/G G)
C Am Dm G
<(C G7 ) C
cad
unisono.
closing cad (69 m.)
repeat
171
Table 4.55: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 17. Arie Ach, ich fuhls,
es ist verschwunden
m
M1
..
.
Gm
Gm Cm/E[ D
5
7
9
11
13
14
16
20
22
26
27
30
32
35
38
172
M4
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Comment
B[
cad., climax
B[ F7 Gm B[/D B7 /D
Cm/E[ C7[9 /E F F/A B[
Gm
f -ped
<(D7 Gm)
d-ped
<(D A7 /C) D7 Gm A7 D7
d
Gm A7 /C Gm/D D7
[5
E[ G[9
7 /F C/E A7 /E[
cad
D7 Gm F ]7 /C Gm/B[ A7 D7 Gm
A[/C(N 6 ) Gm/D D A7 /C]
Gm/D D7 <(Gm D7 )
Gm
Neap.
closing cad
imit, climax (42 m.)
Chapter 5
1700
1800
1900
2000
5.1
Source: [7].9 The first piano sonata by Beethoven has the subtitle: Joseph Haydn gewidmet,
Sonata pour le clavecin ou pianoforte (dedicated to Joseph Haydn, sonata for harpsichord or
pianoforte). This underlines both the by now established form of the multi-movement piano
sonata (another form created by Papa Haydn, as composers used to call him in reverence) and
the recent technological development of the pianoforte keyboard instrument.
Analysis of the Beethoven piano sonatas is supported by the formal analyses and descriptions in [23]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.1.
5.1.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. This is a straightforward sonata form in minor, with secondary theme
(M2.1 to M2.3) in the relative major key. The development section is relatively brief, and
modulating to neighbouring keys. The codetta appears at the closing of the exposition and
the recapitulation. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.1 and 5.2.
5.1.2
Mvt. 2 Adagio
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Comment
1
5
9
13
15
19
20
26
M1
M1
Fm
|| : F m C7 /E
F m C7 /G F m/A[ G7 /B[ C
Cm F m/C D7 /C B[m7
E[7 /B[ A[
<(B[m/D[ B[7 /D E[7 A[/C)
B[m/D[ B[7 /D
<(E[[9
7 A[)/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C E[/G A[ D /F
28
31
33
37
41
47
M2.1
M2.2
..
.
A[
[9
E[ D /F E[[9
7 /D[ A[ E[7
A[/C E[/G A[ E[7
A[/C E[m7 /D[ A[/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C B[m7 A[/E[ E[7
6
<(A[ B[[9
7 /D A[4 E[7 )
E[7 A[ : ||
M2.3
49
55
61
63
69
74
78
81
89
93
97
M1
M2.1
M2.2
M2.1
M2.2
101
105
109
114
M1
M1
..
.
117
174
A[
[5/[9
B[m
Cm
A[
Fm
(M1)
Fm
Gr 2 (aa), e[-ped
(b): appoggiaturas
cresc
climax, (c): scalar runs
closing statement
codetta, cad
|| : A[ E[7 /G E7 C7 /G[
<(F7[9 B[m)/F F7[9 F7 /E[
[5/[9
B[m/D[ F7 /C B[m D7 /A[
<(G[9
7 Cm)/G
[9
G7 Cm F7[9 B[m E[[9
7
A[ D[ E[7 /B[ C
F m/A[ B[m B7
<(C F m C7 F m B )/C
<(C7[9 F m B )/C
(C . . . G[no 3 )/C B[m C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[7 /A[ E7
Dev
mod, f -ped
F m C7 /E
F m C7 /G F m/A[ G7 /B[ C
F m G[7 /F C /E[ F7[9 /E[
Recap/Gr 1 (aa)
(b): halfcad
trans, LH-RH imit
g-ped
LH, Seq(32m;R7 )
climax, c-ped
dim, (c-ped)
retrans
B[m/D[ B7
d
[5/[9
C F m/C C7 D[ G7
/D[
cad
2
2
, 152 m.)
Recap
Development
h i
B A
h i
3
4
Cd
, 61 m.)
h i
3
4
, 73 m.)
Trio
h i
2
2
, 196 m.)
Development
Recapitulation
Comment
M2.1
M2.2
..
.
..
.
M2.3
Fm
Gr 2 (aa)
(b): appoggiaturas
C G[5
7 /D[ C E7 /B[
F m/A[ E7 /B[ F m/A[ C/E
F m C7 /G
<(F m/A[ G7 /B[ F m/C C7 /B[)
[5/[9
175
176
Table 5.3: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio, Allegretto
m
1
5
9
11
15
19
21
24
29
35
41
45
49
51
55
59
61
63
66
69
5.1.3
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
M1
M1
Fm
Menuet
|| : G7 /F F m C7 /E F m F m7
A (a), (cm<)
A[
B[m7 A[ E[7 /G A[
(a), (cm<)
E[7 /G A[ B[m/D[
<(A[64 E[7 A[) : ||
|| : G7 A[ A7 B[m
B[m64 F7 B[m
B[m64 F7 <(B[m F7 )
B[m . . . B[m7 E B7 C
<(C7 F m) E7 B7
<(F m64 C7 F m) C7 F m : ||
(b)
cad
B (a) Seq(22m;R7 ),
RH-LH imit, cad
(b)
M2
M2
M2
M2
..
.
M2
M2
Fm
Trio
|| : F Gm G7 /F C/E C7 F
F Gm G7 C Dm G7 C F ]7
C46 G7 C : ||
|| : (C B C7 F )/C
C B C7 F
B[ C7 F/A
B[/D Am/C E /G Dm/F
C/E Am C7
F Gm G7 /F C/E C7 F
F/A Gm G7 C C7 F : ||
Form: menuet and trio form. Both the menuetto and trio are monothematic, with their
B section developing the main theme. In the trio the development technique is imitation
between right and left hand, in the trio it is repetition in the left hand. The menuet is repeated
after the trio. The analysis is shown in Table 5.3.
5.1.4
Mvt. 4 Prestissimo
177
178
5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE
5.1.5
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 5.2. This early piano sonata has a very limited
key compass. Three of the four movements open in F m, then move first to the relative major
A[. The opening sonata movement is unconventional in the sense that there is a change to the
subdominant minor area B[m (1) at the start of the development, before the move towards
the minor dominant Cm (2). The third movement closes in the parallel major key F (2). The
closing movement confirms the standard pattern of going to the dominant domain Cm (2)
before alternating in the subdominant domain on the lowered submediant major [V I = D[
(4).
Mvt. 1 Allegro
B[m
Fm
Mvt. 2 Adagio
Cm
Dm H
Am
j
6 1 HH
F
C
HH
Y
6
?
D[ 1 H A[ 2 E[
Mvt. 3
Menuetto
F
Mvt. 4 Prestissimo
Fm
B[m
2
6
6
?
A[ 1
Fm
2Cm
?
D[ 1 A[ 3 E[
5.2
Source: [7]. This piano sonata has the subtitle: Dem Fursten
5.2.1
Form: sonata form. A special feature of this sonata movement is that the slow introduction subject returns as transitions before the development, and before the coda. Contrast is
achieved through tempo changes and dynamics. There is frequent use of contrary motion
and pedal point (8th note tremolo octaves). The development opens in the remote key of E
minor, before moving towards more closely related keys. The detailed analysis is shown in
Table 5.4 to 5.6.
179
m
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
15
17
19
23
25
27
31
35
39
43
51
59
67
72
76
80
84
89
93
96
98
180
M0
M0
..
.
..
.
..
.
Cm
E[
Cm
M1.1
..
.
M1.2
M1.2
(M1.1)
..
.
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
..
.
Comment
Grave
Cm F ]7 G B7 Cm
<(F ]7 G/B) F m/A[ B[7
E[ F m7 /E[ B7 F m/C
Introduction
(aa) (cm<)
(b) (cm<)
(a) pff -contrast, (cm<)
(a)
D/F ] D7 /F ] B7 . . .
(a)
B7 Gm7 F m/A[
(a) cresc
M1.1
..
.
E[m
D[
E[
G7 A[
D7 /F C46 G[9
7
(b) climax
cad, lead chr desc
Exposition
Gr 1, lead asc, c-ped
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7 G7
<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C
(cm>)
(cm>), cad
2nd st, lead asc, c-ped
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7
[5/[9
G Cm/G G7 Cm D7 /A[
[5/[9
G Cm/G G7 Cm D7 /A[
(G . . . E[7 )/G
(cm>)
(cm>), cad
arp
trans, Seq(34m;R7 ), ped
A[ . . . A7
B[ . . . <(B[ A )/B[
(E[m B[7 )/B[
E[m/B[ A[7
(D[ A[7 )/A[
b[-ped
Gr 2 (ab) b[-ped
(ab)
2nd stat: (ab)
(b) Seq(34m;R7 )
(b)
C7 . . . F m F m7
B[7 B7 Cm F m/A[ E[64 B[
E[ . . . E[7 /D[
(b)
cad
(cm<)
cad
5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE
Table 5.5: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro (contd)
m
101
105
108
110
113
121
125
129
Comment
M2.2
..
.
..
.
E[
E[ E[7 /D[
2nd stat
M1.1
133
135
M0
Gm
137
140
143
147
149
157
163
167
171
175
179
183
187
M1.1
M0
M1.1
M0
M1.1
Em
195
M1.1
..
.
199
201
203
207
211
215
219
Gm
F
Fm
G
M1.1
M1.1
M1.1
..
.
..
.
Cm
(cm<)
cad
trans
closing stat, e[-ped
clim, PB (&)trem
Tempo I.
Gm C] D Gm/B[
F ]7 /E[ Em64 B7
Trans
(aa) (cm<)
(b) (cm), cad
Development
e-ped
(e-ped)
d-ped
<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C
Rec/Gr 1, c-ped
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7 G7
<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C
(cm>)
(cm>), cad
2nd st, lead asc, c-ped
Cm A[/C D[ G[ D[64 A[
tr, Seq(34m;R7 ),
(cm>)
(cm>)
181
Table 5.6: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro (contd)
m
221
229
237
243
247
251
253
258
260
262
265
270
272
274
277
285
289
295
297
298
299
303
304
182
Comment
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
..
.
Fm
(F m/C . . . C7 . . .)/C
F m/C . . . F m/A[ . . . G7
(Cm . . . G7 )/G
Gr 2 (ab) c-ped
(ab)
2nd stat: (ab)
G7 Cm7 F7
(b) Seq(42m;R7 )
Cm
[5/[9
D7 /A[
B[m7 E[7 A[
Cm64 G
Cm . . . C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /B[
F m/A[ C7 /G F m F7 /E[
G7 /D F m/C G7 /B C7 /B[
F m/A[ F m Cm64 G7
Cm . . . C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /B[
Cm
M1.1
..
.
(cm<)
cad
F m/A[ C7 /G F m F7 /E[
M1.1
M0
..
.
cad
Cm
G7 /D F m/C G7 /B C7 /B[
F m/A[ F m Cm64 G7
<(Cm A[m D7 /F G G7 )
<(C C7 F m B )/C
Cm Cm7 /B[ A[ Cm64 F ]7
(cm<)
cad
trans
closing stat, c-ped
clim, PB (&)trem
Grave
F ]7 G/B B7 Cm/E[
Coda
(aa) (cm<)
E7 F m/A[
F m Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm D7 /F G7
(a) (cm<)
(b) cad, lead chr&
PB (&)
climax, cad (310 m.)
5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE
, 310 m.)
h i
2
4
, 73 m.)
2
2
Coda
4
4
h ih i
h i
2
2
, 210 m.)
A Coda
5.2.2
183
184
5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE
5.2.3
Form: rondo, ABACABA Coda. This is a template rondo, with one exact repetition of
the A section,and two more slightly varied. Key relationships are straightforward. The C
section acts as a contrasting middle section; its subject (M3) is repeated multiple times, with
one-beat delay time shifts in either right or left hand. The analysis is shown in Table 5.7 and
5.8.
5.2.4
185
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Cm
Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7
A (a)
E[
31
33
37
41
44
48
51
54
58
M2.1
..
.
..
.
M2.2
M2.3
M2.2
M2.2
62
M1
79
M3
..
.
5
7
9
12
16
18
22
25
29
81
83
85
89
91
93
95
99
101
103
105
107
186
M3
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
[5/[9
B7 /F Cm/E[ D7
/A[
(b)
Cm64 G Cm
cad
(b)
C7 F m G A[ C7 /G F m G
G Cm G Cm
C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /E F m
B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /D
(c)
clim, cad (cm<)
trans
(a)
(b)
trans, triplets
tripl imit: RH-LH
cad
(a) block chords
(a): (cm<)
tripl imit: LH-RH
repeat 8ba
climax, cad
Cm
(see m. 117)
A[
A[ D[ G Cm
(cm>), cad
(a) RH beat shift
(a) LH beat shift
(cm>), cad
A[ D[ G7 Cm
F m E[/G F m/A[ A7 B[ E[
A7 B[m E[7 A[ B[7 E[7
A[ D[ G7 Cm7
F m7 B[m B[/D E[
A[ D[ G7 Cm7
F m D7 /F ]
<(G Cm G7 Cm)/G
E[m
E[
5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE
Table 5.8: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro (contd)
m
113
117
121
125
127
129
135
139
141
143
147
154
158
162
164
166
171
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
197
203
205
207
M1
..
.
..
.
Cm
M2.1
..
.
M2.2
M2.3
..
.
..
.
..
.
G
C
Cm
Cm
Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7
A (a)
[5/[9
D7 /A[
(b)
Cm64 G Cm
B7 Cm E7 F m D7[5 /A[ G7
cad
(b): LH
<(C/E G7 /B C G7 /F )
B (a)
C/E G7 /B C
F F + Dm/F D7 /F ]
<(G D7 ) G G7
<(C G7 ) C C7 /E F C46 G7 C
G7 /F C/E F ]7 /C D7 /C G
G[9
7 /F
trans
Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7
A (a)
[5/[9
/A[
Cm64 G Cm
B7 /F Cm/E[
Cm64 G7 Cm C7
<(F m C7 /G)
Coda, SD
Fm
[5/[9
D7 /A[
Cm64
G Cm C7 /G
<(F m C7 /G)
[5/[9
A[
Cm
(b)
cad
[5/[9
D7 /A[
Fm
(cm<)
<(Cm/E[ B[7 /F )
B7 G/B Bm G7
B7 /F Cm/E[ D7
(M1)
(M1)
G . . . G7 . . .
Cm64 . . . G7 . . .
F ]7 /C G/B F7 /C G7 /B
M2.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
B7 /F Cm/E[
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
repeat 8ba
(cm<)
N 6 , climax
repeat 8va
clim, cad (210 m.)
187
188
5.3
Source: [8]. This piano sonata has the subtitle: Der Grafin Giulietta Guiccardi gewidmet, Sonata
quasi una Fantasia per il clavicembalo o pianoforte. However, it is better known under its nickname Mondscheinsonate. This sonata has three movements (slow-medium-fast). Analysis of
the Beethoven piano sonatas is supported by the formal analyses and descriptions in [23].
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.4.
Mvt. 1 Adagio sostenuto: ABAB Coda form (C]m,
A
, 69 m.)
h i
, 60 m.)
3
4
Trio
2
2
A B C
h i
h i
4
4
, 199 m.)
Development Recapitulation
Coda
Figure 5.4: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2 in C] Minor Quasi una Fantasia Mondschein
5.3.1
Form: binary form, ABAB Coda form. No sonata form as the opening movement, which is
unusual. Instead a slow first movement with binary structure. Characteristic are the continuous use of upward triplet 8th arpeggios in the right hand, the major-minor mode changes
and the frequent use of the Neapolitan 6th chord. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.9.
5.3.2
189
M
M1.1
M1.1
..
.
Comment
C]m
A, RH arp
G7 /D C Em/B F ]7 /A]
Bm C]7 /E Bm64 F ]
M1.2
..
.
..
.
M1.1
[5/[9
Bm
Bm B C7 /E F ]7
B C7 /E F ]7
F ]m
C]m
[5/[9
B, min-maj, N 6 , b-ped
B C][9
7 /G] C]/E] F ]m
6
G/B G][9
7 /B] F ]m4 C]7
F ]m C]7 F ] G]7
C]m D] D]7 /F G][9
7 ...
C]m/G] . . . C]m/G]
[5/[9
F 7 G][9
7 . . . G]7
(b-ped)
N 6 , cad
g]-ped
trans (g]-ped)
42
46
49
M1.1
M1.1
C]m
E
51
M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
C]m
C]m C] D7 /F ] G]7
C]
D7 /F ] G]7
56
cad
G][9
7 A D]7 /F ] G]7
40
54
major-minor
[5/[9
[5/[9
C] F ]m
A
N 6 , cad
B, min-maj, N 6 , c]-ped
(c]-ped)
B7 /D] Em
57
58
cad
60
64
(M1.1)
Coda, LH
cad (69 m.)
190
C]m
191
5.3.3
Form: sonata, The sonata closes with a fast movement, full of whirling, virtuoso 16th note
arpeggios, either as main subject in the right hand (M1) or as left hand accompaniment
(Alberti bass style in the second group subject M2.1 and in the transitions). There is some
tension-relieving contrast in the second group theme M2.2, with its contrary motion 8th note
chords in both hands. The coda contains tempo variations and quasi-improvised cadenzas.
The analysis is shown in Table 5.7 and 5.8.
5.3.4
192
M1
..
.
C]m
|| : C]m . . . G]/B] . . .
5
9
15
19
21
25
29
31
33
36
41
43
47
49
53
55
57
61
63
66
69
71
75
79
83
85
87
91
95
M1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
[5/[9
D]7 /A
G]m
M2.2
M2.2
..
.
M2.3
F ]m
102
106
110
PB (&)
(b), g]-ped
(a), trans
M1
..
.
C]m
Gr 2 (a): RH
trans, N 6
cad
(aa): RH, (cm)
(b)
(aa) repeat 8va
(b) PB (&)
cad
retrans, g]-ped
C] . . . C]7 /B . . .
F ]m/A C]7 /E]
F ]m C]7 F ]m C]/E]
F ]m C]7 /E] F ]m D7 /F ]
G D7 /F ] G Bm/D C][9
7 /E]
F ]m D G]7 /B]
C]m A D]7 D]/F
G] . . . G]7 C]m/G]
G] . . . G]7 C]m/G]
G] . . .
(b): LH
(b): LH
retrans, g]-ped
repeat 8va (g]-ped)
99
C]7 /B . . . F ]m/A
<(G][9
7 . . . D]7 )/G] G]
C]m . . . F 7 . . .
D]/F . . .
G]m D]7 /A] G]m/B D]/F
M1
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
Comment
(a): RH
(a): LH 8ba
(a): LH N/I key
G] A D]7 /F ] G]
cad
C]m . . . G]/B] . . .
[5/[9
D]7 /A
C]7 /B . . . F ]m/A
<(G][9
7 . . . D]7 )/G] G]
PB (&)
(b), g]-ped
193
Table 5.11: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2, Mvt. 3 Presto agitato (contd)
m
116
120
124
126
128
131
135
137
141
143
147
149
151
155
159
163
167
171
175
177
181
185
190
196
194
M
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
Gr 2 (a): LH
trans, N 6
M2.2
M2.2
..
.
M2.3
M1
M2.1
..
.
M2.3
(M1)
cad
(aa): RH, (cm)
(b)
(aa) repeat 8va
(b) PB (&)
cad
trans, c]-ped
<(C]m G]7 )
Coda (a): LH
(a): RH 15va
(cm<)
solo RH arp, N 6
cad
chr sc, Adagio
Tempo I, cad
arp%& (199 m.)
195
5.4
Source: [4]. This string quartet has the dedication: Dem Fursten
Nicolaus von Galitzin gewidmet. It is unusual in the sense that it consists of six movements, including two dances. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.5.
Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo Allegro: sonata form (B[,
Exposition (93 m.)
h ih i
4
4
3
4
, 233 m.)
Coda
Presto Trio
h ih i
2
2
6
4
, 106 m.)
Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non troppo: ABCABC Coda form (D[,
A
B C
A B C
, 88 m.)
h i
3
8
, 150 m.)
Coda
4
4
Coda
Mvt. 4 Alla danza tedesca, Allegro assai: ABA Coda form (G,
A
h i
h i
3
4
, 66 m.)
h i
2
4
, 493 m.)
Development (114 m.)
Recapitulation (130 m)
Coda (140 m.)
Figure 5.5: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130
5.4.1
Form: sonata form, This movement has a number of characteristics: first there is the contrast
between the slow (Adagio) and fast (Allegro) tempos. The introduction theme (M0) returns
several times, together with the tempo and meter juxtaposition. The main theme (M1) is accompanied by a countersubject (Mc), with its characteristic upward fourth leap. Both these
subjects return in the development. And, by the way, the main theme already is developed
(in a varied form M1) in the exposition and the recapitulation. The key relationships are
another remarkable feature: the second group theme (M2) is not in the usual dominant key
196
5.4.2
Mvt. 2 Presto
197
Table 5.12: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro
m
1
3
4
5
8
10
11
12
13
15
18
20
22
24
25
29
31
35
37
39
41
43
45
49
53
55
57
198
M0
..
.
..
.
Comment
h i
B[
F7 B[ F/A
Gm C7 F
(b), halfcad
d
Mt
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
M2
M1
G7 Cm C7 /B[ F/A D
E[ B Cm C7 /E
Va-Vi1
Cm/E[ C7 /E F m
(cm>)
C7 /G F m/A[ A7
B[ F7 /C B[7 /D E[ F7[9
PB (%)
halfcad
Allegro
B[ F7 Cm F7
B[/D . . . A B[
Tempo I.
F C7 /E B[/D G
h i
4
4
VI1/Vi2, Seq(22m;R7 )
(cm<)
h i
3
4
F/A C7 /G F E F B[ E
B[ F C7
M1/c
M1/c
Mt
Mt
Introduction ([[)
Exp/Gr 1 (a): unis, chr&
F F7 B[/D D /D
M1/c
M0
..
.
3
4
B[
G[
Allegro
F C7 /E . . . F/A
F/A E7 F7
B[ C7 /E F Cm7 B7
B7 Cm B[/D E7 B[/F F7
B[ E[/G C7 /E F F7
B[ Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7 /A
<(B[ F F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm7 C7
F F7 B[/D E F F7 B[/D
F C7 F
G[ B[m7
G[ C D[
G[ . . .
h i
4
4
tutti, Seq(22m)
(cm)
tutti, Seq(22m;R7 )
(cm<), cad
trans, imit, (cm>)
repeat, var
tutti climax, (cm)
unisono
(cm), unis
Vc
Gr 2, Vi1 ([V I)
Vc
Table 5.13: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m
59
M2
..
.
61
63
66
69
71
73
75
76
78
80
82
83
84
85
87
89
90
92
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
cad
imit
E[m . . . A[ D[
E[m D[7 G[ F G[/B[ D[7 /A[
B[[9
7 /D E[m7 A[7 /C
stretto, cresc
D[ G[ Cm7 F7
M0
M1/c
M3/c
M3/c
Mc
M3/c
Mc
M3/c
97
99
106
110
113
116
119
123
125
trans
M1
..
.
M0
M1/c
Comment
(M1)
94
96
B[[9
7 /D E[m7 A[m7
(cm<)
(cm<)
G[ C[ G[/B[ A[
G[ A[m7 D[7
<(G[7 E[m7 )
1) C[ G[/B[ A : ||2) C[ G[ F
tutti climax
Tempo I. Allegro
G[7 C[ D[/F G[ =
F]
Adagio Allegro
D D7 /C G/B C] D
D . . . <(C] D)
D . . . <(G/B D7 /C)
<(Am/C D) <(Am D7 ) G/B
<(G/D D7 ) D7 /F ] G
Am7 G . . . Re(A7 /G D/F ])
D7 <(G D7 ) <(Dm7 /F B /D)
Cm . . .
Cm . . . C/E . . . Cm F7 . . .
h ih i
unisono
3
4
4
4
Dev, Vc
Vi2/Vi1,
h ih i tempi
3 4
4 4 (]])
Vc
Vi2/Vi1
M3: Vc, Mc: Vi1
Vc/V1
Vc/Vi1
imit: Vi1-Vc
199
Table 5.14: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m
132
134
136
137
138
140
141
143
144
146
149
150
152
153
157
158
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
177
179
180
182
186
188
189
190
200
Comment
M1/c
B[
B[ F7 /A F7 /E[
B[/D F7 B[ . . .
F F m Cm/E[ G Gm G
D[/F B[7 /D E[
A[/E[ F m7 /E[ E[+
B[7 E[ A[/E[ E[
Rec/Gr 1, Seq(22m;R7 ),
tutti, (cm)
climax
SD
Vi1/Vc
Vi1/Vc
E[
M1/c
M1/c
..
.
..
.
Mt
(M1)
..
.
+
A7 B[[9
7 /A[ E[/G F m7 E[
(M1)
M2
M1
M2
..
.
(M1)
M2/1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
D[
B[
A[ E[/G F m7 B[7
E[ B[7 E[ B[/D B[7 E[
E[ B[7 /D <(E[m B[[9
7 )
E[m E[7 /G A[ A[7 /G[
(cm<)
climax
trans, imit
climax, (cm)
climax, (cm)
([[[[) Vc
Gr 2, Vi1
imit: Vc-Va
Vi1
Vc
imit: Va-Vi2-Vi1
cad
tutti, (cm)
Gm G7 F F7 Gm
Cm7 /E[ F B[/F
B[ C/G F/C
F7 B[/D Cm7 /E[ C/E F7
Vi1
Table 5.15: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m
191
193
195
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
205
207
208
213
215
216
217
220
222
224
226
228
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
M1/c
Comment
B[ F/A C7 /G F C7 /E F7 /E[
imit (dev)
B[/D E[ F7 B[ F7
B[/D F7 E[/G Dm7 /A B[ F7 /C
d
B[ C7 Dm/F F/A
B[/F F7 /C B[
Cm/E[ Dm/F Gm7 Cm7
D7[9 /F ] Gm7 C7 /E
stretto, cresc
F B[ E7 /G F7 /A
M0
..
.
B[
D7[9 /F ] Gm7 C7
(cm<)
F F7 B[ F F7
B[ E[ B[//D A7 F7 /C
B[ F7
<(B[7 /A[ E[/G) Gm/Dno 1 . . . C7 /G
(cm<)
tutti climax
cad
unis
Adagio Allegro
F D7 Cm B[/D
h ih i
A7 /C D Cm/E[ F7
A B[ F ]
Gm C7 /G F/A E[+ /G F/A
F + B[ F + B[/F F7
(B[ E7 F F ] G G7 Cm E7 )/F
(F F7 B[7 E[ E[m)/F
B[/F A /C B[ Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7
<(B[ F7 ) B[ F B[
3
4
4
4
Coda, Vi1
tempi, f -ped
(f -ped)
(f -ped)
cad
imit, cad (233 m.)
201
202
Table 5.16: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo
m
Comment
1
3
5
M1
D[
M1
..
.
..
.
7
8
9
10
11
13
15
16
17
18
19
5.4.3
M2
Mt
A[
V1
Vc: 16ths
cad
trans, pizz imit
B, Vi1, imit
imit: Bi1-Vi2-Va
tutti: 16ths
cad, (cm>)
Form: binary, ABCABC Coda, A ternary structure is suggested by the key signatures (D[
A[ D[) in the score: this corresponds to the sections A-BC-ABC. However, based on the
thematic material, the six section structure (and therefore the binary division) is equally
likely. This slow movement is harmonically very rich, with many passing harmonies. Bass
patterns for violoncello are outspoken: continuous series of 16th notes, wide open voicing
arpeggios, walking bass in 8th notes. The analysis is shown in Table 5.16 to 5.18.
5.4.4
203
Table 5.17: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo (contd)
m
20
M1
..
.
C G7 C F/C C7 F C7 /G F/C
23
25
26
27
28
29
M3
..
.
M3
..
.
30
31
32
34
36
(M3)
38
M1
39
40
41
42
43
44
A[
D[
D[
204
C, imit: Vi1-Va-Vc
A[64
B[m B[m7 /F
E[7 A[ E[7
]5
A[ E[7 /D[ A[/C E[7 A[ E[7 /D[
A[/C D[ A[/C E[7 /B[
climax
Vi1, Vc: arp
A[ D[ A[64 E[7
A[/E[ E[7 /D[ A[/C E[7 /B[
A[/C D[ A[7 /E[
imit: Vi2-Vi1
D[ A[7 /C
tutti: 16ths
trans
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
Va+Vc
Vi1, Vc: 16ths
45
46
48
50
51
52
53
54
Comment
M2
Mt
B[
cad
trans, pizz imit
B, Vi1, imit
imit: Vi1-Va-Vi2
tutti: 16ths
cad, (cm>)
Table 5.18: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo (contd)
m
55
M1
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
F C7 F B[/F F7 B[ F7 /C B[/D
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
73
74
76
77
78
79
80
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
M3
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Comment
C, imit: Vi1-Vi2-Va
climax
Vi1, Vc: arp
Vi2+Va, N/V
C7 /G[ F7
[9
9
9
B[[9
7 E[7 A[7 D[7
Seq(5R5 )
G[/D[ D[
A[7 /C D[/A[ A[7 /G[ D[/F
G[ A[/C D[
C[7 /G[ B[7 /F E[m A[7
D[/F A[7 D[ A[ D[ A B[
E[m C D[ G[/B[ C D[7 B[/D
E[m
B[/D E[m C D[
G[/B[ C D[7 /C[
G[/B[ A[ D7 E[m D /F E[m A[7
D[ G[ D[/F A[7 /E[
D[ D[7 G[/D[ D[
D[7 /C[ D[7 /F G[
d
205
206
5.4.5
Form: ternary song, ABA, This slow movement plays with short term dynamics. Under
a first violin lead there are many one- and two-measure crescendi-decrescendi. Most of the
movement is in slow quarter and 8th notes, with occasional contrary motion and a somewhat
longer crescendo towards a climax. The retransition changes the rhythm to triplet 8th notes
and touches upon a number of passing key centres. The analysis is shown in Table 5.19.
5.4.6
207
Table 5.19: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 5 Cavatina, Adagio molto
espressivo
m
1
3
5
7
9
10
13
15
17
19
23
25
27
30
32
34
36
38
40
44
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
64
208
Comment
M1a
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[
A, Vi1
F m/A[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[7 /F
M1a
..
.
M1b
..
.
..
.
Vi1
[5/[9
D7 /A[
Seq(3R5 )
B, Vi2
repeat Vi1
climax, cad
repeat Vi1
E[/G E[ Cm A[ G7 Cm
F/A E[64 B[7 E[
E[ E[m7 /D[ C[ D[m7 /F [
climax
cad
trans, Vi1, triplets
A[m
PBi (%)
climax
E[
A, Vi1
C[
M1a
..
.
..
.
..
.
(cm)
D7 /F C7 /G F m/A[ F/A
Cm/G F m7 Cm/G F m7
[9
[9
G[9
7 C7 F7
B[ B[97 . . .
M1b
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
(cm)
(cm), climax
climax
cad (66 m.)
209
5.4.7
The key relationship diagram of this late string quartet is shown in Fig. 5.6. The outer sonata
form movements have the widest key scope and require the equivalence property in the
development section (Mvt. 1: G[ = F ], Mvt. 6: F ). The roots of the movements lie on the
vertical symmetry axis B[ B[m D[, with the exception of the Cavatina (Mvt. 5), which
is in the subdominant key E[. Note the limited span and the major third 4i symmetry axis
relationships in all four middle movements, where we see B[ Dm (1) and F D[, C Em
(1) and E[C[ (1) respectively. There are two such moves in the opening movement: B[G[
(2) and F ] D (3).
Mvt. 1 Adagio Allegro
Ft]
Am
Em
Bm
3
4
G
Cm
Gm
Dm
5
1,7
B[ - F
E[
A
Fm
E[m A B[m
A
2 AU
A[
D[ 6
G[ t
Am
F ]m
A
Am
Mvt. 2 Presto
Mvt. 3 Andante
Gm 1 Dm
B[
Cm
B[
E[
6
?
B[m
2-
B[m
Fm
1
A[
D[
Mvt. 5 Cavatina
A[
E[
A[m E[m
6
C[ 1 G[
Fm
@
3,5@
R Cm
Fm @
H
Gm
H
j 7
H
2
6
A[
E[
B[
4,6,8
D
Dm
t
-F1
Figure 5.6: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, key relationship diagram
5.5
5.5.1
Form: sonata form. This symphony movement is another element in the classical music
canon. The two fermatas in the opening phrase are exercises in every conductors crash
course. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.20 and 5.21. The key motif from the main
theme, also known as the Fate motif (Schicksalsmotiv) will return in later movements of this
210
h i
2
4
, 502 m.)
Theme
Var 2
Coda
h i
3
8
, 247 m.)
Var 3
h i
3
4
Coda
, 373 m.)
Trio
Scherzo
Scherzo
Coda
h i
4
4
, 446 m.)
5.5.2
Beethoven is even praised for his visionary view on Morse signals: Ve Von ze Var!.
211
Comment
1
7
18
22
25
M1.a
M1
M1.a
M1
..
.
Cm
Cm B
A[/C Cm B7 <(G7 /B Cm)
G7 /B Cm D7[5 /A[ G
B7
<(B7 G7 Cm)
(D7 B7 Cm B7 C7 )/C
(F m B7 C7 F m B7 )/C
Cm G7 Cm
(A7 F7[9 )/C B[/D
B[4
E[/B[ <(B[7 E[)
T cad, c-ped
(c-ped)
tutti climax, cad
trans to M, c-ped
Motto: Hns
Gr 2, dolce th: Str
34
40
44
53
59
63
75
83
94
110
125
130
143
146
151
154
158
175
179
195
204
211
215
228
240
248
253
265
269
273
277
284
212
M1.a
M1
M2
..
.
E[
M1.a
M1.a
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
Fm
M1
G
Fm
Cm
Dev, Gr 1, Hns
imit: WW+Str
imit: Str, g-ped
A A7 D 7
Gm
M3
M1.a
M1.a
M1
M1.a
M1
..
.
C7[9
F m . . . <(C7[9 F m)
D D7 /F ] G7
Cm <(G7 Cm)
Cm
Gm <(D7 Gm)
Gm D7[9 /A Gm/B[ F ]7 /C C]7
Gm/D C]7 /E D/F ]
D7sus4 D7 Gsus4
G7 C7sus4
7
<(F m/A[ G /B[ E /G F m/A[)
F m/A[ G[/B[ A /C B[m/D[
C[/E[ D[/F
F ]m . . . D/F ] . . .
D/F ] . . . B7 . . .
B7
imit: Str+WW
cresc, PB (%)
tutti, cad
Motto, climax, imit
trans
PB (%)
Cm G/D
A[/C Cm <(G[9
7 /B Cm)
[5
G7 Cm D7 /A[ G
G[9
7
Cm G7 Cm
Recap, Gr 1. tutti
imit: Str
halfcad, climax
imit: Str
cresc
(F m B7 Cm B7 C7 )/C
(F m C7 F m B7 )/C
T cad, c-ped
(c-ped)
Table 5.21: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
288
296
303
307
323
338
346
362
374
382
398
407
416
421
423
431
439
453
459
461
468
470
483
491
496
M
M1.a
M1
M2
..
.
M1.a
Fm
M1
..
.
E[
Cm . . . G7 . . . Cm
F ]7 G/D
Gsus4
7
C <(G7 C)
Seq(24m;R7 ), cresc
C F m/A[ C/E F m
D[/F . . . D7[9 /F ]
<(E[/G B[[9
7 )
Cm
G7 /B C/E F m G7
F m/A[ G7 F/A G/B
Cm D7 /A[ Cm/E[ F m F7 /E[
G7 Cm/E[ A[/C D7 /F G4 G
Cm D7 Cm/E[ F m <(G Cm)
cad
theme: Str, c-ped
cad
Epis 2, imit: WW-Str
Cm Gm A[ E[ <(F m Cm)
M1.a
M1
M1.a
Comment
E[ . . . Cm
M3
I(M3)
..
.
..
.
Cm
<(Cm64 G)
Cm Gm A[ E[ <(F m Cm)
<(Cm64 G) Cm
G . . . <(G7 Cm) G
cad
tutti climax
Cm
<(G Cm)
<(Cm G) C
cad
213
214
Comment
1
9
15
M0
M0
Cm
Cm D/F ] G7 Cm
Cm D/F ] C] D D7 /C
G7 /B Cm G/B Cm F ]7 G
19
27
M1
M1
..
.
E[m
Horn theme
repeat: WW+Str
M0
cad, ambiguity
B[m
A[m D[ G[ C[ C[7 F m
<(B[ E[m) B[
B[m C/E F7 B[m F
53
57
60
M0
Cm
71
79
M1
M1
..
.
33
38
45
86
90
97
101
109
116
123
131
5.5.3
Fm
Horn theme
repeat: WW+Str
trans, g-ped
E[ A[ D[ D[7 Gm
<(C7[9 F m) C
M0
M1
Mt
M1
B[m C/E F m
G/B Cm D/F ]
C]7 D <(Em7 /D G[5
7 /C])
Cm
Cm D/F ] G
<(G7 Cm)
A[ Cm64 D[/A[ G[9
7
<(G7 Cm F m Cm/G G7 Cm)
<(G7 Cm Cm7 F m) F ]7
Cm/G <(G Cm) C7 F m G Cm
Mvt. 3 Allegro
Form: ternary song form, scherzo and trio form. The analysis is shown in Table 5.22 and
5.23. The scherzo is repeated in a varied form and leads directly (attacca) into the final fourth
movement.
5.5.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
215
Comment
141
147
153
157
161
M3
M3
M3
M3
C
G
C
G
169
174
178
182
189
194
M3
M3
M3
M3
C
F
C G7 /F C/E Em/B G7 C
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
G7 C C7 F
<(G G7 C)/G
(C F G Em Am7 Dm G7 )/G
<(C G) C G G7
B, imit: Str+WW
(imit)
stretto imit
tutti climax, g-ped
trans, (g-ped)
cad+trans
G7 /F C/E Em/B G7 C
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
G 7 C C7 F
<(G G7 C)/G
G7
6
G[9
7 D G7 Cm D Cm4 G
Cm D/F ] G7 Cm G
Cm D/F ] C] D D7 /C
G7 /B Cm G/B Cm F ]7 G
Scherzo repeat
Str
halfcad
WW theme
repeat: WW
D[ E[ A[ D[ D[7 B[m
<(C F m) C
Cm D/F ] G
<(G7 Cm)/G
G[9
7 D /A[ G7
<(Cm F m/A[ G7 )
Cm Cm7 F m G G7 Cm B
Cm Cm7 F m F ]7 Cm64 G7
cad, ambiguity
2nd stat: Str+Bsn
g-ped
motto: Hn (g-ped)
trans, cad
PB (&)
cad
M3
206
210
214
218
224
229
M3
M3
M3
M3
237
245
251
M0
M0
255
262
M1
M1
..
.
269
274
281
285
294
300
308
312
M0
M1
316
M1
324
339
M1
M0
..
.
..
.
344
355
360
216
C
F
C
Cm
Fm
Cm
<(Cm G) C7 /E F G
A[
A[
A[ D7[5 /A[ Cm/G G D7 /F ]
Coda, a[c-ped
3rd stat: Vi1 (c-ped)
Cm
trans (c-ped)
Gsus4
7
(C
Am7 F )/G
(G C F )/G G7
major (cg-ped)
g-ped (373 m.)
217
5.5.5
218
219
5.6
Source: [5]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.8. Note that this symphony
has five movements.
Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (F ,
h i
2
4
, 514 m.)
B1
B2
A2
h ih i
3
4
2
4
, 140 m.)
, 264 m.)
Trio
Scherzo
Mvt. 4 Allegro: ABCABCBD form (D[ F m,
B1 C1 A2
B2 C2
h i
B1
A2
4
4
C1
Scherzo
Coda
, 155 m.)
B3
12
8
Coda
A1
A3
h i
6
8
, 264 m.)
B2
A4 D1
C1 D2
C2
5.6.1
Form: sonata form. Movement 1 has the descriptive title Erwachen heiterer Empfindungen bei
der Ankunft auf dem Lande.2 The analysis is shown in Table 5.24 and 5.25.
5.6.2
2
For many years this opening motif was the radio station signature tune of the West-Deutscher Rundfunk
(WDR). It returns, somewhat in disguise though, in Alban Bergs opera Wozzeck.
220
Table 5.24: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
m
Comment
1
9
16
29
M1.a
M1.b
Mt1
M1
..
.
..
.
M1.a
M2
M2
M3
F C7 F C F
<(F F/A C7 /G F B[ F C)
<(C B ) B[ F
F ...
Exp, Gr 1, Vi1
32
43
47
53
67
84
93
111
115
127
135
Mt2
M1.a
139
151
163
175
182
191
197
209
212
228
237
243
247
255
M1.a
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1.a
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1.a
M1.b
M1.b
M1.b
F
B[
D
G
E
(C F C7 )/C
<(F C7 )
F Dm F/C G7 /B
<(G7 C 6 )
G7 C 6 G7 /B C G7 /D
<(C F C G7 )
C F C G7
<(C F ]7 C G7 )/C
<(C G7 )/C
F C F B[
c-ped
cad, f -ped
trans: Vi1, mod to D
Gr 2, imit: Vi
cresc: WW
Str, climax
cad, triplets
retrans to T, c-ped
dim, closing
trans motif: Vi1
C 7 F F7
B[
D
D
D
D 7 G D G D7
G
E
E
E
E7 A E A E7
A D A E7
A G]7 A7
D Gm D7 G7
263
275
M1.b
Mt3
C F 6 C7 F C7
(B[)/C
280
283
289
291
300
308
M1.a
M1.a/b
M1.a/b
F C7 F
C
<(F B[/D C7 )
<(F B[ F C7 )
C
C F B[ F/A C7 /G
Recap, Gr 1, Str
solo arp
both themes as ctp
triplets
trans, c-ped
cresc
221
Table 5.25: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo (contd)
m
312
318
322
328
346
362
372
392
396
404
416
424
428
430
438
442
450
462
470
478
494
507
222
Comment
M1
..
.
F <(C7 F )/F
(C F C7 )/C
<(F C7 )/F
F Dm F/C G7 /B C7 /B[ B
<(C7 F 6 )
C7 F C7 /E F C7 /G
<(F B[ F C7 )
F B[ F C7
<(F B F C7 )/F
<(F C7 )/F
F . . . F7
c-ped
f -ped
trans: Vi1, triplets
Gr 2, imit: Str
triplets, cresc
WW+Str, climax
cad, triplets
trans to SD, f -ped
dim, closing
trans motif: Fl
Mt1
M2
M2
M3
Mt2
M1.a
M1.a
Mt2
Mt2
M1
M1.a
B[
E[ B[/D F7 B[ F7
B[ F7
<(B[ E B[ F7 )/B[
B[ C7
<(F B F C7 )/F
<(F Dm F/C C7 )
<(C7 F )/C C
<(C7 G7 /D C7 /E F C)
<(F C7 )
F C7 F
B[ F C F
cad
trans triplets, b[-ped
trans, f -ped
tutti climax
dimin
arp down motif: Vi1
closing cad
final stat: Vi1, imit: WW
closing cad (514 m.)
223
5.6.3
Mvt. 3 Allegro
Form: scherzo and trio form or, alternatively, ternary song form. Movement 3 has the descriptive title Lustiges Zusammensein der Landleute (The cheerful peasant meeting). The analysis
is shown in Table 5.26 and 5.27.
5.6.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
224
1
9
13
17
25
29
33
41
45
49
53
60
64
68
72
75
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1
F
D
87
107
123
133
M3
M3
M3
M3
..
.
F
D
C
F
C
F
Comment
Allegro [Scherzo]
|| : F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A
D . . . A D C
F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A
D . . . A7 D
D ... G ...
C . . . G Am G
C . . . G7 C
F . . . C7
F ... C
C C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C F
C C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C
<(F . . . C7 ) F
h i
3
4
F . . . <(C7sus4 F C7 F )
F <(C7sus4 F C7 F )
C Gsus4
C G7 C C7
7
F C7sus4 F . . . <(C7 F ) C7
d
B, Ob
2nd stat: Ob
Cl
FHn-Ob
Ob+Cl+FHn, f -ped
M1
(F C7 F C7 )/F C7
B[/F F/C C7 /G
F
h i
165
173
M4
M4
181
189
191
193
195
197
M4/5
M4/5
M4/5
M4
<(F G7 C7 F C7 F )
C G7 C B7
C/E F C46 G7
C G7 C B7
C/E F C46 G7
C G C . . . G C . . . : ||
143
151
155
B[
trans
2
4
C, Vi (2x), f -ped
Vi (2x), Fl
225
205
213
217
223
227
231
235
241
246
249
254
257
226
M1
M2
M2
M1
M1
M1
F
D
F
Comment
Tempo 1 [Scherzo]
F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A Gm/B[
<(F Gm) F46 C7
F . . . B[ F
F . . . C
F . . . C
h i
Presto
F ...
F C . . . C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C7
F C . . . C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C7
Coda
climax, tutti unisono
F . . . C7 F . . . C7
3
4
cad
repeat
Str arp (264 m.)
227
5.6.5
228
229
5.7
h i
3
4
, 372 m.)
5.7.1
Form: sonata form. The coda contains a secondary development. The analysis is shown in
Table 5.28 and 5.29.
5.7.2
230
Table 5.28: Beethoven, Symphony No. 8, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio
m
Comment
1
9
12
24
34
38
46
52
59
65
70
73
80
83
90
96
M1
|| : F C C7 . . . F C F
F/C C C7 F46 C7
F B[/D Gm7 /B[ C7 F B[/D
[5/[9
B[7 /F . . . B[7 /F = E7 /F
A7 /E
<(D A) G7 /B C F ]7 G G7
<(C G7 ) D B7 C A
F ]7 . . .
F ]7 B7 E7 D F ]7
G G7 /F C/E Am Dm G
C D /F <(C F )
G7 C G C7 F Dm C46 G
C D /F <(C F )
G7 C G C7 F Dm C46 G
<(C G7 )
C . . . : ||
C
G7
C
Cm . . . F7 /C . . .
B[
(A[9
7 )
A7 Dm/A
A
Dm Gm A7 Dm A Dm D7
Dev, c-ped
Gr 1, imit: WW, c-ped
tutti climax
mod, imit: WW, c-ped
tutti climax, f -ped
b[-ped
imit: WW, a-ped
tutti climax, cad
main th motif: DB, mod
Gm G Cm A7 G7
Cm G7 C C7 F m64 C7
F m D /F B[m
103
107
111
115
123
127
131
135
143
150
156
159
163
167
179
183
M2
M2
D
C
Mt1
Mt1
Mt2
C
M1
M1
B[
M1
Dm
(M1)
..
.
(M1)
..
.
Gm
Cm
Fm
D[
G7 C7 F m C D[ A[7
D[ . . . B[m . . . B7 /C
B7 /C . . .
(F m F ]7 C7 )/C
retrans, climax
tutti climax, cad, c-ped
231
Table 5.29: Beethoven, Symphony No. 8, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio (contd)
m
189
197
208
214
216
230
234
238
242
245
247
255
261
266
269
273
275
279
284
286
292
300
303
310
322
327
332
340
344
346
348
350
357
232
Comment
M1
M1
M2
M2
B[
F C 7 F C7 F
F C7 <(F C 7 F )
(F B[ G7 C)/F
C/E C7
F B7 . . . B7 /F
C7[9 F7
<(B[ F7 ) G7
C F7 B[ C7[9
F C7 F
C Am D7 Gm C F
B7 . . .
B7 C]7 F ]7 Gm B7 C
C C7 F Dm Gm7 C
F E7 <(F B[)
C7 F . . . F7
B[ Gm7 F46 C
F E7 <(F B[)
C7 F . . . F7
B[ Gm7 F46 C
<(F C7 )
F ...
F ...
D[ <(A[7 D[)
D[ B[7 E[m C7 F m F
(F . . . B[m . . . B7 )/F
F C7 F C F C C7
F . . . C7 F/C
Gm7 /F . . . G . . .
tutti climax
B[/D F B7 C
cad
F C7 F B[/D
[5/[9
G7 /D[ F/C
<(F C) F . . .
C F C7 F
cad
closing cad
dimin (372 m.)
Mt1
Mt1
Mt2
M1
Mt3
(M1)
Mt4
..
.
..
.
..
.
F
D[
F
2nd stat: WW T
T cad
cresc to climax
tutti climax
cad
trans, ctp: WW+Str, dolce
cad
repeat
trans, ctp: WW+Str, dolce
cad
cresc to climax
tutti climax, closing cad
233
234
Chapter 6
Franz Schubert
31-1-1797 in Lichtental (Wien)
19-11-1828 in Wien
1600
6.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [56]. This symphony received its name Unvollendete (Unfinished Symphony), since it
consists of two movements only. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.1.
Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato: sonata form (Bm,
h i
3
4
, 368 m.)
B1 (78 m.)
B2 (63 m.)
h i
3
8
, 313 m.)
A2 (63 m.)
6.1.1
Form: sonata form. The opening melody in the low strings (celli and basses) supports the
sinister character of the movment; it becomes the main element of the development. The
other themes from the exposition are repeated in the recapitulation, without development.
See Table 6.1 and 6.2 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Comment
1
9
13
16
22
M0
Bm
|| : Bm . . . F ] . . .
<(B Em)/B
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7
[9
D Em/G A[9
7 D F ]7
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7
Introduction: LoStr
Exp, Gr 1, b-ped
1st stat: WW
26
29
31
36
42
49
53
63
73
77
81
85
89
94
104
110
114
122
130
134
146
154
162
170
176
180
184
188
192
194
202
208
236
M1
M1
..
.
M2
M2
Gm
M2
..
.
M2
Em
M0
(M0)
(M0)
(M0)
..
.
D D7 G E 7 A F ]7
F ][9
7
D7 G E7 A <(F ]7 Bm)
F ]7 Bm . . . A D7
G . . . D7 . . . G
E7 Am D7
G D7 G E7 Am D
Cm Gm E[ E[[9
7 C]7 /E
A7 /C] Dm D G7 C
E7 /G] Am A7 D7 G
<(C]7 /E A7 )
G/D C G C G64 D7
G C E7 Am G64 D7 G
<(D7 G7 G]7 Am D7 G)
G . . . Bm/D F ]7 /C] Bm : ||
M0
(M0)
2nd stat: WW
Em
B7 C Am B7 /F ]
Em . . .
<(C F ][5
7 )/C F ]7 /C]
D7 B7 /D] E7 C]7 /E]
F ]7 . . . D][5
7 /A
C]m/G] . . . A D]m7 /F ] G]7
G]7 /B . . . Dm/A B[ Em A7
C]7 . . . Em/B C F ]m7 B7
Em . . . B7 /F ]
Em F ]m F ]7
Bm C]m C]7
d
trans 1, Seq(31m;R7 )
Gr 2, 1st stat: Vc
2nd stat: Vi
trans 2, clim, tremolo
imit: Str,
Seq(34m;R5 )
tutti climax, cad
imit: Str-WW, d-ped
climax, trans 3, repeat
Dev
LoStr
Bsn+Vi, tremolo
Seq(32m;R7 ), PBi (%)
cresc to climax, tremolo
Trans 2, Seq(38m;R7 )
tutti climax
M0: WW+Str, climax
imit, Seq(24m;R5 )
tutti clim, Seq(34m;R5 )
Bm G7 Bm/D F ]/C]
Em C7
C/G A]7 /G A[9
7 /G
D/F ] A D F ] D/F ] A
D F ] . . . F ][9
7 ...
tutti climax
Retrans
Table 6.2: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato (contd)
m
218
222
226
231
135
238
242
245
250
252
256
267
273
281
291
295
299
303
309
312
317
322
328
336
350
352
364
Comment
Bm
<(Bm Em)/B
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7 /G
D G E7 /G] A[9
7 F ]7 /A B7
Em F ]7 /C Em E F ]7 /C
G Am/C D
Dm7 B7 /D E7 A A7
D B7 Em C][9
7
A7 D B7 Em <(C]7 F ]m)
C]7
F ]m . . . E7 A7 D
D . . . A7 D B7 Em A
D A7 D B7
Em A7 D G7 C/G Em F ]7
Em Bm/F ] G . . .
C]7 /E F ]m F ]7 B7 E
Recap, Gr 1
stat1: WW
M1
M1
M2
M2
F ]m
D
M2
..
.
B
M2
M2
M0
M0
(M0)
Bm
2nd stat: WW
trans 1
Seq(31m;R7 )
Gr 2, 1st stat: Vc
2nd stat: Vi
Seq(32m;R7 )
trans 2, climax, tremolo
imit, Seq(34m;R5 )
G]7 C]m F ]7 /A B
G]7 C][9
7 G]7 C]7
B/F ] E B7 E B46 F ]7 B
E G]7 C]m B46 F ]7 B
B (F ]7 B7 G]7 F ])/F ]
B F ]7 . . .
B G F ] Bm/D F ]7 /C]
imit: Str
2nd stat: WW
Trans 3
Bm . . . Bm64 F ]7
Bm <(Bm/D C][9
7 ) Bm/D
Bm64 F ]7
<(Bm . . . Em/B)
Bm/D F ]7 Bm
Coda, LoStr
cresc
climax, cad
WW+Str
closing cad (368 m.)
237
6.1.2
238
239
6.1.3
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 6.2. The opening movement is characterised
by the motion along the R3i symmetry axis (vertical), towards the lowered submediant, see
Bm G (1) and F ]m D (2) and towards the parallel minor G Gm (1) and B Bm (2).
The andante also shows the minor third key movement E G E C] (1-2) and F ]m Am
(4). This piece also reaches the lowered submediant key C = [VI (3) and the Neapolitan
lowered second degree key F (5). The shift from the relative minor key C]m D (3) is
another Neapolitan relationship.
Mvt. 2 Andante con moto
Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato
B3
F]
?
- Bm
- F ]m
2
Em
G
1
?
Gm
F]
C]
Bm
F ]m @
C]m
I
2
6?
4 ?
G]m
B
@ 6? B
B
B
Dm
Dm
Am
6
?
Am
5
- Em
1
3
C
G
B Bm
BN
Figure 6.2: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete D759, key relationship diagram
6.2
Source: [55]. In German this chamber music piece is known as Der Tod und das Madchen.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.3. Note the length of the closing Presto
movement.
6.2.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. The characteristic element in this movement is the stepwise descending
main theme rhythm 3 + 8t + 8t + 8t + 1 (three-quarter note, 8th note triplet and quarter
note, with strong articulation and often simultaneously in all string parts). The main theme
M1 is in the tonic Dm, the secondary theme M2 in the relative major key F . This theme is
presented in sequential and imitative settings. See Table 6.3 to 6.6 for the analysis.
6.2.2
240
6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
Table 6.3: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
Comment
1
5
7
M1.a
M1.b
Dm
Dm Gm/D Asus4
Dm
7
Gm7 /B[ Dm/A
Gm7 F/A Gm7 Dm64 A
Exp, Th 1, (aabb)
M1.a completion
(cm)
14
M1.a
20
25
37
39
41
45
53
55
56
M1.a
M1/I(M1)
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1.a
M1
M1.a
M1
61
66
71
M2
M2
M2
73
76
M2
..
.
28
29
34
78
81
Dm A7 D7 E[/G E7 F/A A7
Dm A7 D7 E[/G E7 F/A A7
Dm A7 /C] Dm B[7
imit
repeat 8va
Vi1+Vc
Dm64 A A7
A7 B[ Gm Dm/A A7 Ab7
closing to climax
F F/C C7 F C7
F . . . C7 F/C C7
D7[9 /C C7[9
Th 1, 2nd stat
trans, ctp
rel maj stat, imit
repeat
F m Cm A[64 E[7
D7[9 /C C7[9
d
F m Cm A[64 E[7
F F46 C7
Vi1+2
repeat 8va
241
Table 6.4: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
83
86
90
M2
M2
M2
..
.
93
95
97
102
106
110
114
117
120
124
126
128
134
141
145
146
150
152
156
158
160
164
166
168
170
173
176
181
184
187
192
242
Comment
Am
F Bm/D E A7 /C] D E Em
A D7 /F ] G C7 /E F Bm/D E7
Am D7 C7 F B7
Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
Seq(31m;R7 ), clim
M2/M1
M2
M2
E7 C7 /E F A7
Dm F7 /A B[ Am7 /E B7[5 /F
E7 Dm/E D]7 E7
A E7 /D A/C] E7
A E7 /D Am/C Em7 /G
E7 /G] E7 A/C] C
F Dm/F B[/F F
trans
both th, par 3rds
cresc to climax, unis
3pt [S6 ] , closing stat
F B7 /D B[/D Am64 E7
F
M2
..
.
E7 A[m E[ D7
C] E7 /B Am
M2
Am
G]7 E7 F Am64 E7
Am Am E Am
M2
M2/M1
..
.
F ]m
Bm
Em
3pt [S6 ]
M2/M1
M2
M2
I(M1.a)
I(M1.a)
Am
Dm
C G]7
A C7 C]m/E C7 C]m/G]
C][9
7 /E]
D F ]m/A F7 F ]m/C] C]
F ]m C]7 F ]m/A C]7
F ]m G[5
7 /D C] F ]7
Bm G7 F ] B7[9 /D]
Em G/D D]7 Em64 B7
Em D]7 /E
Em C7 B D/F ] E7[9 /G]
Am F7 E G/B A[9
7 /C]
6
Dm . . . D4 A7
Dm C]7 /D
d
Th 1/2:Vc/Vi1
unis climax
trans, e-ped
Seq(32m;R5 )
unis climax
trans, d-ped
d
Seq(32m;R7 ), retr
climax
a-ped, imit
(a-ped, imit)
6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
Table 6.5: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
198
202
209
211
213
217
223
229
234
237
239
241
243
245
248
250
252
254
255
260
267
270
272
276
278
282
284
286
292
Comment
M1.a
M1.a
M1
M2
M2
M2
M2
..
.
Dm
Dm Gm/D Dm
E7[9 A[9
7 D/A Dm/A A7
<(D A7 /C])
D G]7 B7 B7 /A Em/A A7
D A7 /C] D G]7 A7
D . . . A7 D A7
D . . . A7 D A7 B7[9 /A
[9
A[9
7 Dm Am7 /C C7 F D7
A7 Dm Am/C C7
Recap, Th 1
imit
trans, imit
M2
M2
M2
M2
M2
M2/M1
D
D
Dm
B[
M2
Seq(32m;R5 ), imit
Seq(31m;R7 ), clim
Seq(31m;R3 )
trans, solo: Vi1
Th 1+2, par 3rds
unis, cresc to climax
3pt [S6 ]
M2
M2/M1
F A/C] D A7
D A7 B[/D A7
Dm Em7 /G A Am D/F ]
G Gm Am/C D Dm G/B
C Cm F7 /A B[ Em/G A A7
Dm F G7 C Cm F7
B[/D Em7 A/C] E[7 /G F7 /A
B[ C7 D7 /F ] Gm A[ B[7 /D
[5/[9
E[ E[m B[m/F C7 /G[
F F7[9
B[ F7 /E[
F7[9 /E[ B[m/D[ F m7 /A[ F7 /A
B[ . . .
B[ . . . Gm/B[
repeat
Th 2, par 3rds: Vi1+Va
repeat
Vi1+2
Dm
E7 F E7 Dm/A A7
B[
A7 D[m A[ G7
Bm F ]7 D]7
6
A[9
7 . . . Dm4 A7
<(Dm C]7 ) . . . Dm
par 3rds
243
h i
4
4
, 341 m.)
Var 2
Var 3
Var 4
Var 5
2
2
, 172 m.)
h i
h i
3
4
, 164 m.)
h i
6
8
, 754 m.)
B1 (163 m.)
C1 (66 m.)
A2 (129 m.)
B2 (163 m.)
C2 (42 m.)
A3 (55 m.)
Figure 6.3: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810
Table 6.6: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
299
303
311
Comment
M1.a
Dm
B[/D
<(A7 /D B[/D Dm64 A)
<(Dm A7 )
Coda, d-ped
M1.a
313
316
I(M1.a)
M1.a
D7 E[/G E7 F/A A F7
<(B[ F7 )
318
I(M1.a)
B[7 A[ C7 B[
320
321
326
332
338
244
I(M1.a)
M1.a
M1.a
M1.a
imit
imit
imit
imit
D7 E[/G E7 F/A
A . . . Dm
Dm B[ E[m B[7 Dm64 A7
Dm B[ E[m B[7 Dm64 A7
Dm
closing climax
cad
cad, repeat 8ba
(341 m.)
6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
245
Table 6.7: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 3 Scherzo allegro molto
and Trio
m
6.2.3
1
5
9
13
17
M1.a
M1.a
M1.a
M2
M2
23
29
33
37
M1.a
M2
M2
Dm
Am
A
Dm
Comment
h i
Seq(33m;R7 )
3
4
imit: Vi2-Vi1
unis cad
Form: scherzo and trio. The trio is monothematic with an ABABA form. It has an ostinato
dominant pedal rhythm in the middle voices, labeled as Mop . See Table 6.7 and 6.8 for the
analysis.
6.2.4
Mvt. 4 Presto
246
6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
Table 6.8: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 3 Scherzo allegro molto
and Trio (contd)
m
42
46
50
53
57
61
64
M1.a
M1.a
M1.a
M1.a
Comment
<(Gm Dm)/D
[5/[9
<(A7 B[) E7 /B[
[5/[9
E7 /B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
<(C]7 Dm)/D
[5/[9
A7
B[
[5/[9
E7 /B[ Dm64 A7
<(Dm A) Dm : ||
Trio
69
75
80
83
85
91
96
99
101
109
117
M3
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
M3
M3
M3
..
.
D A/C] Bm E7
E7 /A A A7 /G D/F ] G]7no 3
C]7 /E Gm/D A7 /C]
D A7 D
d
D A/C] Bm E7 /B
cad
repeat: Va, var: Vi1
E7 /A A A7 /G D/F ] G]7
C]7 /E Gm/D A7 /C]
D A7 D
A7 D/A (A7 G]7 A)/A
A7 Dm B[ A
cad
B1: Vi1, Mop : Vi2
repeat, a-ped
D A/C] D/F ]
125
129
133
137
141
M3
M3
cad
B2 Va, var: Vi1,
Mop : Vi2, a-ped
repeat: Vi2, Mop : Va
149
157
M3
D A/C] D/F ]
G/B E7 /B A G]7 A7 D
247
248
6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
6.2.5
249
250
6.3
6.4
Source: [55]. This late string quintet doubles the cello part, which is an unusual instrument
combination for the time period.1 An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.4.
Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (C,
h i
4
4
, 445 m.)
C (31 m.)
12
8
, 94 m.)
h i
3
4
, 212 m.)
A
h i
4
4
Coda
, 58 m.)
D C Cd
h i
4
4
, 429 m.)
B (123 m.)
B (102 m.)
6.4.1
Form: sonata form. See Table 6.17 to 6.20 for the analysis. The main theme group has two
themes: M1.1 with many appoggiaturas and a background in 4th and 8th notes. The M1.2
1
Other string quintets, e.g., by Mozart, double the viola part. Schubert copies the Boccherini instrumentation,
doubling the lower cello part. This yields a darker sound at times, but note the high register phrases in the cellos
in this quintet.
251
m.
Key/H
Comment
1. Gute Nacht
I
A
B
C
6
9
8
9
I
A
B
C
6
9
8
9
I
A
B
C
6
9
8
11
7
Dm
Introduction
F B[
Dm
Interlude
F B[
Dm
Interlude
D
G D
D
Dm
2. Die Wetterfahne
I
A
B
C
6
5
4
A
B
C
5
5
9
Am
F A Am
Dm
A
B
C
5
7
11
Dm
F Gm A
D
Am
Introduction
unisono
C
Seq
Am
3. Gefrorne Thranen
I
A
B
8
13
9
Fm
F m A[
C A[m
Introduction
C
C
10
10
C A[m
C A[m
ambiguity N -chord
252
m.
Key/H
Comment
Introduction, RH arpeggio
4. Erstarrung
I
Cm
A
B
8
9
Cm
E[m
7
12
Gm
Cm
LH arpeggio
I
D
4
12
5
A[
Interlude, RH arpeggio
LH/RH arpeggio
RH arpeggio
Cm
A
B
8
9
E[
7
14
Gm
Cm
LH arpeggio
Coda, RH arpeggio (109 m.)
5. Der Lindenbaum
I
A
I
8
16
4
8
8
14
18
Introduction
Em
Interlude
Em
b-dom-ped
Em E
b-dom-ped
6. Wasserflut
I
A
4
10
F ]m
Introduction
I
B
4
10
A
F ]m
Interlude
253
m.
Key/H
Comment
Em
Introduction
A
A
9
9
Em D]m
Em D]m
8
10
6
6
8
10
E
Em D]m
G]m
unprepared modulation
unprepared modulation
Em G F ]m
Em G Em
unprepared modulation
unprepared modulation
8. Ruckblick
10
Gm
Introduction
A
B
6
11
Gm Dm
Dm Gm
tonal ambiguity
12
9
G
Em
A
B
6
4
11
tonal ambiguity
Gm Dm
Gm
tonal ambiguity
9. Irrblick
254
I
A
A
4
12
12
Bm
Bm D Bm
Bm D Bm
Introduction
12
Bm C
Bm
m.
Key/H
Comment
I
A
B
6
14
10
Cm
Cm E[
Cm
I
A
B
6
14
10
Cm E[
Cm
10. Rast
Interlude
tonic pedal
Coda (67 m.)
11. Fruhlingstraum
I
A
B
4
10
12
Introduction
Dm Gm Am
17
A Am
I
A
B
5
10
12
Interlude
Dm Gm Am
18
A Am
(89 m.)
12. Einsamkeit
I
A
B
8
9
12
AC
13
G A C Bm
Bm
255
m.
Key/H
Comment
8
18
19
E[
D[ E[
I
A
B
8
18
19
E[
Interlude
D[ E[
(94 m.)
A
B
C
6
6
13
A
B
C
6
4
5
Cm
Introduction
G
A[ E[ Cm
C
Cm
(45 m.)
Introduction, LH arpeggio
256
Cm
8
2
Cm
E[
E[ C F D G
Cm
F m Cm
tonic pedal
Cm
shifting keys
m.
Key/H
Comment
4
6
11
13
E[
Introduction
through-composed
Cm
Cm E[m
key ambiguity
E[m
E[
(47 m.)
Introduction
17. Im Dorfe
I
A
B
13
11
A
C
7
6
7
D Dm D
GD
D Dm
D
(49 m.)
Morgen
I
A
B
C
3
6
4
6
Dm
B[
Dm
Introduction, unisono
unisono
(19 m.)
257
m.
Key/H
Comment
19. Tauschung
I
A
B
A
5
8
8
9
8
5
E
A
Introduction
8
8
B
A
C
C
8
11
Gm
Seq
G
Em Gm
8
8
12
9
Introduction
shifting keys
Seq
Gm
6
6
B[ C
F m A[ F
258
Introduction
through-composed
f -dom-ped
m.
Key/H
Comment
Introduction
22. Muth
I
Am
7
7
Am
A
6
6
6
6
E
A
EC
A
Am
5
6
4
6
Am
C Am
4
3
Introduction
8
8
6
B
A
B
Am
8
8
6
9
259
6.4.2
Mvt. 2 Adagio
260
Table 6.17: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
m
Comment
1
7
11
17
20
25
30
33
M1.1a
M1.1a
M1.1b
M1.1b
M1.1a
C D7[9 /C C
G C Dm/F A7 /F ] G
Dm E7 /D Dm
G7 /D C Dm/F G7 C
C + F ][9
7 /C B
B /D G7 . . . D]7
C46 C]7 /G G7
C F ]7 /C G E7[5 /B[ A
40
45
47
49
51
53
55
M1.1a
60
63
66
71
76
78
79
84
87
89
84
92
95
97
100
104
Dm E7 /D F/A
G/B Em7 /D
G7 /D C/E G]7 Am F ]7
G (A7 A7 G B[6 )/G
(B C)/G D7 F ]7
G A7 /G A7 G B[6
B C/G D7 F ]7 G F ]7 G
M1.2
M1.2
M2.1a
M2.1a
M2.1b
..
.
M2.1a
M2.1a
..
.
M2.1b
..
.
M2.2
g-ped
cad
2nd stat, elab, imit
imit: HiStr
triplets
Gr 1/Th 2, g-ped,
Va+Vc1
repeat
cad
E[
Cm
E[
G/B C D7 G/D
Am/E G64 D7
E[ A[/E[ B[7 E[
A[ F m/A[ G G Cm/G G
E[ A[/E[ B[7
Cm
C
E[ . . . E[7 D[
A[ F m/A[ G G Cm/G G
C F G7 C
Vi1, c-ped
Am/C F ]7 C
G/B C D7 G64 D7
G C/G D7 G C/G D7
G F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A]
(c-ped)
mod trans, cad
Gr 2/Th 2, g-ped, imit,
16ths
E[
Gr 2: Vc1+2, e[-ped
repeat
cad
2nd stat: Vi1+2, triplets
261
Table 6.18: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
106
110
112
Comment
M2.2
M2.2
B Em B Em
B G/B C D7
G C/G D7 G C/G D
116
118
M2.3
G G/B
A[/C G64 D7 G
122
126
M2.3
M2.3
A[/C G64 D7
G]7 A A7 /G F ]7 G C
129
131
M2.3
..
.
G64 D7
G]7 A A7 /G
133
136
138
142
146
155
161
165
167
173
176
181
185
189
193
199
203
209
211
217
221
225
229
233
262
F ]7 G C/G G/D
C/E G]7 Am G64 D7
G . . . B G7 C G64 D
G . . . B G7 C G64 D
G . . . D7 G . . . D G
M2.4
M2.4
M2.1
M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
..
.
..
.
M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
..
.
M2.4
B
Bm
F ]m
G]
A[
G]7 E A Bm E A
A C] A7 D A/E E
Em F ]7 /A] Bm F ]m/C]
F ]m G]7 A
C]m/G] D]m/F ] D][9
7
G] . . .
A[ A[7 /G[ D[/F E[7
A[ A[[9
7 /G[ D[/F E[7
imit: Vi2-Vc1
Em
F]
7
F ] F ]7 /E B/D] C]7 /B
F ] F ][9
7 /E B/D] C]7 /B
F ] F ]7 /E B/D] B
E B46 F ]7
B Bm G D46 A7
modulation, cad
imit
unisono triplets
imit
repeat
start rapid mod.
imit
Table 6.19: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
239
243
246
249
251
260
Comment
M2.4
..
.
..
.
..
.
Dm
D Dm E7 /G F C7 /E
triplets
Fm
F m E[7 /G
A[
A[m = G]m
imit
Em
C
E Em B7 /D] Em
G7 . . . D7[9 /A[
G . . . G7 C/G Gsus4
G7
7
climax, d b-ped
retrans
C F ]7 /C C
G7 /B C Dm/F D/F ] G
Dm G]7 Dm/F
G7 /D C/E Dm/A G/B
C C + F ][5
7 /C G/B C7 /B[
F B7 C A[5
7 /E[ D D7
268
273
277
283
285
295
M1.1
M1.1
M1.1
302
309
311
315
M1.1
M1.2
322
326
328
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
M2.1
M2.1
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
..
.
330
332
338
343
347
349
351
354
358
362
366
368
372
C
A[
A[
PB (%)
triplets
Va+Vc1, c-ped
cad
Gr 2: Va+Vc, a[-ped
repeat: Va+Vc1
A[ . . . A[[9
7 /G[
F
A[
A[
F B[ C7 F Dm/F
C/E E G C46 G7 C
A[ (D[ E[7 )/A[ A[ B[m/D[
C F m/C C
A[ (B[ E[7 )/A[
A[ . . . A[[9
7 /G[
F
C
F B[ C7 F Dm/F
B7 /F C/E F G7
C F/C G C F/C G
Retrans to T
c-ped, imit
C B7 /D B7[9 /D]
Am
E (E7 Am E Am)/E
E Em F G7
e-ped
263
Table 6.20: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
Comment
374
380
384
389
391
395
400
404
408
M2.2
M2.3
M2.3
M2.3
M2.4
M2.4
M2.1
C F/C G7 C F/C G C
D[/F C46 G7 C
D[/F C46 G7 C]7 D7sus4 D7 /C
G/B B7 C Dm7 /F
C46 G7 C]7 D7sus4 D7 /C
G/B B7 C Dm7 /F
C . . . E C7 F C46 G
C . . . E C7 F C46 G
C Dm G C (G7 C G7 )/C
Str
repeat 8va
imit: Vi2-Va-Vc1, c-ped
414
M1.1
..
.
C F ]7 G B[m
Coda, imit
[5
[5
G[5
7 /D[ C F7 /B B[ E[7 /A A[
6
A[7 C4 G
(C . . . G7 C . . . G7 C)/C
(F m G7 B7 G C)/C
cresc to climax
cad
c-ped
(445 m.)
421
425
429
439
264
M2.1
repeat
265
6.4.3
Mvt. 3 Scherzo
Form: scherzo and trio form. Both the scherzo and trio have a ternary ABA Coda structure.
Note the key, tempo, dynamics (soft) and meter change for the trio.
The trio has a kind of call-and-response phrase structure: two instruments play a fourmeasure stepwise descending phrase M4 in octaves, which is answered by a tutti sustained
chordal cadence. See Table 6.21 and 6.22 for the analysis.
6.4.4
Mvt. 4 Allegretto
266
Table 6.21: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 3 Scherzo
m
1
9
13
17
24
26
29
37
41
45
52
M1
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
(M1)
57
65
73
81
91
99
107
115
119
123
127
Mt
M2
M2
M2
M2
Mt
131
M1
..
.
139
143
147
151
155
159
167
171
Comment
Presto
|| : <(C Gsus4
7 )/C C
(F C)/C C7 /B[
(A Dm A)/A Dm C
<(G7no 3 C)
(C F C G7 C)/C
a) P T (c)
(Gsus4
C G7 C F C)/C
7
cresc
|| : E[ . . . B[7 /D B[7no 3
E[ A[/E[ E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ A[/E[ E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ B E/B B F ]7 /A] F ]7
B E/B B F ]7 /A] F ]7
B ...
<(B7 . . . G[9
7 /B)
4
[9
<(C G7 /B)
[5/[9
E7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[ G
<(C 4 G[9
7 /B)
[5/[9
E7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[ G C
B, Mt=(M1a), imit
Vi1+Vi2 oct, P T (e[)
2nd stat
3rd stat, P T (b)
4th stat
Vc1+Vc2
|| : <(C Gsus4
7 )/C C
E[
(F C)/C C7 /B[
(A Dm A)/A Dm C
B[ E[/G B[7no 3 E[
B[ E[/G B[7no 3 E[
a)
G
E[
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
h i
3
4
climax, P D (g)
P D (g)
267
Table 6.22: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 3 Scherzo (contd)
m
Comment
175
182
(M1)
187
M1
..
.
..
.
<(G4 C)/C
<(G4 C)/C
a) augm
(C7 F C)
(F ]7 G7 C)/C : ||
climax, (cm<)
cad (212 m.)
C ([[[[[)
A[ (F m D[) B[m7
G[ D[A [7 D[
G[m D[ A[7 D[
D[ (B[m7 )
G[ D[ A[7 D[
G[m D[ A[7 D[
Va+Vc2 8va
tutti chords
191
198
202
1
5
9
13
16
20
M4
D[
4
4
Va+Vc2 8va
tutti chords
24
28
M5
M5
|| : B[m F D[ A[7 D[
B[m F D[ A[7 D[
D, Vi1+Vc2 8va
Va+Vc1 unis
32
36
40
M4
M4
C]m7 = D[m7 A B
Bm7 G A
D[64 A[7 D[ : ||
43
47
M4
Bm7 G A
Am7 F G
Tempo I.
retrans (\\\\\)
51
268
M4
h i
h i
3
4
269
6.4.5
270
271
272
Chapter 7
Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy
Biographical data:
3-2-1809 in Hamburg
4-11-1847 in Leipzig
1600
7.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [30]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 7.1.
Overture: sonata form (A,
h i
2
2
, (686 m.)
C]m t
G]m
6
?
- B1
- E
A
6
6
?
?
Em - Bm
Am
D]m
A]m
F]
C]
t
4
- C]m
F ]m
1
*
3,5
?
2 D
)
A
E
Figure 7.2: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21, key relationship
diagram
7.2
274
Key
Comment
M0
E B Am E Em
M1.a
M1.a
M1.b
..
.
Em
Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 /D] Em C/E B
Em B7 Em
Em B7 /D] Em C/E B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7
Seq(32m;R7 ), Vi+Va
A D7[9 G
D]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em B7 Em B7 /D]
2nd stat
<(Em D7 ) G F ] /A
Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
[9
B F ]7 B E7[9
cad, WW+Hns
Seq(32m;R7 ), HiStr: 8ths
8
12
16
20
24
26
30
32
36
38
41
43
47
49
53
55
58
60
62
70
78
86
90
92
94
96
98
106
114
122
130
M1.a
..
.
M1.b
..
.
A D7[9 G
F ] /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em B7 Em B7 /D]
M1.a
..
.
M2.aa
M2.bb
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1.a
..
.
B
Mt
Vi+Va
<(Em D7 ) G F ] /A
Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
<(Em D]7 /E)
Em F ] /A Em64 B
cad, WW+FHn
trans, Vi: 8ths
cad
E/G] A]7 /G B7 /F ]
(cm<)
C]m . . . F ][9
7 B7
E . . . C][9
/E]
7
F ]7
<(B E B7 E B
C]m F ]7 )
WW+Brs: sustained ch
[B] trans, Str: imit, WW: f ]-ped
Cl: trans th, PB (&)
275
276
Key
M4.aa
M4.b
..
.
M4.aa
M5
..
.
M6.a
M6.b
(M6a)
M2.b
M2.aa
M2.b
M0
M1.a
Bm
M1/M0
F ]m
M5
M1/3/5
M1/3/5
M1.a
..
.
M1/M5
M1.a
M3
M3
M3
M3
M4
Comment
Em
Bm
D
C]m
D
F ]m
C]m
Str+WW
C]m F ]7 /C]
B/D] G]m B/F ] F ]7
<(B A] B7 E
C] /G F ]7 /A])
B . . . C7 /E F ]7 B
cad
<(C]7 B7[9 )
E C][9
7 /E] . . . F ]7 /A]
B ...
<(B . . . C]7 /E) F ][9
7
<(B . . . G]m F ]7 )
C]97 . . . F ] . . .
B ... E B
B E/G] B/D] F ]7
B E/G] C]m/E F ]7
<(B . . . E) B
B
<(Bm . . . F ][9
7 )
(Bm . . . G7 C][9
7 )/B
<(F ]m . . . C]7 )
(F ]m D7 F ]m)/F ]
B7[9
Em/G . . . F ]7 /A]
[5/[9
Bm . . . G7 = C]7
E7 /G] D]7 /A
E7 /B A/C]
G]7 G7 G]7 C]m A7
D
<(C]7 D) G7
C]m . . . A7
D . . . D/F ] Em/G
F ]m . . . F ]/A] F ]m/A
[9
<(G][9
7 C]m) G]7 G]7
[9
C][9
7 G]7 /B]
<(C]m . . . D]7 /F ] G]7 )
C]m
Str, PB (%)
PB (%), cad
[E], tutti imit, df ]-ped
Seq(28m;R7 ), Str, c]-ped
Str+WW, d-ped
Seq(28m;R5 ), f ]-ped
Str: th+WW: inv, g]-ped
[F] trans: WW+Hns+LoStr
retrans, Str
cad
Key
Comment
M0
M1.a
M1.a
M1.b
..
.
E
Em
C]m B Am/C E
Em . . . B7 Em
B7 Em C B
Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 Em C B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7
Seq(32m;R7 ), Vi
A D7[9 G
F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em . . . C/E . . .
C B7 /C C B7 . . .
<(E A E F ]m B]7 )
<(E E7 A B7 )
E C]m F ]7 B C][9
7
6
F ]m D]7 C]m E4 B7
<(E E7 A F ]7 B7 /D])
E B7 E B7 /D]
E . . . C][9
7 F ]m F ]7 B7
[9
E . . . C]7 F ]7 /A] E7 /D
F ][9
7 /C] Bm/D E7
A F ][9
7 /A]
B7 /D] E
<(E . . . F ]7 /A)
<(E C]m B)
F ]97 . . . B79
E . . . B7
E C]m F ]m/A B7
E E7
+WW bg
trans, Str imit, WW: b-ped
WW: trans th, PB (&)
Gr 2/Th 1, Str, e-ped
Str+WW
cad
2nd stat: Str+WW
+FHns
trans, WW+Brs
Hns: e-ped
cresc to climax (e-ped)
SD
climax, Brs: e-ped
[G] Gr 2/Th 2, tutti clim
Str+WW
trans, tutti climax, cad
trans, WW+Brs: imit, e-ped
cad
WW+Brs: imit, e-ped
C][9
7 . . . C]7 /E]
F ]m F ]7 /A]
B Bm/D B7 /D]
E E7]5 A F ][9
7 B G]7 /B]
C]m F ]m E/B B7 /A
E/G] C]7 /G] F ]m/A
(cm>)
M1.a
(M1.a)
Mt
M4.aa
M4.b
M4.aa
M4.b
M5
M5
A
E
M6.a
M6.b
(M6.a)
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
+WW bg
tutti to climax
cad
E/B B7 /A
C][9
7 F ]m F ]7 /A]
6
E/B F ][9
7 /B E4 B7
277
M2.aa
M2.bb
M0
620
624
628
M1.a
M1.b/M0
..
.
630
634
636
639
642
644
647
649
653
658
662
670
682
278
Key
Em
Comment
Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 Em C B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7
A
G
F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em . . . B7
M1.a/M0
..
.
Em
Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
Em Am/C
Em/B D]7 /A
Em/G D]7 /A
d
M0
Str/WW
Em . . . F ] /A
M2
Seq(32m;R7 ), Str/WW
D7[9
Em F ][9
7 B7
C]m A E46 B7
<(E C]m E/G] B)
<(E A)/E
E B Am E
279
7.3
h i
6
8
, 588 m.)
4
4
h i
3
4
, 223 m.)
A
, 103 m.)
Coda
h i
h i
2
2
, 264 m.)
Development
Coda
Figure 7.3: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90
7.3.1
Form: sonata form. The fast 6/8 meter, with the staccato 8th note accompaniment in the
woodwinds supports the Mediterranean flavour, suggested in the title. The main theme M1
has a dance character. In the contrasting second group there is subtle play with major and
minor in the first, more or less transitory, theme. The second theme M2.2 is the more prominent. The development modulates through many minor key, using a new theme (M3), that
is treated in counterpoint setting and sequences. After a brief false recapitulation, there is a
secondary development. The theme M3 is returns here in tutti climaxes with block chords.
And, most particular, in the recapitulation it returns once more, in a third development section that leads to a climax, when M3 is combined with the main theme M1. The melodic richness of this movement is expressed with yet another new theme M4 in the coda (although
it has some rhythmical simularity to M2.2). Finally, all themes are restated once more in the
tutti climax closing. See Table 7.5 to 7.8 for the analysis.
280
Table 7.5: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace
m
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
A/E . . .
4
10
12
14
17
19
24
32
41
51
55
59
63
66
74
82
86
90
94
98
104
107
110
115
119
124
128
132
140
144
148
151
159
|| : A/E E7 A D/A E7
A A7 /G] D/F ] A/E
Bm7 /D D/F ] A/E
B7 /D] . . .
M1
..
.
..
.
E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]
A Bm7 A64 E7 A
A . . . F ]m . . . C]m
(c)
cad
trans (a): WW+Hns
E7 . . . A . . .
B7 . . . E7 . . .
A . . . E7 /G] E7
cresc, (cm<)
(a) 2nd stat, tutti clim
A D/F ] E7 A A7 /G]
d
B7 /F ] E7 F ]m E A
d
(M1)
E
Em
E
M2.2
..
.
M2.2
..
.
M2.2
M2.2
(M1)
min-maj
d
(M1)
..
.
M2.1
(b)
C]m
(b)
B7 /F ] E7 F ]m E7
A F ]m/A Bm D
B7 . . . E . . . C]m
F ]7 /A] . . .
B ...
B7 F ]m7 B7 E
B7 F ]m7 B7 Em
<(Em B) E/G]
A G]7 C]m B7 E E/D]
[5/[9
C]m F ]7 /C E46 B7
E B7 E
(c)
trans T to D
(b)
(c), cad
(a) 2nd stat: Fl+Ob
E F ]7 /C] B/D]
B7 /A . . .
E/G] A C] F ]m
E/G] F ]m/A E46 B7 E
E/G] A C] F ]m
<(B7[9 /F ] E/G] F ]m/A)
C]m/G] G] C]m G]7
(b)
(c): Cl+Vi, a-ped
(a) 3rd stat: WW+Str
Str (cm>), cad
(a): Str, repeat 8ba
trans, (a): Cl
281
Table 7.6: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
167
171
175
177
181
187
194
200
204
210
218
222
225
229
233
237
241
245
249
253
257
269
277
285
289
293
297
301
305
309
313
319
323
282
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
E/B B7 /A
E7 /G] A F ]m/A
(M2.2)
..
.
..
.
M2.1
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
M3/1.1
M1.1
..
.
M3
M3
M3
(M1)
B7 /A
C][9
7 /G]
F ]m B7
E7 /G] A F ]m/A
B7 /A C]7[9 /G] F ]m B7 E
1) <(E A/E E B E)
7
<(B7 E)
[9
E F ][9
7 B E7
A F ]m D Bm E7 A : ||
Str
Am
2)
Dm
<(Dm A)
Dm . . .
Dm A7 Dm
Am
<(E7 Am)
E/G] Am
E7[9
Ob+Bsn
new theme, Str: imit (1)
Am
A7 Dm/F E7 Am
(3)
B7[9 Em B7[9 Em
(4)
[9
A[9
7 D/F ] E7 /D A/C] Am
d
Bm
B
C
Em
F ]m
B7 C/E F ] B7
Em C]7 /E
<(Bm/F ] F ][9
7 )
B . . . B7 /A E/G] E7 /D
A/C] A7 D/F ] D7
C/G G7 (N/V )
C/E E7 /D A7 /C]
D/F ] F ]7 /E B7 /D]
Em B7[9
Em A D B7
Em B7[9
Em Bm/D C]7
F ]m/A C]7 F ]m
C] C]7 /B F ]m/A
C] C]7 /B F ]/A]
Str: ctp
Str, Seq(28m;R7 ),
WW-Brs: M1.1a
[C] False rec (a): clim
Seq(24m;R7 )
2nd Dev, tutti clim
repeat
repeat
(a): Str
tutti clim, min-maj
Table 7.7: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
327
346
353
357
361
365
371
378
381
383
385
391
393
395
399
401
407
411
416
421
426
429
437
441
445
458
463
466
471
474
478
486
490
496
498
(M1)
..
.
Comment
C] . . . C]7
F ]m/C] . . . A/C] A7 /C]
A7 A7 /G F ]m A7 /E
<(D Em/G E7 )
retrans, c]-ped
Str (c]-ped)
cad
(a): Ob, tr to T, PB (%)
cresc
A/E E7 A D/A E7
(b)
min-maj
E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]
min-maj
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
M2.2
..
.
M2.2
M2.2
M3
M3
..
.
M3
M1.1/3
..
.
..
.
Am
A Bm7 A64 E7 F ]m B7
E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]
A A/C] Bm7 /D Bm7
E E + C]m/E F ]m D/F ]
E Bm7 /A E7 /G] Bm7 /A
<(E7 /G] Bm7 /A) E7 /G]
A D E7 A
(c)
cad, (cm>)
trans, Vi, WW accts
A B7 B7 /A E/G]
A E/B B7 E7
A D E7 A
(b)
cad
(a): HiStr
D/F ] Bm E7 /G]
E7 /D . . .
A/C] D F ] Bm
A/C] Bm/D A64 E7 A
A/C] D F ] Bm . . . Bm7
Am/E E7 Am/E
Dm/A G7 E7
Am/E E7 Am
(b)
(c): tutti, d-ped
[E] (a): Vi+WW
cad
trans, (a): Str
3rd Dev: WW+Hns
Dm/A G7 C C7
F B[/F F (N )
<(Am/E E7[9 ) E7 /D
A/C] E7 /G] E7 /D
A7 /C] Bm7 A7 /E
Gr 2 (a): LoStr
Str+Brs, e-ped
final stat, (a): tutti clim
tutti climax
283
Table 7.8: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
500
504
508
512
516
518
520
522
524
527
530
533
536
540
548
552
554
556
566
572
580
284
M1/3
..
.
A
M2.2
M3
M1
Comment
D . . . D7 /C]
(WW+Brs)-Str
Bm . . . Bm7 /A
E7 /G] <(E7 /G] Bm7 /A)
M4
M4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
M1
..
.
E7 . . . E7 /G]
A E7 /B A/C] Bm/D
E F ]m/A E7
A E7 /B A/C] B7 /D]
(b)
F ]m D A64 E7
F ]7 B7 C][9
7 /E]
F ]m D A64 E7
A/E E7 F ]7 /E
Bm/D E7 /D A/C] B7[9 /C
B7 . . .
E7 /G] C][9
7 /E] F ]m Bm/D
6
A4 E7
<(A . . . E7 ) A E7
A64 E7 . . .
A ...
<(A E7 ) A
(a): LoStr
(a): HiStr, tutti clim
cad
(c): Cl+Bsn
HiStr, tutti clim
(a), (588 m.)
7.3.2
285
286
7.3.3
Form: ABAB. The three A section themes are similar (M1.1, M1.2 and M1.3); they all start
with an upbeat 8th note pattern, have the same melodic shape, and nearly identical phrase
structure (abc). This a-phrase, the 8th note wavy pattern, returns in a varied form in the
transitions. The B section subject M2 has the classical combination of two bassoons and two
horns. The signal motif Ms, played in imitation by brass and string section, is the opening
motto from the B section theme. The coda, B section, presents the signal motif in tutti imitation, and a hint of the M1.a phrase in melodic inversion; this all at soft dynamics. See
Table 7.9 and 7.10 for the analysis.
7.3.4
287
Table 7.9: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato
m
1
5
7
9
14
17
21
23
25
29
31
33
35
39
42
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
62
69
76
81
86
89
92
96
100
105
288
M1.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
|| : (E) E7 /D A/C] E7 A E7
F ]m A7 /C] D G7 /D A/C]
(b)
E7 /G] A E
halfcad
<(E7 /D A/C]) A
E/G] C]7 F ]m B7 E
<(A E)/E B7 E : ||
(C]7 ) F ]7 F ]7 /E Bm/D
Comment
d
M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Bm
F ]m
<(C][9
7 F ]m)
D/F ] E7
M1.3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E7 F ]m E7 A A7 /G
(b)
D A7 /C] D F ][9
7
(c)
F ]7 /A] Bm F ]7 /C]
(bb)
C][9
7 /B F ]m/A C]7 /E]
(c)
F ]m A7 D C][9
7
G][5
7 /D C]
(aa)
Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A/E E7 /D A/C] F ]7
(M1)
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
Ms
Ms
Ms
<(Bm/D C]7 )
Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A64 E7 A
<(D A)/A E7 A
(c): Str+WW
cad
trans, (a): Fl+Vi1
|| : <(B7 /A E/G]) B7 /A
<(B7 /A E/G]) B7 /A
Vi-Fl: Mc
Em
E
C]7 /G] F ]m E7
F ]m/A E46 B7 E : ||
B7 /A Em/G
B7 E Am/C
<(E Am)
E (Am F ]7 E/G]) Am
cad
Brs-Str: signal, b-ped
cresc
e-ton-ped
climax
Table 7.10: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato
(contd)
m
108
113
118
121
125
127
129
132
134
139
142
147
149
151
156
158
161
168
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
189
195
203
207
211
215
M2
..
.
..
.
(M1)
M1.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1.3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Bsn+FHn, Fl: Mc
<(B7 /A E/G]) B7
repeat, Vi1: Mc
C]7 /G] F ]m E7
F ]m/A E46 B7 E
(C]7 ) F ]m/A E7 /G]
E7 A E7 F ]m A7 /C]
Bm
D G7 /D A/C] E7 /G] A
(b)
E <(E7 /D A/C])
A E/G] C]7 F ]m B7 E
<(A E) E46 B7 E
(C]7 ) F ]7 /E Bm/D
F ]7 /A] Bm F ]7 /C]
<(Bm/D C]7 ) C][9
7 /B
(bb)
(c)
F ]m
[5
(D C][9
7 G]7 )/D C]
<(C]7 F ]m) D/F ] E7
E7 F ]mE7 A A7 //G
(b)
D A7 /C] F ][9
7 /A]
(c)
Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A/E E7 /D A/C] F ]7
I(M1)
<(B7 /A E/G]) B7
(M1)
..
.
Ms
..
.
Comment
M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Bm C]7 /E] F ]m D
A64 E7 A
<(D A)/A E7 A
(c): Str+WW
cad
trans, (a): Fl+Vi
B7 /A E7 A/E
B7 /A E7 A/E
B7 /A C]7 /G] F ]m E7
E7 . . . A
repeat (e-ped)
I(a): V1 (223 m.)
289
290
7.3.5
291
292
Chapter 8
Robert Schumann
Biographical data:
8-6-1810 Zwickau
29-7-1856 in Endenich (Bonn)
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
Detailed score analysis of the Schumann symphonies was complemented with the formal
analysis presented in [21].
8.1
An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.1. Note the use of secondary development
sections in the outer sonata form movements. In the opening movement this
h isection is significantly longer than the primary development. The extended scherzo in 34 has two trio
sections in a different meter.
8.1.1
Form: sonata form. This opening movement has a slow introduction (Andante), followed
by a faster Allegro, which is the actual beginning of the sonata form. See Table 8.1 to 8.3 for
the analysis.
The opening signal motif (M1s) with the characteristic rhythm (upbeat 41 + 14 . + 18 + 14 + 14 )
is the first phrase of the main subject (M1); it appears also in melodic augmentation and
diminution. The main theme has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure, with rhythmic
diminution (the beat has changed from quarter notes in the introduction to 8th notes in the
Allegro). The a-phrase is set in tutti instrumentation with woodwinds and high strings lead,
the b-phrase consists of 16th notes descending violin patterns. This gives the main theme a
call-and-response flavour.
The secondary subject has a modfied M3(aabaab) (1+1+2+1+1+2 m.) period structure.
The first statement is by oboes and bassoons (note the open fifths in the bassoons). M4 is a
scalar motif in (dotted) 8th-notes, combining ascending and descending patterns, against a
steady 16th note background in the high strings (measured termoli).
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
h ih i
2
4
4
4
, 515 m.)
FR (24 m.)
A2
A3
h i
3
8
, 123 m.)
Coda
3
4
2
4
, 375 m.)
h ih i
h i
2
2
, 353 m.)
Op. 38
294
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
Comment
Introduction
Intro FHn+Tbn (signal)
tutti climax, (cm<)
WW, Str tremoli
Seq(24m;R7 )
cad, M1-dim: Tpt
trans, M1-aug: FHn
M4 aug: Vi1, P T (d)
25
31
37
h i
h i
39
43
47
51
55
59
63
69
71
81
C
Am
F7 /A B[ B7 C7 F
1
4
5
6
10
14
21
85
89
91
93
96
99
101
106
110
114
118
120
126
M1s
B[
M2
M2
M1s
M1s
M4
M1
M1
(M1)
M1
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
B[
C . . . Dm/F
cresc, P D (f )
climax, cad, Brs (39 m.)
2
4
Exp, Gr 1
M1a: WW+Vi1, P T (b[)
M1b: Vlns
M1a: WW+Vi1
M1b: Vlns
bridge
Vln+WW, P (d[)
[A] trans, P T (c)
Gr 2, M3a: WW
M3b: WW
C46 G7 C Gm/B[
d
M4
..
.
4
4
F . . . Gm/B[ F46 C7
Dm B[ Em C F + Dm
(E[ E7 )/G Am F B[+ Gm
C7[9 . . . Gm/D E[
E[7 A[ C7 F m
<(G[/B[(N 6 ) D[97 /C[ G[/B[)
G[/B[ B7 (F B7 C7 )/C
F B7
<(C7 B7 C7 )/F C7
F . . . : ||
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
PB (%)(contd)
tutti, to climax
trans, M4: clim, P T (f )
(cm)
cad (ped)
295
Comment
134
138
142
146
150
158
166
174
M1
M1
M1/5
M1/5
(M1)
B[
B[ Gm B[ E[ B[
G[9
7
C Am C F C
A[9
7
Dm B[/D C]7 /E Dm/F
Gm E[/G F ]7 /A Gm/B[
Cm F7 Dm Gm7
(E[ G+ Cm A[5
7 )/E[
178
186
194
198
M1
M1
(M1)
D ... A D ...
G . . . D7 G . . . A7 D
A7 . . . G]7 A
C7 . . . B7 C
202
210
218
226
234
242
246
254
262
270
276
280
282
290
296
302
311
M1
M1
M1/5
M1/5
(M1)
M4
M4
M4
M4
M1s
M1
F . . . C7 F D7[9
G . . . D7 G E7[9
Am F7 /A G]7 /B Am7 /C
Dm B[/D A7 /C] Dm/F
Gm C7 Am Dm7
B[ B[+ Gm/B[ E7[5 /B[
(A D]7 E7 A Dm)/A D7[5 /A[
(G C]7 D7 G Cm)/G C7[5 /G[
F m Cm Gm Dm
Cm7 F7 B[7
Gm/B[ C7 /B[
F ]7 /A Cm/G
[5/[9
F ]7 . . . C7 /G[ . . .
B46 . . .
B[64 . . . F7 B[
B[ . . . Gm F B[
Dm64 A7 Dm
climax
M1 augm: FHn+Tpt
M1 augm: WW+Str
[C] climax
317
326
333
(M1)
M1
Recap, Gr 1
bridge, Str
cad
296
Dm
Gm
Cm
Am
Dm
Gm
A
B[
D[
imit, Seq(28m;R7 ),
WW, 2nd stat
imit
imit, Seq(24m;R7 )
retrans
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
Comment
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
Dm
Gm Dm E /G A Dm
Gr 2, M3a: WW
357
359
362
365
369
373
376
381
M1
..
.
389
397
403
405
409
421
425
429
438
442
446
449
452
456
460
463
467
475
483
487
495
497
503
M1
..
.
..
.
M6
..
.
M6
..
.
M1s
B[/D E[ E7 /G F7
B[
B[ F Gm/B[ F46 C7
M3b: WW
F Cm/E[ B[/D A7 /C
d
B[
B[ Cm/E[ B[64 F7
Gm E[ Am F B[+ Gm
A[ A Dm B[ E[+ Cm
F7[9 . . . Cm/G A[
A[7 D[ F7 B[m
<(C[/E[(N 6 ) G[7 /F [ C[/E[)
C[/E[ E7 B[64 F7
cad
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
PB (%) (contd)
cad
2nd stat Vi1, P T (b[)
tutti, to climax
climax
g[-ped
[D] trans, cad, P D (f )
Coda Pt 2, M6=M1b: Str
F7 /C B[ F F m
Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm G7 /B Cm
B[64 F7 F +
E[ B[/D F7 /C B[
cad
2nd stat: WW+Str
F7 /C B[ F F m
Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm G7 /B Cm
B[64 E7 /F F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )/B[
(B[ . . . F7 )/B[
B[ . . .
B[
<(B[ D7 Gm C7
F B7 Cm F7 )
<(B[ F ) B[
cad
trans, P T (b[)
Coda Pt 3, M1s: FHn+Tpt,
accts, b[-ton-ped
tutti accts
closing cad (515 m.)
297
8.1.2
Mvt. 2 Larghetto
298
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
299
8.1.3
Form: scherzo and trio form, rondo form, ABACA. This movement is remarkable for the two
trios (Trio 1 and Trio 2, B and C, respectively) in 2/4 meter. The scherzo (A section) in 3/4
meter is repeated at the opening of the movement (A1 ) and returns as a Coda, with a 2/4
meter section as closing. See Table 8.4 and 8.5 for the analysis.
The main subject has M1(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The first statement is
in the strings with strong unisono accents (sf ) in the a-phrase and closing contrary motion
in the b-phrase. The Trio 1 theme is a two-measure motif M2 in call-and-response setting,
with woodwinds and brass answering the strings. It also has a structure like a M2(aab)
(4 + 4 + 8 m.) sentence. In Trio 2 the melodic material consists of a ascending staccato
quarter note scale rising from the low to the high strings in imitation, over a steady quarter
note woodwind rhythm. It later is also presented as a melodi inversion, descending from
the violins.
8.1.4
300
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
Mvt. 3 Scherzo
1
5
9
13
17
25
31
33
37
41
45
1
17
33
49
61
65
75
83
91
109
125
137
141
151
159
167
M1
M1
(M1)
M1
M1
M1
M2
M2
M2
..
.
M2
M2
..
.
M2
Gm
Gm
Dm
D
F
Comment
h i
|| : Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm : || :
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F
(F F7 B[ B[m G7 E7 )/F
F D7
Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm : ||
A, Str
3
4
M1 var: WW+Str
cad
B, WW+Str, P T (f )
(ped)
cad
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (48 m.)
h i
A, motif imit
2nd stat
B, motif imit
C7 /F F7 B[ C7 F C7 F7
B[ C7 F
D Bm Em C]7 /E Em C]7 D
D7 /F ] . . . G/B . . .
G]7 A/C] G]7
(A D <(G D))/A A64 . . . A7 D
<(B[ Gm C7 F )
C7 /F F7 B[ C7 F C7 F7
B[ C7 F
D Bm Em C]7 /E Em C]7 D
D7 /F ] . . . G/B . . .
G]7 A/C] G]7
(A D <(G D))/A A64 . . . A7 D
2
4
cad
C, trans
[G] D
climax, P D (a)
B, motif var imit
cad
C, trans
D
clim, P D (a) (184 m)
301
1
5
9
13
17
25
31
M1
M1
(M1)
M1
33
37
41
45
M1
M1
1
5
9
13
17
25
41
49
57
1
5
9
13
17
25
M3
I(M3)
M3
M3
M3
M3
I(M3)
M1
M1
M1
32
M1
46
(M3)
..
.
51
57
302
Gm
Gm
Dm
B[
Gm
Dm
Comment
Tempo I.
h i
Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F
(F F7 B[ B[m G7 E7 )/F
F D7
A, Str
Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
3
4
M1 var: WW+Str
cad
B, WW+Str, P T (f )
(ped)
cad
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (48 m)
Trio 2
h i
|| : F7 B[ F7 /E[ B[/D
F/A B[7 6/A[ E[/G C7[5 /G[ F : || :
<(B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G)
<(G7 Cm)
F7 B[ D7 Gm B[7 E[ G7 Cm
<(Cm D7 ) <(B[m C7 ) F7
F7 . . . B[ E[ C7 /E F : ||
<(B[7 E[) <(G7 Cm)
Cm F Dm Gm E[ Cm F7 B[
A, imit, P D (f )
3
4
B, imit, P T (b[)
(cm>)
clim, Seq(42m;R3 )
Seq(28m;R7 )
C, climax, P T (b[)
cad (64 m)
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (16 m)
B, P T (d)
(ped)
h i
2
4
D G]7 A]7 Bm D7 G
Quasi presto
G]7 D/A A]7 B G]7 A
D, (cm>)
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
303
8.1.5
304
8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
305
8.2
Source: [57]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.2. In its overall layout,
this symphony resembles the first symphony; there is the use of secondary development in
the long closing sonata movement, and the scherzo has two trios. However, note the double
coda section in the Allegro finale of the symphony.
Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (C,
Intro (49 m.)
6
4
3
4
, 347 m.)
h i
2
4
, 397 m.)
h ih i
A2
2
4
, 128 m.)
Coda
h ih i
2
2
3
2
, 589 m.)
FR (36 m.)
D (28 m.)
8.2.1
Form: sonata form. This opening movement has a slow introduction (Sostenuto assai), followed by a faster Allegro, the actual beginning of the sonata form. See Table 8.6 to 8.9 for
the analysis.
The opening theme in the slow introduction has M0(aab) (4+5+5 m.) sentence structure,
with brass fanfare signal character. The background is continued 2-part quarter note patterns
in the strings. The transitory theme Mt1 (m. 15) has Mt(ab) (1 + 1 m.) structure, where the
b-motif announces the exposition main theme (note the similarity in rhythm and melodic
shape).
Considering this motif as the basic building block of the main subject, we find the structure M1(aabaab) (1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 2 m.), a modified period. The first statement in the
exposition is by clarinets, bassoons and violins in two parts. The transition in [B] combines
the first transitory motif Mt1 with an ascending arpeggio measured tremolo motif Mt2 in unusono strings. Later in the development this second motif will return in standalone mode.
306
Table 8.6: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
m
1
4
M0a
M0a
7
10
M0b
..
.
12
14
15
18
19
21
25
27
29
33
37
40
1
4
6
8
10
13
15
17
21
24
31
36
40
43
45
46
47
49
Comment
Sostenuto assai
h i
F C7 Dm7 /F G7 C/E G7 /F
C/E C]7 Dm7 Gm7 G] A7
6
4
Dm7 Gm7 C7
Dm7 /F B7 /F C D7 /A
Mt1
Mt1
Mt1
M0a
Am
M0
C/G G7no 3 /F C7 F F ]
C/G C
G F ]7 G C] Dm E /G A7
Dm D7 /C G/B
C7 /B[ F/A C/G F ] B7 /F C7
F B7 C/G C7 Dm7 /F Am C
Un poco piu` vivace
Am Dm Am E7 Am
F B[m F A7 Dm
G D7 G C7 /G C7
F ]7 /C C/G Gm Asus4
Dm/A A
7
F G F/A G/B F/C G7 /D
(G7 C F ]7 G[9
7 D7 G7 )/G
Mt1
M0a
M1
..
.
Introduction
F
Dm
(M0)
M1
Mt1+2
M2
M2
E[
G
C
G
<(G F ]7 )
G E[/G E7 /G F ] /A E[64 B[7
E[ B[7 /D E[ F7 /A B[ B[7 /D
E[ B[7 E[ E[7 D7
<(G F ]7 )/G
G7 C/G G7 C46 G7
C/G G7 /B C G/D G7 /C] G/D
G7 /E D7 /F ] G
Am/C G/D D]7
Em G7 /F C/E G/D
C]7 D7 /C G/B
WW
Brs cresc-dim
[A]
WW, Seq(22m;R3 )
cresc
Brs
climax, cad
Brs, P D (g) (49 m.)
h i
3
4
Exposition
Gr 1, WW+Str
WW
[B] trans, climax
cad
Gr 2, WW-Str imit
[C] 2nd stat, P (g)
cad, chrom
cresc to climax
307
Table 8.7: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
50
M1
..
.
52
54
55
58
M1/t2
M1/t2
Mt2
M2
Mt1+2
E
Am
84
88
90
Mt1+2
Mt2
..
.
Mt2
Dm
Mt1+2
G[
108
112
Mt1+2
D[
116
118
120
124
129
133
137
141
145
149
153
157
165
308
repeat
E B7sus4 E E7 /D
Am/C E7 Am C7 /B
Am B7 /A A7 /G Dm7 /F Dm
E7 /D D D7 /C Gm/B[ C]7
A7 Dm D7 G G7 C C7
F <(E7 F ) B7
Dev, WW/Str
trans, imit: Str
cresc to climax
imit, Seq(42m;R5 )
[D] WW/Str
C <(B7 C) F ]
E[/G Dm/F C]7 Dm/F C/E
B/D] C/E B7
Seq(24m;R3 ),
imit: Str
[S6 ]
Seq(24m;R7 )
Cm A7 /C E7 /B[ F/A F7 /A
G[/B[ <(F7 G[) C7
d
Seq(24m;R3 )
Mt2
..
.
M2
M2
M2
M1/t2
Mt2
M1
Am/C G64 D7 G D7
100
104
114
Comment
G Am7 /C D G D7
G Am7 /C D7
1) G Am G/B C B : ||
2) G G
7no 3 /F
60
62
64
69
73
80
92
94
96
E[m
B[m
Fm
C]m
Am
Dm
F
Cm
[S6 ]
trans
cresc
climax, Vi1+Va
climax, Vi2+Vc
climax, WW+Vi1
WW
clim: WW+Str, P T (c)
Table 8.8: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
169
173
176
178
180
183
185
187
189
191
196
199
202
204
206
208
210
212
214
215
219
221
223
227
229
230
235
240
242
250
252
254
256
(Mt2 )
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mt2
M1
..
.
M2
..
.
Comment
D7 G (F ]7 G Cm Gm)/G
(A7 Gm7 A7 Dm C]7 Dm)/G
[E] Retrans
Vc, P D (g)
(A[ A A[ G A[)/G
(G Am7 G7 Cm C7 )/G
(F Dm D7 G E7 A7 )/G
(Dm A7 Dm F ]7 )/G
(G F ]7 G G7 )/G
M1
..
.
..
.
Mt1+2
(M1)
Mt1+2
(ped)
[F] Vc, cad
cresc to climax
<(C G7 ) C Bm/D D7 /C
Recap Gr 1, WW+FHn
cad
G C7 Am/C D7 /C
G7 /B C7 /B[ F/A C/G C7 /B[
Am
Cm
A[
M2
C
cad
trans, WW-Str unis
309
Table 8.9: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
Comment
257
261
265
M1
<(C G7 C F G)
C C7 /B[ A
D/A A7 /G F B[/F F
271
M1
..
.
Con fuoco
[9
<(Dm G[9
7 /F C/E A7 /G)
Coda
climax: WW+Vi1
Seq(31m;R7 )
277
278
279
281
283
285
286
290
293
295
299
305
309
311
312
316
318
320
322
324
326
332
310
M1
/M0
M0
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
F
C
cad
cad
climax:WW+Str
FHn
FHn (opening)
cad
[I] climax: WW
climax (Brs)
(tutti climax)
P D (g)
closing cad (347 m.)
8.2.2
311
312
8.2.3
Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . The A sections are based on a lyrical melody with wide
leaps and appoggiaturas. The middle section B is a fugato for staccato strings (arpeggio-like
motif) and woodwinds (chromatically descending syncopating line). See Table 8.10 and 8.11
for the analysis.
The main melody has M1(ab) (4+4 m.) structure; there is a first statement in the tonic minor key Cm in violins and a varied repeat in the relative major key E[ in the lead oboe. This
longer segment closes with a climax and an 16th-note triplet arpeggio fanfare-like statement
in the horns with structure M2(aab) (1 + 1 + 4 m.). In the transition there is a lead melody in
the first violins, in 8th-note rhythm and ascending chromatism with M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.)
period structure.
8.2.4
313
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
Cm
Cm A[ Cm/G
A1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
20
23
26
28
30
32
35
37
39
41
44
48
51
53
56
58
62
63
64
65
66
67
314
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2
M3
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M1
..
.
2
4
Vi1+2
F m D7 G7 G7 /F C/E
E[
F m7 B[7 E[ E[/G
F m7 /A[ F7 B[ B[7 /A[
E[/G A[ F m
2nd stat: Ob
B[[9
7 /C[ B[/A[ E[7 /G A[
B[
E[
[S6 ]
[9
E[/G B[7 /F E[[9
7 /F [ C7 /E F m
D7 E[/G F m7 /A[ B[7 E[
<(A[ E[) Cm7
B[ <(E[m B[) B[7 /A[
E[/G A[ F7 /A B[ B[7 /A[
B[
cad, P D (f )
imit: WW
M1
Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
h i
E[
PBi (%)
[N] Vi1, cad, P (a[)
Vi, PBi (%), P (g)
E[ G Cm F7 /A
B[ E[7 /G A[ C7 /E
F m B[7 /A[
E[/G G7 /F Cm/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C D7 /F ]
Gm G7 /F C/E C7 /B[
68
Mc
..
.
..
.
M1/c
..
.
..
.
69
70
72
74
77
79
81
82
85
87
91
94
97
100
104
107
108
109
111
114
118
120
123
124
M3
..
.
M1
..
.
M3
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
M1
M3
..
.
Comment
F m/A[ A[7 /C
D[ F7 /A B[m D7 /F
E[7 /G F m E[ E[7
C7 F m/A[ D[7 /F (N 6 )
(G G+ Cm C7[9 F m D )/G
(G G7 C7 F m B7[9 )/G
(Mc: Str)
(E[ F ]7 G Cm F ]7 )/G
G G7 /F
C
C/E F G G7 /F C/E F ]7
A2 , Str, P D (g)
G G7 /F C/E A7 /E[
G64 A7 /E D7 /F ]
G A7 /E Dm Dm/F B[ B[7 /A[
cad
imit: WW
G7 G7 /F C/E G7 /D C7 B[/D
E[ B[7 /F E[/G G7 F/A C7 /G
<(F B[m)/F F D7 /F
C/G C + /G] Am F ][5
7 /A] Em/B
PB (&)
PBi (%)
Vi, PBi (%)
C A7 /C]
G/D G+ /D] Em C][5
7 /E]
Bm/F ] G7
E7 /G] Am D7[9 /F ]
(C F ]7 G7 )/G
C
C C7 F m/C D[ F7[9 /C
D[ G7 C C + D[/F A[[9
7 /G[
D[/F B[/F G[5
7 /D[
<(C F m/A[ B7 /A[) C46 G7 C
315
316
8.2.5
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 8.3. The first two movements have the widest
key envelope. They beautifully illustrate how Schumann moves away from the tonic key
and then, at the most remote point, uses an enharmonically equivalent key to return to the
central key area. In the opening Allegro this happens at Dm (F ] = G[) D[ (89) and
somewhat later at F m (D[m = C]m) Am Dm (1011). The second movement has the
peculiar F m E[m (C[ = B) C (34) key sequence.
The opening Allegro sonata form has the first theme group in the tonic key C, the secondary group in the dominant key G (3). The development section starts in the mediant
major key E (5) and then starts a long route through many keys, moving from the dominant
into the subdominant domain. In the recapitulation there is the move to the lowered submediant major key C Am Cm (A[ = [VI) (14) and the usual coda close by sidestepping
into the subdominant C F C (15).
The scherzo movement starts with complex keys movements from the tonic major key
C into the subdominant domain, passing through the lowered mediant major key E[ = [III
(1), on a journey through the minor keys F m E[m (3) . The movement has two trios, one
starting in the dominant key and moving to its relative minor G Em (11-12), the other does
the reverse Em G C F (15-16). The first trio retransition uses the intermediary lowered
mediant major key B[ = [III/G (13).
The third movement Adagio is in ternary song form and moves from the tonic minor Cm
to the relative major key E[ and its intermediary dominant key B[ (1). The last A-section
moves towards the parallel major key C (2).
In the closing Allegro sonata form movement the secondary theme group once again is in
the dominant key G, as is the start of the development (1). This wanders from the dominant
area DmAm (2), through the dominant and tonic minor GmCm (3) into the subdominant
domain A[ E[ (4). The dominant key acts as a kind of pivotal point in this movement.
8.3
Source: [57]. Schumann later in his life was appointed as symphony orchestra conductor in
8.3.1
Mvt. 1 Lebhaft
Form: sonata form.. The movement opens with the heroic and majestic main theme; there
is no slow introduction as was the case for the earlier symphonies.1 The main theme is also
used in most of the transitions. A brief false recapitulation, with unisono horns markedly
1
Probably because of its title (Rheinische) this theme for many years was the signature tune of the WestDeutscher Rundfunk (WDR) regional news programme for Nord-Rheinland-Westfalen Hier und Heute, with
the music as background behind impressive helicopter footage of the industrial Ruhrgebiet (then still an active
coal mining and steel production centre). Only later I learned that it was a Schumann original.
317
C]
F]
C]m
F ]m
Bm
Em
Am
A
E
1,6,13
Dm Am Em
Gm
Cm
Y
H
H
3
6
H
j
H
?
- 6
G
C
F H
B[
E[
2,7,15 12HH
6
j
E[m - B[m - F m Cm Gm
Y
H
HH
t
- D[
A[
B[
E[ 4
G[
14
9
B[m
E[m
G[m 10 D[m t A[m
D
8,11
Fm
Cm
Gm
A[
E[
B[
A[m
t
C[
C[m
3,7
E[m
B[m
G[
D[
G[m
D[m
10
17
Am
H
Y
16,18 HH ?
F -C -G
2,11
Gm
Cm
Fm
6
B[
E[
A[
1,5
13
Dm
-G
Fm
Cm
Gm
A[
? 1
E[ - B[
Dm
F
Fm
B[m
E[m
A[m
-C
12,15 4,9
Em HH Bm
j 14
H
6
?
- 1,5,7
C
GH
D
*
H
6
H
2
j
H
Gm
Fm Cm
Dm
3
4
A[
E[
B[
A
- Am
318
h i
3
4
, 585 m.)
A C
, 133 m.)
h i
4
4
, 55 m.)
A Cd
3
4
Coda
h i
h ih ih i
3
2
4
4
4
2
, 67 m.)
A2
h i
2
2
, 329 m.)
319
8.3.2
320
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[
PBi (&)
b), PB (&)
c), cad
trans
ac)
Gr 1/Th 2: WW+Str
D7 Gm B[7 /F E[
Seq(32m;R3 )
5
9
11
13
19
23
25
26
30
33
35
39
43
50
54
57
61
65
67
69
73
77
81
83
91
95
97
103
105
107
111
117
122
(M1)
M2.1
..
.
..
.
Gm
B7 /D Cm
D7
d
M2.2
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2.1
M2.2
E[
M3
M3
..
.
Gm
M4
..
.
G A[/C D7
E[ Cm F7 /C A7 /C D7
Gm . . . F m F m7 F7 /A[
B[ F m/A[ F7 /A[
(B[ D Gm B[7 )/B[
E[ . . . Cm7 /E[ F7[9 /E[
cresc, P D (b[)
[A] 2nd stat: tutti clim
B[/D E[[9
7 /D[ A[/C
PBi (&)
PB (&)
WW+Str, Seq(24m;R5 )
trans
Cm
Gm
B[
E[/G C7 /G[ F7
(B[ A7 B[)/B[ B7
Cm E[7 /B[ A[ C7 /G
F m D /F A7 /E[
D7 E[7 D E[7
<(D Gm C]7 )
cad, P D (b[)
tr, Seq(32m;R3 ),
WW+Str
WW+Str
[B]
D Gm/D
(F ]7 A7 D7 )/G Gm
D/G D7 /C Gm/B[
Gr 2/Th 1, a): WW
b):
2nd st, ab): WW+Vi1
Cm/E[ C7 /E
F B[
(B[ E[ C7 F F7 )/B[
cad
[C] Gr 2/Th 2, P T (b[),
M4M1
cad
321
322
M3
..
.
..
.
M2
M1
M3
(M1)
Gm
D D7 D7 /C Gm/B[
M2
M2
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
B[
G
C
Fm
cad
[D] cl st: Str, f -ped
tutti climax
[E] imit
Cm A[/C D D7 /C
Gm
Seq(32m), P (b[)
Gm/B[ E[ E[
G/D Cm G/B C C7
F m/C C7[9 F m
G[/B[
cad
trans
Fm
M2
..
.
M2/3
..
.
Comment
Seq(32m;R3 )
B[
E[m
B[m
F
[G]
climax
Seq(32m), P T (f )
Seq(32m)
M1
..
.
A[m
E[m
B
B[
E[m
B[m
F]
[9
(E F ][9
7 B7 G]7 )
(C]7 C]7 )/B B7 B7[9
B[7 Am7 /C B[ B[[9
7 ...
[5
(E[m F7 E[m F7 )/B[
B[m E[7 A[m C]7
(F ] D]m G][9
7 )/F ]
M1
..
.
M1
M1
..
.
M3
(M1)
..
.
/F [ B[/D
[H] Bsn+LoStr
cad
tutti climax, P T (b)
(ped)
C][9
7
(C]
B
F ])/F ]
[9
F ]7 . . . G[7 . . .
d
(F B[m F7 G[)/F
B[m
Fm
E[
(M1)
(M1)
M1
..
.
..
.
[5/[9
F ][9
7
M3
..
.
Comment
E[
[K] WW+Str, P T (f )
trans
(B[ E[)/B[ . . .
(G7 Cm)/G
A[ F m/A[ F m <(B[7 E[)
B[7 D Gm G7 /B Cm
Cm/E[ F7[5 /C[
P D (b[)
[M] retrans
tutti, cresc
halfcad
trans
Seq(34m;R3 )
323
324
Comment
M3
M3
M4
Cm
(G Cm G[9
7 . . . Cm)/C
G7 G7 /F Cm/E[ F m/A[ F7 /A
B[ B[7 E[
(E[ A[ E[ F7 B[ B[7 )/E[
(E[ B[7 E[)/E[
Cm (B[/D D7 G D7 )/D
G Cm/G G7 . . .
Cm F7[5 /B <(B[7 /A[ E[/G)
(B[m E7 F m)/F A[m
(E[ A[ A[m E[)/B[
(A[ B7 )/B[ G7 /B Cm
F7 . . . (E[ A7 C7 E[)/B[
F m/A[ B[7 E[
[O] WW
2nd st: WW+Str
E[
M3
Cm
M2
(M1)
E[
(M1/4)
(M1/4)
..
.
M1
..
.
Vi1, P T (e[)
(ped)
Vi1
WW+Str
cresc, P (f )
[P] tr: Str, P D (b[)
trans, tutti climax
cad
E[ G7 /B Cm F7 /C B[ E[7 /D[
A[/C G7 /B C7 /B[ F7 /A B[7 /A[
E[/G E[64 B[7 /A[
cad
Hns, tutti clim
cad
P T (e[)
closing cad (585 m.)
325
8.3.3
Form: ternary song form, ABA Coda form. As was the case in the previous movement, the
lyrical main theme (M1) for clarinets and bassoons is contrasted by a string melody that has
a characteristic ascending staccato 16th motif. In the middle section and the coda these are
combined, and a free variation on M2 also returns as a first violins countertheme to the lead
melody. The stepwise moving M3, with its prominent use of contrary motion, acts as a kind
of concluding theme. The analysis is shown in Table 8.16 and 8.17.
In the analysis the opening melodic line is divided into two separate units: M1(ab) (2 + 2
m.) and M2(aab) (1 + 1 + 3 m.). Phrases from M2 will reappear throughout this movement,
to begin with the contrasting middle section. Here is is juxtaposed with the M3 motto, with
2-part parallel descending scalar melodic curve.
8.3.4
Mvt. 4 Feierlich
326
Comment
M1
..
.
A[
A a): Cl+Bsn
b) PB (&)
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
18
19
..
.
12
13
14
16
17
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
M2
..
.
..
.
M2/1
M3
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
M3
M2
M3
..
.
..
.
M2
A[ A7
b): Vi+Fl
F m7 B[7 E7 F m7 /A[ E7 /G
F m B[7 E[
cad
B[m B[ E[ Cm/E[
F [ E[m/G[
E[
Gm
[5/[9
F7
/C[
a)
E[/B[ E[7 /G A[
D[ E[7 C7 /E F m D[ E[7 A[
A[
A[ E /A[
(F m C D )/A[ A
B[7 /A[ C7[9 /G Dm/F
(cm)
E[ B[/D Cm F
B[m A[/C E
((cm))
((cm))
cad
[B] a): Fl+Vi1
Cm D7[9 /C Gm/B[ Cm Gm Cm
d
A7 /C D7[9 Cm/E[ G7 /D
d
Fm
Cm D7 G[9
7
F m/A[ G7 E[/G A[ Cm/E[
Cm/E[ C7 /E F m D7 /F
G 7 C C7
F m A7 B[7 /A[ Cm/G
aa): Vi1+Fl
WW, (cm>)
[C] Str+WW
WW+LoStr, (cm)
Cm F7 B[m A[/C C7 /E
((cm))
327
Table 8.17: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major, Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell (contd)
m
Comment
36
A[
38
M1/2
.. ..
./ .
39
.
/ ..
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
52
328
.
M1/ ..
..
./
..
.
..
.
M3
M3
..
.
M1
M2
B[m A7 /C B[m/D[
E[7 A[ C7
F m B[m
b): WW+LoStr
cresc, (cm<)
d
Cm E7 F m B[m/D[ B[7 /D
Cm/E[ E[7 A[
climax
(cm)(ped)
a): Cl (ped)
WW+Str, cad (55 m.)
329
8.3.5
Mvt. 5 Lebhaft
Form: rondo, sonata form, ABAC. The closing movement can be interpreted as either a
binary rondo (ABAB) or sonata form movement. See Table 8.18 to 8.20 for the analysis.
The exposition main subject has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure. On the
smaller scale there are single measure cells, with M1ab(cddcde) (2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 m.)
structure. The next melody from the first theme group has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.)
period structure, and a somewhat transitory character. It is followed by the third (modified)
period theme M3(ababc) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.), where the c-phrase combines the rhythm from
the other two phrases in condensed form. The transitory motif M4 with its upward leaps is
set in imitation.
The second theme group contains a single subject in the dominant key B[ with sentence
structure M5(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.). The a-phrase is presented in stretto violin and woodwind
imitation, the brass dominate in the climactic b-phrase fanfare signals. This theme is the core
element in the development section, although a new theme enters the stage in the climax in
[D] (m. 130): M6(ab) (2 + 2 m.) for horns and low woodwinds lead. This last theme returns
in varied form in the Coda, just before the closing in the Schneller section.
8.3.6
330
Comment
M1
..
.
E[
Lebhaft, A: WW+Str
3
6
9
11
14
17
20
21
23
27
34
36
38
39
42
44
47
52
57
59
61
63
64
66
72
76
78
79
80
86
88
91
93
M1
..
.
Cm B[/D Cm7 F7 B[ E[
F m B[7 /A[ E[/G
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Cm B[/D Cm7 F7 B[
B[7 E[ B[7 /D E[ E[/G A[
WW+Str
(cm<)
WW+Str
B[7 . . . E[ Cm D7 D7 /C
Gm/B[ E[ F F7 /E[
B[/D C7[9 /B[
B[7 F m7 /E[ B[7 /D E[ A[
C7[9 /B[
E[
B[
Cm
F m/A[ C7 /G
E[/G A[ F m7 /A[ B[7
E[ <(B[7 E[) B[/D F7 /C
B[/D C7 . . . F7 . . . F7 /E[
B[/D C7 /B[ F/A G7 /F
tutti climax
(cm<)
[A] tr, imit: Brs-(WW+Str)
stretto imit: Str+WW
M3
..
.
..
.
(cm<)
M2
..
.
M4
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
A[
cad
climax
[B] Str+WW
Fm
E[
cad
trans
P T (e[)
cresc, PBi (%)
P D (b[)
climax (ped)
331
332
M5
M5
M5
M5
M6
Comment
F ]m
A[m
F ]m/A C] F ]m D/F ] A D
B[/F E[ . . .
A[m F C F . . .
F7 G7 /B A7 B7 /D]
Em Bm/D C]7 C]7 /B
F ]m/A C]m/G] E[7 /G A[m
B[7 /A[ G7 A[m
E7 /G] C]7 /B F ]7 /A]
B F ] B/F ] F ]7
B ... F]
B[/F . . . B[7 /F . . . B[7
E[64 B[ E[64 A[ E[64 E[
Em
F ]m
A[m
B
E[
M5
M1
..
.
E[
M2
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M4
M5
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
imit: WW
imit: WW, Seq(24m;R7 )
imit: WW+Str
imit
P T (e[)
halfcad
[G] WW+Str
(cm<)
cad
Str
D D7 /C Gm/B[ E[
(cm<)
WW+Str
Cm C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G
(cm<)
B[
cad
tr, imit: Brs-(WW+Str)
[H] stretto imit: Str+WW
E[
cad
climax
WW+Str
225
231
233
235
237
241
244
251
255
257
259
263
265
267
271
277
280
283
287
291
295
299
303
307
311
313
315
319
323
Comment
Cm
B[
[I] trans
P T (b[)
cresc, PBi (%)
E[
E[ . . .
M5: Str
E[
M1
..
./M5
..
./M5
..
.
E[
Cm G7 /F C7 /E . . .
F m C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G
F m A[7 B[
F7 /A B[ E[7 /G A[ F m7 /A[
E[64 B[ <(E[64 F7 B[7 )
M4
..
.
E[
M2
..
.
..
.
M6
climax
cad
[K]
b[-ped
Seq(22m;R7 )
imit: tutti (5)
Brs, P D (b[)
PB (&), P T (e[)
tutti cresc
climax, Brs signal arp
E[ <(B[ E[)
<(Cm B[ E[)
Schneller
imit: Str-WW
E[/G Cm7 A[
P T (e[)
(cm<)
imit: tutti climax
closing cad
(329 m.)
333
334
8.4
Source: [57]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.5. Currently it only
contains the closing sonata movement.
Mvt. 5 Langsam Lebhaft: sonata form (Dm, D,
Intro Exposition
Development
h i
4
4
, 220 m.)
Recapitulation
Coda
8.4.1
Form: sonata form. The slow (Langsam) introduction to this finale uses thematic material
from the opening movement; i.e., the first violin 16th note motif, that also returns in the
accompaniment of the Lebhaft exposition section. The first group main theme, M1, is the basis
of the development section, full of counterpoint and stretto imitation. This theme is skipped
in the recapitulation, that restates the second theme from the first group (M2) and the second
group theme (M3), both in the tonic key. Another striking effect are the bell chords, played by
brass section in the exposition and recapitulation and returning as a tutti effect in the coda.
The coda is divided into three sub-sections, with increasing tempo (Schneller and Lebhaft,
Presto). See Table 8.21 to 8.23 for the analysis.
The main subject from the exposition has M1(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. On
the smaller scale there are two elementary cells at work: the repeated 8th-note lead with
1
synchronised cadential tutti chords (c) and the dance-rhythm cell (d: 81 . + 16
+ f rac18 +
f rac18). This yields the alternative breakdown into single measures M1((cd)+(cd)+(dcdc)).
The second theme from the first group is in quarter note rhythm with wide leaps and using
a two-measure motif cell M2(aaa) (2 + 2 + 2 m.).
The leaps from M2 must have been the deliberate transitory introduction to the second
group subject M3: this combines the M1 dance rhythm with the leaps (wide upward, third
downward) from M2. This theme can be subdivided into M3(aabbc) (4 + 2 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.)
phrase structure. The a-phrase for lead flute, oboe and first violins starts on the offbeat and
has the dance rhythm on beat 3 and 4, against a 8th-note background in 2nd violins and
violas. The repeated and varied a is set as a string and woodwind imitation, and receives
a syncopated quarter note background. The b-phrase copies the a-phrase melodic shape
and rhythm in a sequential setting Seq(2 4m;R7 ), the c-phrase closes the melody with a
Seq(31m;R7 ) sequence.
The development is mainly based on the main subject M1, first in counterpoint setting.
From m. 88 onward it is combined with a countertheme, the markirt four-measure motif
M4(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) for horns and violas. In the coda there is another Schumann regular:
the introduction of new melodic material after the exposition. Here it is the theme M6(aa)
(2 + 2 m.), juxtaposed with the bell-chord technique, used also in the earlier sections from
this movement. The ascending 8th-note imitative scales (from low to high register) in the
closing presto may be considered as a final new theme.
335
1
3
5
7
9
14
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
29
33
37
39
43
45
46
47
49
50
51
53
55
57
59
336
Dm
Comment
Langsam
h i
B[ Dm/A
[5/[9
E7 /G] E7 /B[ A
Dm G7 /D C
Dm7 /F B[ F
<(B[7 Gm/B[ A)
A7 . . .
Lebhaft
|| : D G/D D E7 A
Exp
Gr 1/Th 1, Seq(22m;R7 ),
C F/C F C/E D7 G
WW+Str
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
Bm
Em A7 /G D/F ] Em7 /D
D46 A7 D
D Am Em/G Bm
F ]7 Bm G7 C7
Em
M2
..
.
M3
M3
M3
M1
4
4
Em A7 /G D/F ] Em7 /D
d
[U] Seq(21m;R7 )
Gr 1/Th 2, Seq(26m;R5 ),
Vi1
2nd st: WW+Str
Gr 2/Th 1: WW+Str
Seq(24m;R7 )
Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
[V] WW-Str
trans 1: WW+Str cresc
PB (%)
climax, cad
repeat 8ba
PB (%)
climax, cad
Brs: bell ch, Seq(32m;R7 ),
WW+Str: asc scales
final stat
plagal cad
Table 8.22: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft (contd)
m
62
66
69
72
75
76
78
80
82
86
88
90
92
93
95
97
99
100
102
104
106
110
113
119
123
127
129
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
143
145
147
Comment
Bm
<(G F ][9
7 )
Bm <(F ]7 Bm)
Dev, trans 2
[W] Ctp: WW+Str (4 3m)
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Em
stretto, Seq(41m;R5 ),
WW+Str
[X] stretto, plagal cad
trans 3
M1: WW+Str,
M4: Hns+Va
repeat
M2
..
.
F ]m
cad
[Y] trans 3
Seq(32m;R7 )
Em
G][5
7 /D C] F ]m
[5
F ]7 /C B Em
M2
..
.
Gm/B[ A D/A
Seq(32m;R7 )
P D (a)
WW+Str (ped)
P T (d), Seq(24m;R7 )
M1
M1
M4/1
M4/1
..
.
M3
M3
M3
imit, Seq(31m;R5 )
[Z] WW+Str
trans 1: WW+Str cresc
PB (%)
climax, cad
repeat 8ba
PB (%)
climax, cad
Brs: bell ch, Seq(42m;R7 ),
WW+Str: asc scales
cad
337
Table 8.23: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft (contd)
m
149
152
156
160
162
164
168
170
Comment
M1
D <(A7 D)
Em
D
<(C B7 )
<(B7 Em A7 D)
C/E D7 /F ] G E7 /G]
D46 Dm64 Asus4
A7
7
<(B7 Em A7 D)
C/E D7 /F ] G E7 /G]
D46 Dm64 A4 A
M5
..
.
M5
..
.
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
1
6
8
10
12
14
15
17
18
338
Schneller
D F ]/A] Bm B7 /D]
Em Em7 /G D46 A
D F ]7 /E Bm/D B7 /A
Em/G D46 A
D D/F ] Em/G A7
F ]/A] Bm Em A7
D D/F ] Em/G A7
F ]/A] Bm Em A7
A7 . . . E7[9 /G] . . .
Presto
A D B7 Em A[9
7 /C] A7 /G
D/F ] D7 G/B B7 /D]
Em/G Em7 A[9
7 /C] A7 /G
D/F ] F ]/A] Bm B7 /D]
Em Em7 D46 A
D F ]
Bm/D B7 /A Em/G E7 /D
D46 A7
<(D G/D) D
Chapter 9
Johannes Brahms
Biographical data:
7-5-1833 in Hamburg
3-4-1897 in Wien
1600
9.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [11]. Music for orchestra and choir. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in
Fig. 9.1.
Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen, Ziemlich langsam und mit Ausdruck:
ABABA Coda form (F ,
Intro A
h i
4
4
, 158 m.)
A1
B1
Tr A2
Cod
Mvt. 2 Denn alles Fleisch es ist wie Gras, Langsam, marschmaig Allegro:
ABAC Coda form (B[m B[,
h ih i
A1 (75 m.)
B (52 m.)
C (105 m.)
3
4
4
4
, 337 m.)
A2 (79 m.)
Coda (34 m.)
Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich, Andante moderato: ABC form (Dm,
h ih i
Tr C
2
2
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
3
2
, 103 m.)
9.1.1
Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen, Ziemlich langsam und mit Ausdruck
Form: ABA1 B1 A2 . The opening movement is without trumpets and violins; there is an optional organ (for pedal points and sustained bass lines). The positioning of A and B sections
yields a bridge form. The tonic pedal point from the introduction returns in the transitions
and coda. See Table 9.1 and 9.2 for the analysis.
9.1.2
340
Table 9.1: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen
m
1
7
11
15
19
21
23
25
27
29
33
37
47
M3.1
..
.
65
71
(F F7 B[ B[m F F7 )/F
(C7 F7 B[ G7 F D[7 )/F
G[/D[ D[7 F46 C7 E7 /F F
Intro, 44 , LoStr, P T (f )
Str imit
cad
(F F7 B[ B[m)/F
A, Ch-Str
(F F7 B[)/F
Ch
80
M3.3
..
.
M3.2
..
.
Am C7 /B[ F/A G C
F B[ C
F B[ C C7
Str+Fl
F Gm7 /B[ C7 F B7 /D E7
[A] Ch+tutti
Am F7 B[m G7 C C7
<(A/C] C7 ) (C7 E7 Dm)/F
d
D[
(Str+Ob)-Ch
<(F B[ C C7 )
Ch-(WW+Brs)
G[[9
7 A[7 D[/F F7 B[m/D[
B[m D[7 /F G[ E[7 /G
A[7 D[7 G[ E[7 /G
+WW
climax
Ch+tutti imit
D[/A[ . . . A[sus4
A[7
7
D[ . . . G[
M4
..
.
h i
Dm Am Em F Dm
M3.2
..
.
75
83
86
88
Comment
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
59
62
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
43
50
52
55
(F B[ B[m F F7 )/F
D[+
A[ D[/F
F7 B[m
D[7 G[ E[7 /G
A[7 D[7 G[ . . . Eb7 /G
92
94
D[/A[ . . .
A[sus4
A[7 D[ E[m7 /D[
7
cad
96
100
341
Table 9.2: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen
m
106
108
111
113
116
119
122
124
127
133
136
138
140
144
148
150
152
342
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
(F F7 B[)/F C7 F Dm
[E] A2 , Ch+WW+Hns
Am Em Dm/F Gm7 C7
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F Dm
Am Em Dm Am C7 /B[
F/A G C F B[ C
+tutti
F Gm7 /B[ C F
Ch+WW
B7 /D E7 Am
B[m G7 C C7
tutti clim
(Str+Ob)-Ch
M2
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
Ch+Hns
F B[ C C7 A/C]
F ]m/A D Am Dm
Ch+Str
trans, WW-Str imit
<(F F7 B[ C7 )/F
<(F C7 ) F F/C
(cm<), climax
F F/C C7 F
Dm B[ F46 C7 F
(158 m.)
343
9.1.3
Form: ABC. The M0 motif is used as a rhythmic and melodic ostinato in the bass; it returns
on many scalar steps, also in melodic diminution. The themes M1 and M2 are in a call-andresponse setting for solo bass and full choir. The growing impatience of the pupil is expressed
in ever shorter note duration values in the background (starting with half notes and going
to quarter notes and triplets, and finally 8th notes and triplets). Another motif M2, derived
from the M2 melody, is used in imitation as orchestral backgrounds. The C section is full of
imitation and counterpoint over a continuous tonic pedal point (supported by the organ).
See Table 9.3 and 9.4 for the analysis.
9.2
Source: [9].
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.2.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (Cm,
h i
3
2
, 260 m.)
h i
3
4
, 96 m.)
Cd
Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo: scherzo (ABA) and trio (CDC) form
(F m F ,
h ih i
4
8
3
4
, 146 m.)
Cd
C1
Dev, A2
h i
2
2
, 248 m.)
C2
Cod
Figure 9.2: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1
9.2.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. This opening movement shows the Brahms characteristic of already
varying and developing main themes in the second statement of the exposition and recapitulation. Therefore the real development is relatively short and based on the first themes of
both groups, M1 and M3, that also appear in combination. The backgrounds are full of ref344
Table 9.3: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich
m
M0
Dm
M1
..
.
8
13
17
21
25
30
33
39
41
45
48
52
54
56
60
62
66
73
74
81
85
87
89
93
105
108
110
114
118
121
M2
..
.
..
./2
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
Comment
h i
2
2
M1/0
..
.
..
.
M2
..
./2
..
.
A, bass motif
Dm Am F/A B[ F A
B-Solo, Hns+Str bg
B[ Gm7 E /G . . . A
A Dm . . . A Dm
F Am/C . . . B[ Gm Dm
cad
[A] Ch, Str+WW bg,
C B[ F E7 A Dm
M0: dim
E7 . . . C]7 Dm B[ A
d
B[
Dm Am/C B[ E7 /G A
B[no 5 B[7no 3 E[m B[ . . .
[B] B-Solo, WW bg
F ]7 /A] . . .
(Bm B7 Em Bm)/B
d
[5/[9
E7 /B[ Asus4
A
7
B[ B[7 E[m/B[ B[7 B[7 /A[
E[m/G[ . . .
cresc, (cm<)
B7 . . .
M2: WW climax
d
Dm
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
Am A7 /G B[/F E[m
cresc, (cm<)
C]7 /D F ]m/C]
(A7 Dm Am B[7 )/A
(Ano 3 Dm Am F A)/A
climax, P D (a)
[C] B-Solo, Str bg (ped)
Dm Gm/B[ E7 /G A
Dm A Dm B[ Dm
E7 /G Asus4
E7 /B[ A
7
Ch, WW+Str bg
C]m/G] . . . A
C]m/G] A G7 F ]7
A/F G]7 /D Dm64 A
Dm . . .
cad
trans, Vi, 4ths tripl, P T (d)
h i
3
2
M3/2
..
.
D Bm G]7 A7 Em
M1/2
..
./2
Dm
E7 /D C]7 D7 B7[9
E7 D7 G/D E7 /G Asus4
A
7
D D7 G/D E7 /G Asus4
A
7
Dm/A Gm Dm Am F ]7
Gm E7 Dm Gm
Str: M2 echo
B, B-Solo, WW bg
345
Table 9.4: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich (contd)
m
123
126
129
133
136
138
140
142
144
147
150
155
157
M
..
./2
/0
M3
..
.
Comment
F C/E F ]7 Gm E7
<(Dm Gm)
F B7 /F C/E (G7 C]7 )/B[
M1
M4
M4/2
M1
Dm
164
169
173
175
177
180
181
183
185
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
202
205
207
346
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
(A D A7 D D7 )/A
(D] Em D Asus4
A7 )/A
7
(D D7 G A7 )/D
h i
(D G]7 A A7 D E7 )/D
2
2
C, Ch imit, P T (d)
(C]7 D G A A7 )/D
(D G]7 A A7 )/D
(D G]7 C]7 )/D
(D D7 G A7 )/D
(D D7 G Am D7 G)/D
C D7 G G7 )/D
(C]7 Dm E7 A A7 )/D
(Dm B[ A7 Gm D7 Gm7 )/D
(A7 D D7 Gm)/D
(A[9
7 D G]7 )/D
(A A7 D G]7 E7 A)/D
(WW: 8ths)
(G G7 C C]7 D7 )/D
(G D Em7 D)/D
9.2.2
347
Comment
M1
..
.
Cm
cad, climax
(aa): Vi1, M1: bg
(a): Vi2
C/G G7 /B C F ]7
G G/B D/F ]7 G
Cm D7[9 /F ] Cm/G
(a)
M1: Vc
Va+Vc, Vi1: 8ths bg
3
5
11
15
17
19
23
25
27
31
32
35
37
39
40
41
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
67
70
72
75
78
80
80
348
M2/1
M2
..
.
M1
..
.
[5/[9
5
M3
..
.
..
.
5
M3
..
.
..
./1
M4
M4
..
.
M5
..
.
..
.
M1
E[m
D7 /A[ F7 /A B[m
A[ A[m E[ E[m/G[
F7 B[7
F7[9 /E[ B[ B[[9
7 F7
B[7 E[m/B[ F m
trans, climax
[A] cad
Gr 2, Vi1+2 par,
Va: 8ths bg
G[/B[ C[ G[/D[
C[/E[ B[m/F F7
[9
B[[9
7 E[m E[7 /D[ A[m/C[
D]7 /C F ]m/C] D7 D]7
Va-Vi1
i (%)
trans, (cm), Pm
A/E F ]m A7 /G
D/F ] Dm/F A/C]
d
E[
<(Dm A)/A
B[7 /A[ Gm Cm7 /G F m7
6
[9
B[[9
7 /F E[/G A[m E[4 F7 B[
B[7 /A[ Gm Cm F m7
B[7 E[ A[ F m
F7 F7
<(E[/B[ F7 ) F7 /E[ B[/D
d
Vi1
Vi1 quasi improv
cad
trans, Vc
repeat 1), cad
2), cad, (cm<)
Table 9.6: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
84
88
92
95
96
100
102
104
108
112
118
120
122
Comment
M1
M1
M3
M1
M3
M1/3
..
.
..
.
..
.
Am
Am/E F7 B[/D E7
Am/E F7 B[/D E7
Am Am/C B7 /D
C/E F B /D C B7 /D
C C7[9 F Am B7[9
Em . . . Am/C
G/B C/E D7 /F ] G C D7 /A
[9
G G[9
7 C Em F ]7
[9
Bm G7 Cm/E[ G][9
7
Dev, Va
imit: Vi1-Vcimit, Seq(28m;R5 )
M3
133
137
5
M1
..
.
..
.
141
143
149
151
155
157
160
164
166
169
172
174
177
179
181
182
G
C]m
M2
M2
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
Vi1+2
imit
Va: 8ths bg
Vc/(Vi1+2)
6
G][9
7 F ]m C]m4 G]7
[9
F ]m Bm C]7 Bm
124
129
139
C
Em
cad
d
Cm
D]7 G]7 . . . E7 . . .
F ]m7 /C] D/F ] A/E G][9
7 /D]
A[/C . . .
A[ D7[9 /A Cm/G
Recap, Vc
Gr 1, Vi1
A[/C . . .
A[/C G G/B F ] F ]7 /A] Bm
D C] /E D/F ] G A[/C D
[9
G[9
7 /B Cm/E[ G7
C/G G7 /B C F m/A[
(cm<)
clim, cad
Vi1
Vi2
C/G G7 /B C C7 F/C
F/C E C7
F m G[9
7 /B F m/C
imit
Va+Vc, Vi1: 8ths bg
cresc
D[m A[ . . .
<(A[/C G)
G[9
7 Cm D7 /F ] G7
tutti climax
[C] cad
Gr 2, Vi2+1 par,
Cm/G G7 /D Cm E[/G
Va bg
349
Table 9.7: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
186
188
190
194
196
198
200
202
204
208
212
214
216
220
224
226
232
238
242
244
252
350
M3
..
.
M4
M4
..
.
M1/3
Comment
C7 E[m/B[ C[7 C7
i (%)
trans, (cm), Pm
cresc
climax, stretto imit
Vi1, climax
G7 C F Dm
D7 D7
C/G <(D7 C) D7 Em
M5
..
.
..
.
M1
M1
5
M3
M1
..
.
Fm
C
Vi1
G7 F/A G7 /B D7[9
D7 /A C/G D7 /F ] C/G D7 /A
C46 G7
C Cm/E[ D7[9 /F ] C46 G7
C Cm/E[ D7[9 /F ] Cm64 G7
cad
trans, Vc
repeat
C7[9 F m
[9
[9
G[9
7 C7 F m G7
C . . . F . . . F m D[/A[
Cm64 G[9
7 F m D[/A[
6
Cm4 G[9
7
<(C C7 F D[/F . . . )
C
cad
climax
triplets (260 m.)
351
9.2.3
Form: scherzo and trio, ABA-CDC Coda. The scherzo part covers the sections ABA, the
trio is the CDC section. The contrast lies in the rhythmic values and the minor-major key
relationship: whereas the basic rhythm of the scherzo is groups of 16th notes (note the descending character of the melodic material), the trio has an 8th note groove (in particular the
8th note a-pedal point for second violin, alternating between fingered note on d-string and
open 2nd string). The scherzo displays key ambiguity; the opening phrase balances between
tonic and dominant minor, the cadential F m chord is postponed until the second A section.
The transition near the end of the trio contains a melody, that is a reference to the M1 subject,
through melodic augmentation. See Table 9.8 and 9.9 for the analysis.
The A-section main subject has M1(aab) (4 + 4 + 6 m.) sentence structure, with characteristic 16th-note appoggiaturas and stepwise motion in the a-phrase and the dotted rhythms
in the b-phrase. The second theme is shorter, with M2(ab) (2 + 2 m.) structure in legato 16th
notes, and pedal point and chromatically descending background voices. The B-section subject has M3(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) sentence structure. The theme M4(ab) (5 + 3 m.) has a stretto
imitation a-phrase (with a one-measure motif, the original in first violin, melodic inversion
in second violin).
9.2.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
352
Table 9.8: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
m
1
3
5
7
8
9
13
15
17
19
M1.a
M1.a
..
.
27
30
32
33
38
43
46
51
M3
M3
M4
M4
56
58
60
M1.a
M1.a
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
M1
M1
63
64
66
68
70
72
76
78
80
83
Cm
Comment
Allegretto
h i
4
8
[9
F m || : G[9
7 F m G7 A[/C
D[ A[/E[ B[7 /F E[ F m
[9
G[9
7 F m G7 C7 /E
([[[[)
A, Vi1, 16ths
halfcad
repeat, var
[5/[9
M1.b
M2
M2
..
.
21
25
62
Bm
B[m
D[
F
Cm
Fm
F m D7 /F ] Cm/G D7 /A[
Cm64 G7 Cm
[9
G7 . . . E[[9
7 /G F7 /A
G[9
7 /B Cm F m7 G
(Cm D7 G7 C A[ B[ A[)/C
E[ D /F G7
(Cm D7 G7 C A[ B[ A[)/C
i (&), P (c)
Vi2, Pm
T
1) Cm
E[ A[ E[ D7 /F G7 Cm
D[/F F m : ||2) Cm
repeat 1), 2)
Cm C7 F ]7 Bm/F ]
C]7 F ]7
Bm B7 /A F7 /A B[m
C7 /E[ F7 D7 . . .
D[7 G[7 C[7 A[97 /C
A[7 . . . D[
G7 C7 F7 B[7 G7
C7 . . . F . . . D[/A[ F m
B, Vc, Seq(24m;R7 )
syncopes in bg
Vi1
[9
G[9
7 F m G7 A[/C
D[ A[/E[ B[7 /F E[ F m
[9
G[9
7 F m G7 C7 /E
cad
Vi2+Vc, Seq(3R7 )
i (&), P (c)
Vi1, Pm
T
F m C7 /G Am/A[ G7 /F
F m64 C7 F m G7 /F
F m64 C7 F m F46 C7
(F m G7 C7 F D[ E[ D[)/F
A[ G7 /B[ C7
(F m G7 C7 F D[ E[ D[)/F
A[ G7 /B[ C7 F m
F m Cm/E[ B[m
C7 B[m/D[ F m
C7 /E <(B[m F m)
B[m . . . F
cad
i (&), P (f )
Vi1, Pm
T
i (&), P (f )
Vi2, Pm
T
cad
[H] trans, imit
plagal cad
353
Table 9.9: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
(contd)
m
87
94
98
103
107
111
116
118
127
129
131
133
135
143
354
M3
..
.
..
.
M4
..
.
M3
(M1)
..
.
..
.
M3
Comment
h i
|| : F . . . Am/C . . . Dm/F
Vi1, P (a)
Am/E <(Dm/F A)
Seq(24m;R7 )
<(Cm/E[ G) B[m/D[
F F + Dm/F C46 G7 C : ||
<(C F C)/C
<(Em Am Em)/E
Am/E Em C7
F . . . A7 /C . . .
F7 B[ D7 /A Gm
3
4
([) C
F/C B7 /F F/C C7
F7 Gm F7 /A B[ D7 Gm
F/C B7 /F F46 C7
cad
<(F Dm F Am/C)
F ... Fm ...
355
9.2.5
356
357
9.3
B (57 m.)
B (42 m.)
h i
3
4
, 359 m.)
A1 (45 m.)
A2 (41 m.)
B1 (35 m.)
C (35 m.)
9.3.1
Form: rondo (A-B-A1 -B1 -A-B-A2 ). See Table 9.10 to 9.12 for the analysis.
The sweeping main theme has M1(aab) (3 + 3 + 6 m.) sentence structure with characteristic appoggiatura hemiolas, that yield an association with Hungarian national music. This
subject is not only repeated in the later A-sections, but also returns in the transitions and
coda. Almost every time this theme is played, it is presented as a tutti climax. The theme
M2, in quarter note rhythm, is in the relative major key and has M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 6 m.) sentence structure. At the end of thematic statements we find harmonic sequences with stretto
character.
The B-section theme has M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 12 m.) structure, with the a-phrase in contrary
motion 8th note arpeggios and the long b-tail in contrary motion quarter note rhythm. M4
starts with one-measure cells and has M4(aaaab) (1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 4 m.) structure.
The B1 -section uses the M3 theme for rapid modulations through a set of minor keys.
Then the parallel major key A appears until the return to minor in the coda. It is the A2 section where the main theme is treated in melodic diminution and augmentation. An alternative interpretation of this movement is a sonata form with ABA1 as exposition, B1 the
short development, AB the recapitulation, and A2 the start of the coda.
9.3.2
358
Table 9.10: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai
m
Comment
1
9
13
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Am
Am Am/C E Em Em/G D
Dm/F <(E Am) E7
Am E Em D
Dm <(A/C] Dm) Bm
(b), unis
19
25
28
31
34
37
43
45
49
53
59
63
65
67
69
71
75
79
83
87
91
94
97
98
100
108
116
120
129
M1
..
.
F B[7 E[/G A7 D G7 C F7
dim, Seq(4R7 )
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M4
M4
M2
..
.
A7 D G7 C F7 B[/D E7
Am/C Dm Am64 E
F/A Dm7 D7 G7
G7 /F D7 /F ]
G7 G7 /F C/E C7 /B[
cad, (cm>)
[B] trans
[9
A[9
7 /C] Dm G7 /F C/E
F ]7 G . . . Gm
(b)
halfcad
Gm C7
(aa): Vi1
F Em/G Am7
d
G[9
7 /B C/E E7 F
B7 C/E G]7
[5/[9
Am
D7 /A[ C46 G7
C F/A Dm C]7
Dm F ]7 G7
C F Dm C]7
Dm F ]7 G G7
C G7 Am G[9
7 C7 F F ]7
G7 C/E <(F ]7 G7 /F C/E)
<(G]7 Am C]7 /G Dm/F )
C7[9 /E F D7 /F ]
C/G A7 /G G7
[5
C F ][9
7 . . . B7 /F
E . . . E7[9
cad
[D] (aa): Vc
(b)
2nd stat, (aa): Vi1
(b)
[E] Seq(2R7 ),
3pt syncopes
cad
[F] trans, imit, (cm)
unisono
Am E Em D
Dm <(E Am)
E7 A D7 G C7 F B7
(b), unis
Seq(3R7 )
359
Table 9.11: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai (contd)
m
132
136
140
144
148
154
Comment
M2
..
.
Em
Em C7 F B Em
(aa): Vi1
M2
..
.
C7 F B7 E A7 D Gm D7[9
Gm G7 /B[ C7
C7 (F F7 )/C
(b)
[H] cad
(aa): Vi1, P D (c)
161
164
M3
Dm
Dm E7 A[9
7 Dm
E7[9 Am F ]7 B7[9
166
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Em
Em F ][9
7 G/D E7 /G]
171
175
178
182
184
186
196
201
205
210
214
222
225
227
229
234
238
242
246
251
256
262
264
360
M1
..
.
F ]m
imit, cresc
<(C] G][9
7 /B] C] F ]m/C]
tutti climax
Dm
Am
PBi (%)
cad
[K] P D (e)
Am
Am D]7 E D]7
Em C]7 D C]7
Dm <(E Am) E E7
Am E Em D
(a)
(b), unis
[M] 2nd stat, (aa): Va
Dm <(A Dm)
(b), unis
d
A7 D G7 C F7 B[/D E7
[N] Seq(3R7 )
F7 B[7 E[/G A7 D
dim, Seq(4R7 )
G7 C F B7[5 /F
<(Am/C B7[5 /F ) Am/C
A
M3
..
.
..
.
A F ]7 /A] Bm G][9
7 /B]
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
[I] B1 , imitation
F ][9
7 Bm E7 /G] A
D]7 E Em
cad
Em A7 D
D
A
Dm/F
<(E7[9
A/C]) D]7
A64 E7
A D/F ] Bm A]7
cad
Table 9.12: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai (contd)
m
268
272
276
280
284
285
287
290
293
298
301
305
309
313
317
320
322
324
326
328
331
334
337
342
350
352
356
M4
M4
M1
M1
M1
Comment
Bm E E7
A D Bm A]7
Bm D]7 Em E7
A E7 D E7[9 A7 D]7
E7 A/C]
<(D]7 E E7 /D A/C])
<(C]7 /E] F ] F ]7 /E Bm/D)
A7 /C] D B7 /D] A64 E7
[Q] (aa): Vc
(b)
2nd stat, (aa): Vi1
Poco tranquillo
A F ]m Bm G]7
E A7 D/F ] B7 E/G] C]7
F ]m B7[9 /D]
A/E A7 D Em A7 D
(A F ]7 Bm B7 E E7[9 )/E
A A7 F ]7 Bm B7[9
E7 E7]5
A G][9
7 C]m
d
M1
..
.
M1
(M1)
M1
Am
4pt hemiolas
(a)
[9
C][9
7 F ]m/C] B7 /A
E/G] Am E/G]
Em/G F ]m F7
P D (e)
PBi (&)
Piu` vivace
Am E Em C]7 D
D A Dm D]7
[5/[9
E E7 Am A[9
/F
7 Dm B7
Am/C D]7 /A
Am/E . . . E Am
Am64 E Am
Coda (\\\)
Vi1, dim
[V] Va+Vc, P D (e)
Vi1 dim, climax
unisono
cad (359 m.)
361
362
9.4
h i
3
4
, 371 m.)
C (12 m.)
Figure 9.4: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2
9.4.1
Form: ternary song form (Scherzo - Presto - Primo tempo). Both the scherzo and the presto
(the trio) have the ternary ABA Coda structure. The M1 theme in the scherzo A section splits
the sextet into two subgroups: the three upper strings provide a block chord texture around
the theme, the three lower parts play pizzicato bass riffs in hoquetus technique. The same
subdivision returns in the trio A section. The scherzo can also be interpreted in terms of a
sonata form; the B section, with its counterpoint settings, modulations and varied rhythm
has the characteristics of a development. There is even a false recapitulation. The trio main
theme M4 contains many hemiolas. The Primo tempo section is a repeat of the scherzo, with
a coda (Animato). See Table 9.13 to 9.15 for the analysis.
The opening theme has M1(abc) (4 + 4 + 8 m.) structure with dissimilar phrases; the
connecting element is the pizzicato riff in the lower voices. M2 is a four-measure theme in
legato 8th notes, with three statements in an imitation counterpoint setting. On a somewhat
lareger scale the B-section subject has M3(aabc) (4 + 3 + 3 + 6 m.) structure.
The Part 2 Presto giocoso first theme has M4(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure. The
stepwise descending motif M5 in legato 8th note rhythmis used in a sequential setting.
9.5
9.5.1
Form: sonata form. See Table 9.16 to 9.19 for the analysis. The movement opens with a
woodwind
h imotto M0 (there is no introduction): an arpeggio dotted whole note pattern (the
meter is 64 ) of an upward minor third leap, followed by an upward major sixth (three
notes covering the interval of the octave). This motto returns as the background in the first
363
Table 9.13: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2, Mvt. 2 Scherzo, Allegro non troppo
m
1
5
9
13
17
21
25
34
38
42
44
46
48
50
56
58
60
66
69
73
77
80
83
87
91
97
101
105
109
113
117
364
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
M2
M3
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
I(M2)
Scherzo [ABA]
Part 1:
d
h i
2
4
Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[
(b), syncopes
A7 D D7 Gm D
Am . . . A7
Dm . . . A7[9
Am G]7 /B Am/C E7 /G] A7
Dm . . . A7 Dm : ||
(c)
P D (a)
Vi1+Va1: unis triplets
Vc1, sync
Vi2+Va2 (repeat)
E[ E[7 B[[9
7 E[
[9
E E7 B7 E B E
C/E F G/B C F
B, Dev, imit
Gm
C]/E] F ]m D/F ] Gm
stretto to climax
climax
imit
G D7[9 G D79
Dm
E[
E
Seq(32m;Ri ), imit,
G C/E G/D F7
G D Bm D
F ]m F ]m/A
M1
M1
Comment
|| : Gm D7 Gm D
Gm
M1
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
M2
Gm
Dm
Gm
arp%
(cm<)
Gm D7 Gm D
Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[
(b)
Cm F7 Dm7
G7 Cm Gm64 D7
Gm . . . D7[9
Dm . . . A7 /C] D7
Gm . . . D Gm
<(F B[ D Gm)
F B[ A Dm C F
D A7 D Gm
(c)
cad
Vi1+Vi2: unis triplets
Va1, sync
Va2
trans
cresc to climax, (cm<)
(Gm E[)/G Cm F7 B[
[9
(Gm E[)/G G[9
7 Cm D7
Gm D7 Gm D Gm
121
127
134
137
144
148
M4.a
M4.b
M4.a
M4.b
153
160
165
169
173
177
181
M5
M4
M4
I(M5)
..
.
..
.
..
.
185
187
188
189
Bm
Comment
Part 2: 34
A (aab): Vi1+2, P D (d)
tutti climax
cad
2nd stat (aab), P D (d)
D7 . . . E7 . . .
D/F ] Em/G A7 D7
<(G F ]7 /C)
C/E D G A7 /G
<(G F ]7 /C) Em
F ]7 . . . Bm
D7 /C . . . Bm
E7 /D C]7
(a)
F ]7 /E Bm/D
(b)
G7 /F ] C]7 /E
A7 . . . Am D
(cm<)
<(Am/D D7 /C G/B)
Em/G F ] Bm Em A
D A G64 D
h i
cad
193
200
205
M4.a
M4.b
209
M4.a
<(G7 Am/C D7 )
trans, Vi1
215
Am/C D7 B7 /F ] Em
221
223
M4.a
..
.
..
.
E/G] Am D7
<(G Cm)/G
P T (g)
227
231
243
247
M4
M4
M4
(M1)
G Gm D . . .
G . . . Gm . . .
D Gm . . .
D A7 D
219
C]/E] D/F ]
Gm
365
251
255
259
263
267
271
275
284
288
292
294
296
298
300
306
308
310
316
319
323
327
330
333
337
341
347
351
355
359
363
367
366
Part 3:
d
h i
2
4
A (a): Vi1
Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[
(b)
A7 D D7 Gm D
Am . . . A7
Dm . . . A[9
7
Am G]7 /B Am/C E7 /G] A7
Dm . . . A7 Dm
(c)
P D (d)
Vi1+Va1: unis triplets
Vc1
Vi2+Va 2 (repeat)
E[ E[7 B[[9
7 E[
E E7 B7[9 E B E
C/E F G/B C F
B, imit
Gm
C]/E] F ]m D/F ] Gm
PBi (%)
stretto to climax
climax
imit
G D7[9 G D79
Gm
M3
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
I(M2)
E[
E
Dm
M1
..
.
Seq(32m;Ri ), imit
G C/E G/D F7
G D Bm D
F ]m F ]m/A
M2
M2
Comment
Gm D7 Gm D
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
M2
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
M2
M2
Gm
arp%
(cm<)
Gm D7 Gm D
Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[
(b)
Cm F7 Dm7
G7 Cm Gm64 D7
Gm . . . D7[9
Dm . . . A7 /C] D7
Gm . . . D Gm
<(F B[ D Gm)
F B[ A Dm C F
D Gm
(c)
cad
Vi1+Vi2, unis triplets
Va1
Va2
Animato
Gm . . . F7 B[ D
Gm . . . D7 /C
Gm/B[ . . . D7 Gm
Coda
imit, clim, P T (g)
9
4
, 224 m.)
Recapitulation (61 m.)
Coda (43)
Mvt. 2 Andante; ternary song form (C,
A1
h i
4
4
, 134 m.)
A2
Cd
Trio
Scherzo
h i
2
2
3
4
, 163 m.)
Cd
, 309 m.)
h i
Comment
M0
M1/0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
F F7
F F m/A[ D[/F B7 /F
Cm/E[ F ]7 C7 /G
F/A B7 F/C F7
(b), PB (%)
(B[ G[ G C7 )/B[
<(F/A F/C C7 )
F E /G F/A
(c)
/
M0
17
19
23
M0
M0
25
27
31
33
36
M0
40
42
44
45
46
47
48
M2.1
M2.2
M2.2
I(M2.1)
49
50
M0
M0/1
.
/ ..
53
55
56
D[
B[ B7[5 CA[9
7 /C] Dm G7
F/A C 4 C F A[7
D[ E[m7
M2.1
C]
[9
G[ G[5
7 A[ F7 /A B[m E[7
D[/F A[7 D[/F E7
(A G]7 )/A
A F Dm+7 D]7 /D
<(A E7 )/A
Gr 2/Th 1 94 (aaab):
Cl+Bsn (1st stat), P (ae)
(aa): Ob+Va (2nd stat)
(ab)
[C] Ob, WW (cm)
Cl
Vi, Str (cm>)
h i
6
4
closing group, Ob
I(M1): WW dim imit
A F/A B7 /D] E7
A7 D7 G7
G7 G]7 Dm/A G]7
M0: Vi
Str: (cm<)
[D]
tutti dim, cresc to clim
58
59
61
M0
63
65
68
70
M0/1
M1
I(M1)
368
I(M1)
..
.
h i
I(M1): WW dim
tutti clim, M1+I(M1): Str
closing
Table 9.17: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
71
77
M(1)
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
79
80
81
82
83
88
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
89
90
M2.2
..
.
..
.
85
86
87
92
94
95
96
98
99
101
103
105
107
109
112
116
118
120
124
128
130
132
M0
M0
..
.
M1
M0
M1/0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Comment
C]m
Am D D7 Cm G]7
<(C]m D] D]7 B]7 )/C]
(C] B] E]7 F ]m
(b)
E[
G[
E[
<(C]m B] )/C]
(b)
Str cresc
D A7 D A7 /E[ D7[9 F ]
G F ]7 G D7 /A[
G D7 G D7 /A[
<(G D7 G D][5
7 /F ])
G D7[5 /A[ F/A F ][9
7 /B[
B D7 /C F ]/C] D7
E[ G7 /D[
C7 F m E[64 B[
E[ E[m/G[ B[m D[7
trans
Str: (cm>)
cad
[G] ([) FHn, Str: sync
6
E[[9
7 A[m/C[ G[4 D[
C7[9 /G F m/A[ E[64 B[7
G[
G[
E[ C[m
A[m7 /E[ F7 /E[
F7 F m7 F7 /E[ C7[5 /G[
Ob+FHn
cad
[H] retrans, WW+Str: imit
P T (f )
F A[7 D[ G[9
7
F F m/A[ D[/F B7 /F
Cm/E[ F7 F ]7 C7 /G
(b)
(c)
369
Table 9.18: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
136
Comment
F E /G F7 /A A7 B[m
M0
139
140
142
M0
M0
E[m7 A[7
G[/B[ D[
F ]/A] A
144
146
149
D B[+ /D Gm+7 C7 /G
D B[+ C]7 /G
<(D A7 )/D
151
153
154
155
156
157
M2.2
M2.2
I(M2.1)
158
M0
160
M0/1
.. ..
./ .
162
163
166
168
170
172
174
176
177
181
183
185
187
189
192
194
195
197
200
370
M2.1
D
F]
D
F
Dm
9
4
(aa): Cl+Bsn,
F D[/A[ G7 C7
F D[/F G7 /B
C7 A7 /C] D7 Gm
<(E[ Gm/D C]7 Gm/D)
Gm/D A7 /C]
Dm/F B /D
M0;: Vi
h i
6
4
closing group, Ob
stretto cresc
[K] trans, cad
cresc to climax
tutti clim, M1+I(M1): Str
Dm/F Gm G]7 /D
A7 Dm A7 Dm
h i
P (da), (ab): WW
Cl
Ob
Am/C B /D Am/E E7
<(Dm/F B[/F )
M1
..
.
Gr 2/Th 1
D Em7 A7 D A7
F ] C]7 F ]
E/G] B7 E/G]
D/A C]7 D/A
C7[9 F C]7 (Gm E7 )/B[
F/A B7 E7 F
F ]7 Gm/B[ E7 /B[
F D[/A[ G7
M0
M0/1
/
M3
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
Dm G]7 /B
F/C F7 /E[
D7[9 /C (Gm G7 )/C
C D[ D[7 B[7
Coda Bsn+FHn
(a): Vi, P D (c)
(a)
WW+FHn, (b) Str unis.
E[ E C]7 F ] D7 /F ]
i (%)
WW+FHn imit, Str: Pm
C7 A7 B[ D B[m/D[
C7 Am/C D/B[ Gm/B[
stretto climax
climax
Table 9.19: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
201
206
211
214
216
218
220
M4/2.2
M0
M1
Comment
cad
FHn-WW: imit
P T (f )
(a): Vi (224 m.)
An instrumentation aspect is the use of two trumpets three trombones in this symphony:
these are used sparingly around the structural transitions and climaxes or the movements.
In this movement there are trombones in m. 3, 19, 68, 116, 122, 177, 183 and 196. The third
trombone often states the motto theme M0.
9.5.2
Mvt. 2 Andante
371
372
9.5.3
Form: ternary song form, ABA Coda. This moderate tempo movement is a pinnacle of
romantic, lyrical and melancholy writing.1 The scherzo has an internal ternary structure, the
trio has binary structure. See Table 9.20 to 9.22 for the analysis.
The main theme (M1, first statement for high celli, in the reprise for solo French horn)
is sheer beauty; a textbook example of a melodic curve, with an extended M1(aabb) (2 +
2 + 3 + 4 m.) sentence structure. Note the irregular length phrases and the rhythmic flow
in the background (16th-triplets alternating in the violins and 16th-note arpeggio patterns
in violas). At each repeat of the main theme there are subtle differences in instrumentation
and background (such as the string arpeggios or the solo countersubject Mc). The motif M2
is based on a one-measure 16th note echappee melodic pattern, used in imitation and as a
sequence.
The trio theme M3, with its upward appoggiaturas, has a hesitant quality, and returns in
the coda, just before the final tutti climax. It has M3(aabaa) (1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 m.) structure,
based one-measure cells. The strings answer this with an espressivo subject M4, with M4(aab)
(2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. Except for the two horns, there are no brass instruments in
this movement.
9.5.4
Mvt. 4 Allegro
Its a favourite for documentaries about lost grandeur in the Habsburg empire, or nature in central Europe.
I remember film footage about the river Donau, where the director did not want to end up with good old Johann
Strau, waltzing along the waterfront.
373
1
5
8
9
10
11
12
13
17
20
21
22
23
24
29
31
32
36
38
41
45
48
49
50
51
52
54
57
58
60
374
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Cm
Comment
h i
<(Cm D7 /F )
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7
(a)
G Cm C7 /B[
(b)
3
8
([[[)
(b)
A[ Cm/G D7 /F ] G7
G7 /F A7 /E[ G7 /D
<(Cm D7 /F )
PB (&)
cad, (cm<)
2nd st (aa): Vi1, Vc: Mc
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7
(b), Str+WW bg
G Cm C7 /B[
(b)
Cm
B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G
<(C B7 ) C
cad
[A] B, Vc-Vi1
F7 B7 Em7 Am7
Seq(31m;R7 )
Dm7 B7[5 /F
E . . . D]7 /A
E Am B E7 Am
D]7 /F ] . . .
<(Cm D7 /F )
trans, Str
Str-WW, 16th tripl arp%
[B] A (aa): Fl+Ob+FHn,
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7
(b), tutti bg
G Cm C7 /B[
A[
(b)
B[ E[7 D7 /F
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G7
Cm A[m
cad
[C]
Trio
A[/E[ . . . B[7 /F [ B[7 /D
([[[[)
A, WW+FHn,
(E[[9
7
E[[9
7 )/D[
B[7
F [7 B[7 E[
repeat 8ba
62
M3
..
.
..
.
M4
..
.
..
.
..
.
65
66
68
70
72
74
76
77
79
83
87
89
91
93
96
99
103
106
107
108
109
110
111
115
118
119
120
121
M3
M4
..
.
..
.
..
./M3
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
E[[9
7 B[7 /D[
(E[[9
7
E[[9
7 )/D[
F]
B[7
F [7 B[7 E[ G]m/B
C]m7 /E C]7 /E] F ] B7 /D]
B, (a): Str
(a)
E D]m/F ] C][9
7 /G] F ]7 /A] B
B[[9
7 /F
A[m/E[ E[
A[ . . . B[7 /D[ E[[9
7
B[7 B[7 /D
B[/D E[7 /D[ A[/C
[E]
A 3rd st, WW+Hns,
Str: 16ths arp (doubled)
B, (a): Str
F m7 B[7 E[+ A[
(a)
A[7 /C D[ A[/E[
(b), (cm>)
[5/[9
B[[5
/F
7 /E G7
[5/[9
G[7 E[/G D7 /A[
Scherzo Reprise
<(Cm D7 /F )
([[[)
[F] A, (aa): FHn
[5
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ D7 /A[
(b)
A[
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Cm
G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[
(b)
B[ E[7 D7 /F
A[ Cm/G D7 /F ]
G7 /F A7 /E[ G7 /D
<(Cm D7 /F )
PB (&)
G[9
7 /B
(b), Str+WW bg
Cm F m/A[
D7[5 /A[
G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[
(b)
B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G
cad
375
m
122
127
129
130
134
136
139
143
146
147
148
149
150
152
154
156
159
376
Comment
M2
..
.
..
.
<(C B7 )/C C
F7 B7 Em7 Am7
Seq(31m;R7 )
Dm7 B7[5 /F
E . . . D]7 /A
E Am B E7 Am
D]7 /F ] F ]7
<(Cm D7 /F )
trans, Cl+Bsn
Str-WW: 16ths tripl arp%
[H] A, 3rd st (aa) Vi+Vc, Bsn: Mc
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7
(b), tutti bg
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
5
M3
..
.
..
.
Cm
G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[
(b)
B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G
Cm . . .
cad
[I]
[5/[9
D7
/A[ Cm/G G7
Cm . . . B7 /F
tutti
377
9.5.5
378
379
9.6
h i
2
2
, 440 m.)
6
8
, 118 m.)
h i
h i
2
4
, 357 m.)
h ih i
3
4
3
2
, 311 m.)
V 811
V 1215
(Reprise V 13)
V 1622
V 2330
9.6.1
Form: sonata form. See Table 9.23 to 9.27 for the analysis. The exposition of this movement
opens directly with the gentle main subject M1, whose main characteristic is the descending
leap of the third motif (that becomes a sixth in its inversion). This interval is used in varied
forms of the theme (such as M1, the secondary statement), as accented backgrounds and in
transitions. The overall structure of the main subject is M1(aabc) (4 + 4 + 4 + 6 m.), with
the leaps in the a-phrase, the lead pedal point and 8th note rhythm in the b-phrase, and the
cadential closing c-phrase.
The contrasting marcato secondary subject (M2, unisono winds and brass, mixed rhythm
with staccato and 4th-note triplets) also has an arpeggio in thirds flavour. This might alternatively be considered a motto M2(ab) (2 + 2 m.) that introduces the lyrical (stepwise
vs. sweeping character) melody M3. This has M3(aaaa) (4 2 m.) structure (based on a
two-measure cell) with half note appoggiaturas as a starting point.
380
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
Em
(Em Am B7 Em)/E
5
9
13
15
19
23
25
27
31
37
40
41
45
49
51
53
57
63
65
69
73
75
77
80
84
87
89
91
95
97
99
101
C G Dm Am
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
C/G G]7 Am E7 /B
6
(Am F ][5
7 )/C F ]7 Em4 B7
Em C F ]7 B7 /D] Em/G
PB (%)
cad
[A] 2nd st, (a): Str imit, var
C F ]7 /C G C]7 G
tutti imit
D G]7 /D A Am7
B7[9 /D] D7 F ]m/C] D7 /C
B7 Em/G A7 F ][9
7 /A]
B7[9 B7 /A Em/G F ]7 Bm7
tutti climax
Em7 Am7 D7 G7
d
Bm
M2
]5
F ][9
7 . . . G Bm D7
[9
G Bm F ]7 Bm/D
C G/D C/E
A7 /E[ G/D G/B G7 /F
F ] . . . Bm C] F ]
d
F ]7 Bm C]7 F ]7
G Em C]7 F ]7 Bm C]7
F ]7 Bm Em7 /G A7 D
M3/1
M3/1
M2
P D (f ])
[B] Gr 2, trans, Str imit
Em F ]7 G Em7 F ]7
G . . . D7[9
M2
M1
B
M4.1
M4.2
M4.3
..
.
(B F ]7 C][9
7 )/F ]
E + C]m F ]7 B
G]m7 C]7 F ] C]7 F ]7
B F ]7 E/B F ]7 B
C]m C]7 F ]7 /E B/D]
Bm7 /D G]7 C]7
381
Table 9.24: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
103
105
107
110
114
117
119
123
125
127
129
130
133
137
145
149
153
155
157
161
165
167
169
173
177
180
182
183
184
188
192
196
200
202
382
Comment
D G <(D Bm)
tutti
..
.
M2
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
F ] Bm7 /F ] F ]
5
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
5
M2
(M1)
..
.
(M2)
Em
F ]7 /A] F ]7 B
<(E F ])
tutti climax, P (f ])
G B7 Em D7 B7[9 /D]
(Em Am B7 Em)/E
C G Dm Am
Gm
<(C7 F )/C
C7 /B[ F/A A7 /G D7 /F ]
Gm Cm D7[9 Gm
(b)
cad, PB (&)
[G] 2nd Dev, WW: var, Vi: Mc
E[ B[ B[m D[ A[
B[m
<(E[7 A[)/E[
E[7 /D[ A[/C C7 /B[ F7 /A
B[m E[m A[ D[ F7
(b)
cad, PB (&)
var, tutti
tutti climax
F ]7 /A] B F ]/A] Bm
d
F ]7 G F ]7 Em7
d
Bm
Cm
D[m
Dm
F ]sus4
F ]7
7
G ...
F m B C7 F m G[9
7
<(Cm A[)/C A[7 /C
cad
[H] Dev 2nd part, Str imit
WW, rapid mod
Str arp, (a): WW, P (c)
Table 9.25: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
206
210
212
214
217
221
227
231
234
238
246
249
254
255
259
263
267
269
271
273
275
278
279
281
285
286
288
289
294
296
297
Comment
M2
..
.
..
.
M2/1
Em
F ]7 B7 E7 Am B G+ /B
<(C F m) B[m
WW echo
E[7 /B[ A[ F m E[
D]7 A]7 /C] D]7 G]m
G]m C]m7 F ] B
(b) WW+Str
(b): tutti, P D (d])
WW/Str
G]m
(M1)
..
.
..
.
M1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E B B7 /F ] C]m
D]7 B[7 /F [ E[7 /D[ C7
F7 C7 F7 /E[
Em
D7 G7 E7 /G] A7
F ]7 /A] B <(F ]7 B7[9 )
Seq(32m;R7 )
cad
Em . . .
C . . . C +
D]
G+ Em . . . G7
Str arp
C G Dm Am
Str-WW imit
PB (%)
(Am F ][5
7 )/C F ]7
Em64 B7]5
Em C Am F ]7
cad
2nd stat, (a): Str imit, var
B G+ C D7[9 /C
(G Gm C]7 )/G
tutti imit
(D E7[9 )/D A Am
B7[9 /D] D7 F ]m/C] D7 /C
(B7 G C7 F ]7 )/B
P D (b)
B7 . . .
C Em G+ G]5
7
C . . . Em/G F G97
cad
trans, Str imit
M2
G7 F/A D7 /A[ G
C/E F ]7 /A]
B . . . B Em F ] B
383
Table 9.26: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
301
305
308
309
312
315
317
M3/1
..
.
339
341
343
M4.2
M4.3
..
.
..
.
373
376
377
379
381
384
385
387
390
B7 Em Am Em Am F ]7
(Hns+LoStr)/others
Am F ]7 B7 F ]7 Am
F ]7 B7 /D] Em64 F ]7
B7 Em Am7 /C D7 /F ]
cad
G Em Am B7[9
cresc
WW+Hns, tutti climax
d
M4.1
WW+Hns
Str-WW imit, PBi (&)
[N] tutti, episode gr,
P D (b)
HiStr
E B7 /D] A A+
A+ F ]7 B7 /A E/G]
C]7 /G F ]
D]7 /A G][9
7 /F ]
M2
M2
M2
..
.
G]m
M2
Em
(M1)
Comment
F ]7 Am7 B7[9
C . . . G7
M2
M2
M2
M1
347
349
351
354
358
361
363
367
369
M3/1
..
.
320
321
324
328
331
333
335
345
384
C]/E] C]7 F ] F ]7 /E
B/D] B E B/D]
<(A7 C]7 )/C] C7
(E B7 E)/B A E B
<(F ]7 A]7 )/A] A7
C]m/G] A7 /G F ]7
E/B B7 E A E
<(E B)/E
B G]m D]7 G]m
F7 B[7 E[7
A[m F7 B[7
<(B Em)
Am F ]7 /A G Em/G D
D7[9 . . . D7 Gm
F (N/I)
B7[9 . . .
<(B7[9 Em)
F ][9
7 /A] . . . B
Table 9.27: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
Comment
Em
Em Am F ]7 B7 /D]
stretto imit
410
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
412
394
397
400
402
406
408
D Dm/F F Am/C
B7[9 /D] Am/E F7 D7[9 /F ]
d
Em64 . . . A]7 /C
B7[9
d
414
(C Am
Am)/C
418
420
421
426
428
431
434
Em F ][9
7 Em/G B7
Am/C B7 /D] Em C F ]7 /A
<(Em64 C) Em64 B7
Em Cm/E[ G/D Cm G
Cm/E[ G/D F ]/C] F ]m B7
<(Em B7 ) Em/B Am/C
F ]7 B7 <(Em B) Em
(cm<)
repeat, PBi (%)
cad
[R] tr, WW+HiStr, P (ce)
Str+WW, (cm>)
tutti, Str arp
closing
tutti cresc
tutti climax (440 m.)
385
9.6.2
386
387
9.6.3
Form: sonata form, with rondo character. See Table 9.28 to 9.30 for the analysis.
The extended main subject in the exposition can be divided into three, completely different phrases M1(abc) (5 + 5 + 8 m.): the a-phrase in 8th notes, with contrary motion and
harmonized with triads; the b-phrase with 16th note staccato patterns and legato arpeggios;
and the c-phrase with sustained accented notes and triplets. The second phrase is presented
in varied form M1b as an intermediate group, before the second group theme enters.
The secondary theme has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 5 m.) period structure, with the descending arpeggio from the a-phrase continued in the b-phrase. The second b-phrase is an
ascending 8th note arpeggio in sequence setting.
It is in the development, where the main theme first phrase M1a gets its rondo character;
most of the development is based on variations of the second phrase M1b. With the third
phrase M1c we have suddenly landed in the recapitulation. The second group now is presented in the subdominant key, which also holds for the first main theme statement M1a in
the coda, notwithstanding the extended dominant pedal g.
9.6.4
388
Comment
1
3
6
9
11
16
19
M1a
M1b
M1c
M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.
C Em F G F/A G
C Em F Dm G Em F
B7 /F C/E C G B7 /F
C/E F ]7 /C G E[/G
B[ E[ B[7 E[ F m7 /A[
G G7 . . .
<(G B7 /F C/E C) G
<(G C/E) G G7
(intermediate group)
Dm Am/C B7 F/A
Brs: P D (g)
[S6 ]
Str 16ths sc runs
(a): tutti clim
24
28
30
32
35
37
40
44
48
I(M1a)
M1b
52
58
63
69
76
78
80
85
M2
M2
89
M1a
..
.
91
93
106
109
113
115
117
119
M1b
..
.
..
.
M1b
..
.
C G D G Dm G C G
A D B Em G7
C G D G Dm G C G
A7 D D7 G G7 <(C G)
[5/[9
G7 /F C/E A7 /E[
[5/[9
G/D G7 /D[ Am/C
D G . . . A[5
7 /G
G C]7 Dm G
C Em F G F/A G
C Em F Dm G Em
F . . . Dm/F . . . D]7 /C
B7[5 /F C/E C G
8ths
tutti clim, 21 note imit
(b): tutti 16ths
(cm<)
D]7 /C B7[5 /F C E
Am
Am F Dm E
Am7 Dm B7 E
Am G]7 /D Am/C D]7 A
389
390
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1b
..
.
I(M1a)
A E7 /G Dm/F C7 /E
B[/D Am/C Gm/B[ A7
Dm Am/E Gm/D F7 /C
C]m
A E/G] F ]m
G]m7no 3 . . . C]m7
F ]m7 D]7 E A] /C] D]
G]7 /B] C]m A G] /B
D[
M1c
M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E B /D Am/C G/B
d
M1b
M1b
M1a
M1a
M1a
M1
..
.
Comment
M1a
M1a
E[
G]7 A D]7 /F ] G]
C]m/E B]7 /F ] C]m/E G]
C]m B]7 /F ] C]m/E G]7
C]m7 F ]m7 G]7
C]m7 F ]m7 D]7 G]
C]m7 G] C]m7 F ]m
D]7 G] C]m
D[ G[/B[ A[
D[ G[/B[ A[ F m
G[ C[7
F F m
D[/F . . . D[ G[
(b): Vi1
(a): LoStr, (b): Vi1
(a): LoStr
[F] (a): WW+Hns
(a): Bsn
retrans, (a/c): Bsn+FHn
E[7 D[/F G7 /F
G[9
7 . . . <(C]7 Dm)/G
E[/G B[ E[
B[7 E[ F m7 /A[ G7
G B7 /F C/E C
G B7 /F C Am/C G G7
(intermediate group)
<(G C/E) G G7
Dm Am/C B7 F/A
Brs: P (g)
[S6 ]
Str 16th sc runs
Comment
I(M1a)
..
.
..
.
M1b
C C7 /B F/A G F G
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
C Em F Dm G Em
Seq(31m;R7 )
F C G C Gm7 C F C
D G B7 /D E Am C7
F C G Gm C F C
Gr 2 (aa): Ob+Vi1, SD
(b) Seq(22m;R7 )
Var, (a): Hns+Str 8th tripl
F m C7 D7 E
Seq(31m;R7 )
Am E7 F F7 B[ G
C Gm C C7 /B[
F/A D7[5 /A[ C/G C7 /B[
F/A D7[5 /A[ C/G
F E7 Cm/E[ D
(M1a)
tutti climax
[5/[9
C7 /G[
<(G C] )/G Gm
(Gm A7 D7[9 )/G
<(Gm C] )/G
(E F m G)/G
<(E[ G)/G
(G G+ Cm C7 F F ]7 )/G
(G G7 Dm F )/G
(Dm7 G Gm)/G C7
F Am B[ C B[/D C
(M1a)
M1a
..
.
..
.
M1b
M1c
M1a
A7 Dm B7 Em C7 F
Dm E Am/C
E /B[ F C E /B[ F
C E[7 A[/E[ E[7 C7 /E
C7 F G7 C
(a): Str+Bsn+FHn, SD
F Am Gm
C Am Dm B[ E[ C
<(F G7 )/F F7
<(F7 B[)/F (B[ Dm)/F
G]7 /F <(E7 G]7 /D A/C])
E C/E . . . F/A . . .
Dm . . . G7
<(C F G)
F G Dm G C
Seq(31m;R7 )
[I] tutti clim, 21 note imit
(b): Str P T (f )
[K] (c): Brs, tutti clim
cad
closing, (a): Str unis
cad (357 m.)
391
392
9.6.5
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 9.7. Only the first and third movement are
displayed in the diagram since the other two have simple and straightforward key relationships: tonic-dominant-tonic E B E in the second movement and minor-major-minor
Em E Em in the finale.
Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso
Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo
Em
Bm
F ]m
G]m
C]m
*
Dm
Gm
B[
B[m
D[
Fm
Cm
A[
E[
4 B
E[m
F]
Em
Bm
F ]m
C]m
*
A
6
Am
E
Em
Dm
B[
1
4
6
-C -G
F
Fm
B[m
B[
D[
B[m
tC]
Gm
Dm
2
A[m
Gm
D[m
1
6
- 6
Bm
Em
I
@
@D
G
Am
F
A[
Cm
Gm
E[
B[
Fm
The opening Allegro with sonata form has two characteristics: the symmetry relations
along the vertical axis with the relative major-minor and the minor third (3i) property. See
the Bm B D (1) and the Em Gm B[m sequence (2). The other remarkable fact is the
extended (chromatic) ascending key relationship Bm Cm D[m Dm Em (3).
The third movement is fairly regular, with its alternating moves towards dominant C
G C in the opening and towards the subdominant C F C in the closing section. The
exception is the middle section with the relative minor-major changes and the sequence
(C] = D[) E[ C, which is based on an enharmonic equivalence between two remote
keys.
393
394
Chapter 10
10.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
h i
2
4
, 304 m.)
B (71 m.)
A (105 m.)
Mvt. 3 Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, allegro: ABCA Coda form (F A D[,
A (132 m.)
B (37 m.)
A (129 m.)
h i
2
4
, 414 m.)
C (48 m.)
10.1.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA form. The ternary structure of this slow movement may be
subdivided as follows: A:[A1 B1 A2 B2 ] B:[C1 D C2 ] A:[A3 B3 A4 ] Coda. The main theme
M1 may be deconstructed at two levels: on a larger scale this melody has M1(abab) (4 +
4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure, where M1.b is a melodic sequence. On the smaller scale the
first phrase has M1.ab(ccb) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The opening statements are
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
10.1.2
396
Table 10.1: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
m
Comment
Andantino
1
6
M1
10
M1
..
.
14
18
22
24
26
30
34
38
42
50
58
62
73
75
78
82
84
86
90
94
98
B[m
/
D[
B[m
M1
..
.
M2
..
.
106
114
118
126
130
M3
([[[[[)
A:A1 , a): Ob, Str pizz
b), halfcad
B[m F G[ C7 /E[ F
a): Ob
b): Seq(32m;R7 )
2nd st, a): Vc, WW bg
.
M1/ ..
.. ..
./ .
M1
..
.
B[m F G[ C7 /E[ F
B[m E[m G7 F
d
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.
/ ..
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
D[
B[m/D[ C7 F G7 /B[ F
b)
a)
b): Seq(32m;R7 )
A[ G[ A[ E[m
A[ G[ A[ D
(ab)
F ]m/C] F/C
cresc, (cm<)
A[/C . . .
A[+ /C = C + F7[9 /C
F7[9 /C
halfcad
Vi+Va unis, WW bg
B[m C7 /E[ A[ D[
G[ C7 /E[ F7 B[m
Seq(32m;R7 )
A[ G[ A[ E[m
A[ G[ A[ B/F ]
D F/C
<(D7 Gm C F ) C7 . . .
Piu` mosso
F C7 /G F C7 /E
Dm A7 Dm G7 C
([)
B:C1 (aa): Cl+Bsn
(aa) halfcad
397
Table 10.2: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
(contd)
m
134
130
141
145
147
150
M
M3
M3
..
.
162
164
166
M3
156
158
170
174
178
180
182
186
190
199
204
206
208
212
216
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
Comment
A[
F C7 /E F C7 /B[
F/A C/E A Dm G C
A[ E[/G F m B[ E[
A[ D /F C
A[m/C[ B[7 E[7
i (%)
Str Mc Pm
(E[7 F m F7 B[m)/E[
(B[7 G7 A[)/E[
d
244
F C7 /E F C7 /G
d
D[
A7 /E Dm G7 C
(D[ A[7 F m E[7 A[[9
7 )/D[
(D[ A )/D[
(B[m A[7 E[7 A[7 )/D[
(D[ A[7 D[ C7 A[[9
7 )/D[
P T (d[)
B[m
M2
M1
(ped)
M1
..
.
220
228
234
398
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
154
D[
B[m
rit
Tempo I
B[m F7 C7 F
([[[[[)
A:A3 , Vi1, Str+WW bg
B[m C7 /E[
F G7 /B[ F B[m
B[m/D[ F7 C7 /E[ F
WW 32ths runs
B[mE[m7 A[/C D[
G[7 /B[ E[m F7 B[m
Seq(32m;R7 )
A[ G[ A[ E[m
A[ G[ A[
B[m A[7 /G[ . . . F7 C /E[
[5/[9
A[7
/D . . .
Table 10.3: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
(contd)
m
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
G[
Str, WW bg
B[m
283
287
M1
..
.
..
.
291
299
M1
M1
248
252
255
267
275
279
Vc
B[m F7 G[ C7 /E[ F
B[m E[m7 E[ F C7 F
halfcad
Seq(32m;R7 )
Coda, Vi1
Cl-Vc (304 m.)
399
400
10.1.3
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 10.2. In the ternary song form Mvt. 2, Andantino in modo di canzona, both A-sections are in the tonic minor key B[m, alternating
with the relatve major key D[ (1,3). The middle section starts on the regular dominant major key F , alternating with A[ (2). Near the end there is an excursion towards the lowered
submediant major key G[ = [VI (4).
Mvt. 3 Scherzo,
Pizzicato ostinato
Mvt. 2 Andantino in
modo di canzona
E[
B[
F
E[m
B[m
* 6
4
1,3 ?
G[
D[
Fm
A[
Em
Bm
Gm
B[
1,2 6
?
A
Dm Am
F
C
5
B[m F m
4
D[
F ]m
A[
Cm
E[
Mvt. 3, Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, clearly reflects the major third (4i) symmetric root
layout. Both A-sections start on the tonic major key F . The middle sections start on A (2) and
D[ (4), respectively. All sections move back and forth towards a major third distant major
key (the closing section moves through all three related major keys F A F D[ F ),
except for the B-section, that alternates with the relative minor key F ]m (3).
10.2
h ih ih i
4
4
2
2
6
4
, 565 m.)
401
10.2.1
Form: sonata form. The sonata form is not very evident to identify in this movement. The
main theme from this symphony (Das Schicksalsthema), here labeled as M0, returns prominently in the introduction, at the end of the development and the recapitulation section, and
in the coda.
The main theme has M0(aabbaabb) structure with all phrases of equal length, i.e., two
measures, the a-phrase (dotted quarter note with two 16th notes) as a characteristic motif,
and suggesting a period structure on the larger scale.
The sonata main theme (m. 58 ff.) also has M1(aabb) period structure with short twomeasure phrases; note the group of accented downbow quarter notes for strings. The contrasting theme (arch-shaped scalar stepwise motion in dotted quarter note 8th note rhythm)
then brings four-measure phrasing; this pattern is continued in M3(aa) (4 + 4 m.). The development section starts with a new theme, M4, which returns in the secondary development
section. It has M4(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure, the last b-phrase being a sequence. The Coda (m. 546 ff.) brings a closing two-measure signalling motif M5, first played
by oboes and trumpets, and repeated by the horns. See Table 10.4 to 10.6 for the analysis.
An alternative formal analysis yields MA1 MA2 MA3 (measures 1-57, 58-171, 172-201, 202425, 426-471, 472-565, respectively), where M is the main theme and the development theme
is incorporated as closing theme (part of the second group of themes) of the exposition. The
development element is now the elaborated and varied restating of all themes in A2 and in
the coda, A3 .
10.2.2
402
Comment
M0
..
.
..
.
M0
E A E . . . C]m
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ] B
A E F ]m7 D]7 E C]m
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ]
B <(C]7 B7 Em) B7
<(Em G) Am F ]7 B7
E A E . . . A]
M0
..
.
..
.
A D]7 E F ]m E A]
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ]
d
Em
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa
Em
M2/(1)
M2/(1)
M3
M3
M4.a
M4.b
M4.b
M0
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ] B
M0
M4
M4
..
.
PB (%)
[A] tr, signal: Brs, P D (b)
A
D
Em
D
B <(C]7 B7 Em) B7
<(C G) F ]7 G
G <(F ]7 Em)/G Em/G
<(Em Am Em) . . . F ]7
<(Em F ]7 B)
<(Em . . . F ]7 /A)
<(C D7 )/C
C Am7 G Em G Em Am
G F ]7 Em C G Em B
Em A7
D F ]7 Bm B7 Em B
Em A7 D F ]7 Bm/D B7
<(E7 F ]7 E7 A]7 Bm)/E
<(A7 B7 A7 D]7 Em)/A
(A7 Em C]7 B7 )/A
Em/G
[C] P (g)
A7 /G D/F ] A7 /E D A7 /G
A7 /G D/F ]
C]7 F ]m D7 G E7 A
Seq(32m;R7 )
[B]
F ]7 Bm A7 Bm F ]m E
<(C/E G7 /F )
<(C Em F A7 Dm7 G)
[9
C A[9
7 Dm B7 Em7 A
F ]m B7 G7 /B G7 /D
C F/A C . . . F C Am
<(G Am G D]7 Em)
Seq, climax
[I] imit: Str-WW
Str, PB (%)
[K] Seq(32m;R7 )
cresc to climax
Brs, climax, (cm)
[L] PB (%)
403
188
196
M0
202
206
210
214
218
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1/c1
..
.
224
227
230
Em
C
M1
234
242
250
258
266
282
M4/c2
M4/c
M4/c2
M4/c
296
304
312
316
321
324
328
332
340
348
M1/c3
M1/c3
M1.bb
M1.aa
Em
M2/(1)
M2/(1)
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
356
360
364
368
378
386
390
395
398
406
404
M4
M4
..
.
M4.a
M4.b
F]
E[m
F[
Em
A
D
Em
F ]m
G]m
F]
Comment
C F/A C F C Am
<(G Am G D]7 Em)
<(Em G D]7 )
<(Em F ]7 /C C D7 /C)
<(C G C) Am7 /G
<(C7 Am7 /G)
C7 /B[ . . . G7 /B Em/B
C7 . . . C]7
Gm7 /D C]7 /E B[m7 /F
C]7 /G F ]
F ]/C] B F ]7 /E B/D] F ]7
<(F ]/C] B) B[[9
7
[13
B[7 /F E[m B[[13
7 E[m B[7
B[7 E[m(7) A[m7 D7 E[m
F [ = E . . . Em/G
F ]7 . . . Am/E Am D]7 /A
Em
Em
<(C D7 )/C
C Am7 G Em G Em Am
G F ]7 Em C G Em B
Em A7
D F ]7 Bm B7 Em B
Em A7 D F ]7 Bm/D B7
<(E7 F ]7 E7 A]7 Bm)/E
<(A7 B7 A7 D]7 Em)/A
[T] Seq(34m;R7 )
[V] Seq(32m;R7 )
Seq, climax
[W] imit: Str-WW
Str
M4.b
..
.
M0
M0
M0
..
.
Em
[X] Seq(32m;R7 )
cresc to climax
Brs, tutti clim, P D (b)
PB (&)
Brs, clim, PB (%),
P D (b)
B79 Em B79
<(C/E G)
C G Am Em F ]m C D Am
D C F ]7 Em F ]7 F ]7
B
(climax)
[Y] climax
trans, (cm)
<(E A E) C]m
closing
B7 G]m C]m B7 F ]7 B7
A D7 E F ]m7 D E C]m
B D]7 G]m C]m7 B F ]97 B
<(E A E) F ]97
d
F
E
M5
[9
E C][9
7 F ]m D]7 G]7 C]
M1/2
..
.
M1/2
M4
Comment
M0
..
.
..
.
M0
..
.
[Z]
[Aa] 2nd stat: Ob+Brs,
9
[9
B D][9
7 G]m F ]7 B D]7
[9
<(C]m B D]7 )
G]m B7 E B]
C]m E46 C]m B
E7 C]7 F ]m C]97
Presto
F ]m A B F ]m C]m E/B
Em E A A]7 B G] F ]m
E7 C]7 F ]m C]97
F ]m A B F ]m C]m E/B
<(C7 /B[ F/A)
C7 /B[ (E C]7 F ]m)/B
B7 F ]7 C] G7 B/F ]
E B7 G C]7 Am B
<(E Bm C]7 F7 B)
E
<(E A)
E
E
climax, PB (%)
h i
2
2
, (cm<)
[Cc] repeat
cresc to climax
tutti climax
trans
[Dd] (cm<)
P
h Ti(e)
6
4 Brs, clim (ped)
[Ee] desc-asc lead
close (565 m.)
405
406
10.3. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN B MINOR PATHETIQUE,
OP. 74
10.3
B1
A2
C A3
h i
3
4
, 171 m.)
B2 Coda
10.3.1
407
408
10.3.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 10.5. The Finales ternary form structure is
reflected in the key relationships. The outer A-sections are in the tonic minor key Bm, the
contrasting middle section is in the relative major key D.
Mvt. 4 Finale
Bm
6
?
10.4
Source: [67]. This suite for orchestra contains pieces from the original ballet music. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 10.6.
10.4.1
Form: binary form, A1 B1 A2 B2 . This overture is known for its string section instrumentation:
there are neither celli nor contrabasses, while all higher string instruments (violins and violas) are playing divisi. This adds to the light (miniature?) character of the movement (for
a similar instrumentation, see Mendelssohns Midsummer Nights Dream Overture, Sec. 7.1).
The main theme has a regular M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure. Melody M1.2
is a four-measure motif, acting as middle sentence in a larger scale structure. The B-section
presents a new theme with an unfamiliar M2(abb) (4 + 2 + 8 m.) structure, where the second
b-phrase with its stepwise ascending 16th-note turnaround patterns leads to a climax. See
Table 10.7 and 10.8 for the analysis.
10.4.2
409
B1
A2
h i
2
4
, 183 m.)
B2
B A1
C A2
B1
h i
2
4
, 52 m.)
A2 B2
h i
2
4
, 84 m.)
Co
h i
3
8
, 88 m.)
A2
4
4
B A2
h i
A3 B3
, 102 m.)
Cod
h i
4
4
, 32 m.)
A1 B A2 C
2f) Danse des Mirlitons: ABACA form (D,
A1
B A2
h i
2
4
A3
, 77 m.)
h i
3
4
, 341 m.)
B (84 m.)
410
Comment
1
5
9
13
17
19
21
23
25
M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
M1.2
B[
B[ E[/G E[ C79 F
B[ E[ B[ F7 B[
B[ E[/G C79 F
B[ E[ B[ F7 /E[ B[/D
D7 /F ] Gm D7 /C Gm7 /B[
A7 /C Gm64 D7 Gm
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
B[ F/C C C7 F
<(C7 /G[ F ) F G[7 /E
A1 , ab):: Vi1
ab)
2nd stat: Vi1, 16th accomp
30
33
37
39
41
45
49
53
57
61
65
70
75
77
83
90
98
107
111
115
120
123
129
131
Gm
F
B[
B[ D7 E[ E7 F F ]7
Gm A[5
7 /E[ D
G7 /B Cm G Cm/E[ C7[9 /E
cresc, climax
Tr2 : Str
F B[ B[/D F ]7 /E[ C7 /E
B1 , a): Vi1
b), 16th-notes
b): PL (%), climax
[C] 2nd stat: Vi1
(cm>)
Dm G[5
7 /D[ F/C C]7 /B
Gm7 C7 <(F A7 Dm C7 )
<(C7 F ) F . . . C7 F
tutti climax
cad
B[
B[ C7 F B[ F7
B[ C7 F B[ F7 B[
D7 Gm D7 Gm
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
<(C7 /G[ F ) F G[7 /E
G7 /D A[/C E[7 /D[ F/C
B[ C7 F7 B[ D7
E[ F ]7 Gm A7 /E[ D
G7 /B Cm C7 F
M2
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
M1.2
M1.1
..
.
M1.1
..
.
M2
..
.
[A] Fl
cad
2nd stat: Cl
Dm
Gm
F
B[
411
412
Comment
M2
..
.
B[
B[ E[ E[/G G]7 F7 /A
B2 , a): Vi1
b)
b), PL (%), climax
[G] 2nd stat: Vi1
M2
..
.
M2
..
.
Gm
B[
413
1
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
Ma
Mb
Ma
Ma
Comment
Em
21
25
29
33
35
Mc
Mc
Mc
C]7 /B B Em/G
C]7 /B B Em/G
C]7 /B B Em/G
B7 D7 B7 F7
[9/[13
B7
D7 B7 D7 B7
B1 , P D (b)
(ped)
(ped)
B2 retrans, Cel
solo cadenza arp
37
39
41
43
45
47
Ma
Mb
Ma
49
51
Ma
F ]7 B E7 A
D7 G B7 Em
Coda, Seq(31m;R7 )
tutti cad (52 m.)
10.4.3
Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . This dance has become part of the classical music canon.
The unique orchestration aspect is the use of the celesta; the story is that Tchaikovsky saw
this novelty in Paris, liked the sound, and then decided to use the instrument in this ballet
music. Also note the very low bass clarinet, answering the celesta phrases.
The main melody has M(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure, with the b-phrase as a
melodic and harmonic sequence. The middle section has a larger scale constrasting melodiy
with a modified Mc(ababa) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.) period structure, and extended use of pedal
point. See Table 10.9 for the analysis.
10.4.4
414
415
10.4.5
Form: ABABA Coda form, rondo form. This folk dance has a (g d)-pedal point (tonic and
dominant) throughout, played by violas and cellos. The introduction A returns twice as a
transitory interlude. The opening motif M0 is a four-measure phrase in three-part sectional
voicing for English horn and two clarinets. The main rondo melody appears in the B-section
and has M1(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure. The oboe countertheme M2 in the B3 section contains a
chromatically descending [1 7 7 [6 5]-motif. See Table 10.10 for the analysis.
10.4.6
416
Comment
h i
Gm
3
8
1
5
M0
Allegretto
Gm . . .
Gm . . .
14
22
M1
M1
Gm . . .
Gm . . .
B1 , Vi
[A] 2nd stat, var
33
M0
Gm . . .
A2 , trans: EHn+2Bsn, 2
42
M1
..
.
[9
(Gm G7 G[9
7 D7 )/G
46
48
50
P (gd)
A1 , Intro: Va+Vc (mute),
EHn+2Cl, 2
(D7[9
54
57
M1
..
.
..
.
(Gm A7 A[)/G
(A7 A[ G . . . Gm . . .)/G
61
65
M0
Gm . . .
Gm . . .
69
70
78
M2
M1/
M1/2
Gm
Gm . . .
Gm . . .
86
88
90
92
94
97
M0
M1
M0
M1
M0
<(Gm Cm)/G
G
<(Gm Cm)/G
G
(Gm Cm G)/G
G
[D] Coda, Cl
Bsn: app, NB: major
2nd stat
52
2nd stat
(Gm . . . F ]7 Gm)/G
417
418
10.4.7
Form: ABACA form. This dance is a feature for the three flutes, that play 3-part parallel lines
(sectional harmony) in the A- and B-sections. The C-section is a contrasting middle section,
with the brass dominating this tutti.
The main theme has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure. The contrasting
theme in the bridge, set for English horn, has M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The
C-section presents a four-measure 16th-note staccato motif M3 for brass section with lead
trumpets. In the repeat (m. 51 ff.) there is a tutti orchestration with high strings doubling the
trumpet melody at the octave. See Table 10.11 for the analysis.
10.4.8
419
Table 10.11: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Danses caracteristiques, Danse des Mirlitons
m
1
3
7
9
11
15
Comment
h i
Moderato assai
D ...
D A7 D G/D D/A E7 A7
A97 /C] D A97 /E D/F ]
E7 /G E7 /G] A
D A7 D G/D D/A E7 A7
A97 /C] D E]7 F ]m G]7 A
M1
..
.
M1
2
4
A1 , Str: pizz
a): 3Fl
19
25
M2
A97 . . .
A7 . . .
27
M1
..
.
D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7
A2 , 3Fl, Str: bg
cresc, PB (%)
clim, halfcad
[B] 2nd stat: 3Fl
cresc, PB (%)
clim, cad
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7
A3 , 3Fl, Str: bg
cresc, PB (%)
clim, halfcad
[E] 2nd stat: 3Fl
cresc, PB (%)
clim, cad (77 m.)
31
33
35
39
41
M1
..
.
43
47
51
55
60
M3
M3
M3
M3
62
M1
..
.
64
66
70
74
76
420
M1
..
.
F ]m
421
10.4.9
422
423
424
Chapter 11
Gabriel Faure
Biographical data:
12-5-1845 in Pamiers (Ari`ege)
4-11-1924 in Paris
1600
11.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [18]. Music for orchestra and choir; this is the final version, orchestrated in 1900. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 11.1.
The orchestration is for winds, brass, percussion, strings and organ; the general setting
is light. In the string section the violas and celli are the main parts, playing divisi in two
subgroups; doubling the register of the choir. Violins are often used for effect, playing countermelody, and contrabasses give local extra support (cello group 2 is playing the bass part).
Although the work is orchestrated for full orchestra, there are many tacet parts in the individual movements, see the instrumentation overview in Table 11.1 (the score shows all
staves on every page, although many remain empty). The result is a most transparent orchestration. The vocal parts are for mixed choir (sopranos, altos, tenors and basses) and solo
soprano and baritone. The organ part contains numerous errors (flats, sharps, compare with
the string parts). There are climaxes in every movement, but no extended loud sections will
be found.
Most melodies are diatonic. The same holds for the harmony. Occasionally there are
exact parallel chord structures on symmetrically distributed roots, especially on dominant
chords under a chromatic melody. This concerns dominant 7th chords S7 with roots distributed at the (minor R3i or major R4i ) third, e.g., alternating <(D7 B7 ) sequences (see
Mvt. 7).
11.1.1
Form: introduction ABC. The longer opening movement has vocal solos (tenors in the A section, sopranos in the A and C section), brass tutti support (see the instrumentation overview
in Table 11.1). See Table 11.2 and 11.3 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie, Molto largo Andante: ternary song form (Dm,
Intro. A
h i
4
4
Mvt. 2 Offertoire, Adagio molto: ternary song form, ABA Coda (Bm D,
I
h i
3
4
A B
h i
4
4
, 38 m.)
h ih i
B A C
, 93 m.)
h ih i
6
4
2
2
, 136 m.)
4
4
3
4
h i
3
4
, 59 m.)
A
Figure 11.1: Faure, Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48
426
4
4
, 62 m.)
h ih i
A C
, 91 m.)
3
4
, 95 m.)
Table 11.1: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Instrumentation overview. (m: muted strings)
Movement:
Instruments:
Flute 1-2
Clarinet in B[ 1-2
Bassoon 1-2
Horn in F 1-2-3-4
Trumpet in F 1-2
Trombone 1-2-3
Timpani
Harp 1,2
Violin 1,2
Viola 1,2
Cello 1,2
Contrabass
Organ
Soprano solo
Baritone solo
Sopranos
Altos
Tenors
Basses
1
Introt
et Kyrie
2
Offertoire
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
3
Sanctus
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
m
m
+
+
+
+
+
5
Agnus
Dei
6
Libera
Me
+
+
7
In paradisum
+
+
+
m
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4
Pie
Jesu
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
m
m
m
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
427
Table 11.2: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie
m
1
7
13
16
M1
..
.
..
.
Dm
Comment
Molto largo
Introduction
Dm Am/C F/C
Andante moderato
18
24
26
28
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
46
47
48
50
54
58
61
67
69
428
M2.a
..
.
M2.a
..
.
M2.b
..
.
..
.
M3.a
..
.
M3.a
..
.
M4
..
.
M2.a
..
.
<(Dm Am A/C])
Dm F B[9 C7
F7 B[7 E7 /B[ Dm64 A7
<(Dm Am A/C]) Dm
[C]
E/G] Am Dm7 /C
E7 /G] Am F
C/E B7 /D] Em B[/D
[D]
T: et lux perpetua
Am/C Am64 E7
Am F ]7 E7 /G] Am
C]7 /G F/A Gm7 /B[
A[9
7 Dm/A G/B F7 /C
B[/D E[/G
[E] Trans
Stat 1, S: Te decet hymnus
Brs+Str climax
F ]m/A A+ B[m/F F +
B[m/F F F + /A A+
diminuendo
<(Dm Am A/C])
Dm F/A B[9 C7
F7 B[7 E7 /B[ Dm64 Am
[H]
Table 11.3: Faure, Requiem Op. 48, Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie (contd)
m
71
M4
..
.
..
.
M4
..
.
..
.
75
78
81
82
85
86
89
11.1.2
Comment
d
<(F ]7 /A A7 )
B[/D F C + F/A A7
Dm A
E[/B[ B[ E7 no 5 /G A
Dm A
chr asc,
choir unisono
repeat Ch: eleison
E[/B[ B[ E7no 5 /G A7
[K]
E7[5
D7 /F ] Gm
Em7 E7 /G]
Dm/A E7 no 3 Dm
(91 m.)
429
430
11.1.3
11.1.4
431
Table 11.4: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 3 Sanctus, Andante moderato
m
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
23
27
29
31
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
/Mc
M2
39
41
/Mc
M2
..
.
..
.
42
44
48
Mb
M3/b
M3/b
33
35
38
52
53
54
55
57
432
M4
..
.
/Mc
Mc
Comment
E[
E[/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
C7 /G B[7 /A[
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
C7 /G B[7 /A[
Gm Dm/F E7 /G C7 /G D/F ]
(D/F ] Bm G7 D)/F ] B[7
(E[ E[6 Gm A[7 )/G
E[/G C7
(E[ E[6 Gm A[7 )/G
D
E[
B[m
E[/G C7
B[m/D[ G[7 D[64 A[7
Mc: Vi
[D] S: Hosanna
E[
PB (%)
cresc
E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[
<(E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[)
<(E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[)
E[ . . .
E[ . . .
A=Coda P T (e[)
(TB): Sanctus
E[ . . .
E[
<(E[ B[sus4
7 )/E[ E[
(SA): imit
Vi
(62 m.)
433
11.1.5
Form: introduction ABCA (Coda). This movement opens and closes with a sweet melody
Mc for high strings and organ. This ascending arpeggio-like syncopated becomes a countersubject, interwoven with the main melody M1. The A section has an inner AABA structure
(see the three statements of the main theme and the bridge subsection with melody M2. The
transition from the A to the B section is based on symmetrically distributed roots starting on
the dominant chord of the main key R4i : C E A[.
The first contrasting B section contains a double statement of M3, with downward chromatic lead voice over a harmonic sequence. See Table 11.5 to 11.6 for the analysis.
11.1.6
434
Table 11.5: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante
m
1
3
5
6
8
10
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
24
26
27
29
31
33
35
36
37
38
44
Mc
..
.
h i
Andante
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
/
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mc
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt
M3
3
4
[S6 ]
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
F7 /A G7 /B F/C C79 /G
Dm F/A C79 Dm C79
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
d
F7 /A G7 /B F/C C79 /G
Dm D7 E7 Am D79 E79
/
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
58
50
51
53
Comment
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
56
48
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
46
Am
Am/C
[S6 ]
[A] st 2, T: dona eis,
Am/C
F ]7 /C G]7 /B
~ %
Hk
i
d
B[4
[C]
B[ B[/F Dm/F
Am Dm7 C7
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
Org
st 3, T: Agnus Dei, Mc: Va
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
Am4
F7 /A Dm/F
d
A[
A[ Cm C[/E[
[E] B, Seq(32m;R7 ),
F [ = E A[m
A[m/C[ C[7 D[m E[7
A[ Cm C[/E[
G[ B[m A/C]
[D]
trans, T: sempiternam
S: Lux aeternam, sym R4i
435
Table 11.6: Faure, Requiem Op. 48, Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante (contd)
m
Comment
60
M4
..
.
..
.
Fm
62
64
66
69
74
80
84
85
87
89
90
91
92
436
(F F m D[)/F E7no 5
Dm
M5
..
.
..
.
Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
(F m D[ D Dm)/F
Am7 /E B[7 /D A
Dm Am/C B[7 A
Molto largo
Dm Am/C F/C
h i
A7 /E Dm Dm7 /C E7 /B[
Dm64 A7
PB (&)
cad
1. Tempo
D D7 /F ] G9 C]7 /E
h i
D7 /F ] E7 /G]
[S6 ]
3
4
D7 /A C]7 /E F ]m/A
Bm D/F ] A97
D Bm7 A7 D
437
Table 11.7: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 7 In Paradisum, Andante moderato
m
1
3
10
13
15
18
20
23
26
28
30
34
35
39
42
44
46
48
51
53
11.1.7
Comment
D6 . . .
D6 . . . <(Em7 /D Asus4
7 )
A
S: In paradisum
<(Em7 /D Asus4
7 )
6
sus4
D A7 D/F ] Em7
D7 B7 D7
B7 D7
G Bm7 /F ] E7
B, Ch: Jerusalem
M1
..
.
M2
M3
..
.
E7 /D E7 /B D/A F
F ]m/A A7
M4
D6 Em7 /D Asus4
7
<(D6 Em7 /D Asus4
7 )
6
sus4
D A7
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
F ]m
<(C][13
7 D Bm7 )
[C]
A, Harp
S: Chorus angelorum
D7 /C D7 /A B7
d
D
M6
trans, et per
[B]
cresc
[E] climax
Ch: Requiem
<(D6 Bm/F ])
<(D6 Bm/F ])
D6 . . . D
A=Coda,
[F] Ch: aeternam
(59 m.)
Form: introduction ABACA. The main characteristic of the closing movement are the continuous staccato 16th note arpeggio figures in the accompaniment for organ and (later) harp.
There is a long, through-composed melody M1M6.The mood is light, dolce and expressing relief and joy in paradise. The angelic choir obviously is represented by the sopranos
(tenor Tony Soprano absent, attending business in another department). The strings play
with mutes. Harmonically there is the two-measure tonic-dominant riff in the A sections.
See Table 11.7 for the analysis.
11.1.8
438
439
A C
h i
6
8
, 86 m.)
A
Figure 11.2: Faure, Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80
11.2.1
Form:
rondo, ABACA. See Table 11.8 for the analysis. This well-known dance movement in
h i
6
8 meter has a main melody with regular M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure. The
secondary theme M2 in the contrasting B-section picks up the rhythm and the shape from
the last b-phrase of the main melody. It is a 2-measure motif, repeated four times and leads
into a transitory climax with theme M3, repeated once.
The second contrasting theme in the C-section is another M4(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.)
period structure, opposing the lead celli (with a melody that has similarities to M1) with
descending patterns in the woodwinds..
11.2.2
440
11.2. PELLEAS
ET MELISANDE,
SUITE OP. 80
Table 11.8: Faure, Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80, Mvt. 3 Sicilienne
m
Comment
1
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
Gm
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
M2.a
M2.a
M2.a
M2.a
M3
M3
34
36
38
40
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
Gm
44
48
54
58
62
64
66
68
M4.a
M4.b
M4.a
M4.b
M3
M3
E[
70
72
74
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
Gm
76
M1.b
77
80
83
cad
[A] 2nd stat: Vi1
Fl+Vi1
cad
B 2nd theme: Str
[B]: repeat WW+Str
(cm<)
[C] conclusion, clim
(cm>)
repeat
repeat
C7 C7 D7
E[
Gm
[K] Coda: Cl
FHn+Vi2, (cm<)
cad (86 m.)
441
442
Development
h i
2
2
, 246 m.)
Recapitulation
h i
3
4
, 103 m.)
11.3.1
Form: sonata. See Table 11.9 and 11.10 for the analysis. The main theme has an overall
M1(ab) (16 + 8 m.) structure, where the a-phrase is subdivided into four statement of a
4-measure a-motif, each time repeated at a higher starting pitch. The b-phrase is a sort of
conclusion, leading into a descent and closing with a cadence.
The second theme M2(aaa) is a melodic sequence, Seq(3 4m;R7 ), set in imitation for
woodwinds and strings; it opens with three repeated quarter notes followed by an upward
octave leap. The contrasting theme in the second exposition group has M3(aab) (4 + 4 + 6
m.) sentence structure, with strings instrumentation in octaves. Like M1, the a-phrase is
repeated at a higher pitch.
The development starts with a new theme M4, a staccato arpeggio in quarter notes, presented in descending and ascending form in imitation for woodwinds. It continues by developing the theme M2. The main theme M1 returns in the recapitulation, as do the melodic
sequences of M2 and the three a-phrase statements of M3. The coda is based on a constantly
ascending climatic variation of the main theme M1.
11.3.2
443
Table 11.9: Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112, Mvt. 1 Ouverture
m
1
9
17
21
25
33
37
39
43
47
51
55
59
65
69
73
77
81
86
88
89
92
102
110
117
121
127
134
138
142
144
145
146
444
Comment
M1.a
..
.
<(F C7 /G)
cad
[1] 2nd stat, aa): WW+Vi1
M1.b
M1.a
..
.
(M1)
M2
..
.
M3
..
.
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
M1
M4
M4
(M2)
(M2)
(M2)
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
a): climax
cad
[2] trans, M1: Vi2, Mt : WW
i (%)
melodic sequence, Pm
D7 /F ]
<(G G7 D7 /F ])
[3] trans: WW
9
F/A F G13
7 C7
Gr 2/Th 1 in D, a) Str
A
Am
C Am B7[13 Em
+
D7 /F ] E
E7 F7
E A A/E
E Am Em F7
a)
b)
[4] Fl+Cl
Vi1
G7 /F Am7 /E G7 /D F/C
PB (&)
B[ C7 /B[
B[/F F7 Gsus4
G13
7
7
9
<(C C7 Dm7 G7 )C
C
F
Dm
F
Dm
C7 /E F A7 /C] Dm
<(Gm7 Dm) E[/G E7 /G] A
F B[/D C7 F/C
Dm Gm/B[ A7 Dm
G7 C Cm F7 B[
Gm Dm Dm/A
B[7 G7 /B F/C
Dm B7 /D Dm7 Am/E
Dm7 /F
F7 D79 /F ] C46 G97 G7
C G/B C79
climax, cad
[9] retrans
Table 11.10: Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112, Mvt. 1 Ouverture (contd)
m
152
160
168
172
174
179
182
188
192
194
202
206
210
214
218
Comment
M1.a
..
.
<(F C7 /G)
aa)
[10] WW+Vi, climax
PBi (%), cad
trans, Vi1, Mt : WW
cad
[11] imit: Str-WW
B[
trans, WW
[12] Gr 2: Str
D
Dm
F Dm E7 Am
A7 B[+
7 Em7 /B A
A D
A Dm Am F7 /A
[13] WW
Str
M1.b
(M1)
M2
..
.
M3
..
.
222
M3
M3
..
.
225
229
M1
..
.
235
238
241
climax, cad
(Gm7 C7 F )/F B[
F/C B7 /D C7
F
445
446
11.3.3
447
448
Chapter 12
Giacomo Puccini
Biographical data:
22-12-1858 in Lucca
29-11-1924 in Brussels
1600
12.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [39]. The analysis presented in this chapter is incomplete; it contains major sections
and arias from the first act, and fragments from the second act (to be completed). Returning melodic material is labeled with either characters (e.g., Mb: Butterfly, Mp: Pinkerton) or
with a mood (e.g., Mf: fugue subject, Mj: Japanese pentatonic). Through-composed vocal
melodies are labeled Mv. The lyrics are indicated in italic (first words), to facilitate keeping
track of the vocal parts.
12.1.1
Form: fugue. The overture starts with a four-part fugue for strings, woodwinds and horns.
The fugue subject Mf consists of two phrases: the a-phrase is the accented repeat of an embellished minor third leap and an ascending scale in 16th notes. The b-phrase is a descending
melodic sequence. This fugue theme will return throughout the first act in brief snippets, in
particular the a-phrase. Writing a fugue as introduction to this late romantic, impressionistic seems like an anachronism, reminding us of the classical period (in particular Mozart
operas). The fast tempo with its many 16th note patterns and the leaps in the countersubject
leads to a hurried mood.1
The transition motif Mt with its staccato and accented 16th notes is another connecting
element, returning in the first act. In #2 it is played first in a tutti climax setting. Both elements, Mf and Mt are repeated in #3, but now the fugue subject a-phrase has a chromatically
descending pizzicato 8th note pattern in the high strings as countersubject; this accompaniment will return later in the act. See Table 12.1 for the analysis.
1
Maybe the sense of urgency in the opening fugue is meant to expose latecomers in the opera theatre. Carriages that got held up in the evening Milan traffic?
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
0
0+4
0+8
0+12
1
1+2
1+5
1+8
1+10
1+13
1+15
2
2+1
2+2
2+3
2+4
2+6
2+7
2+9
3
3+4
3+7
3+9
4
4+1
4+2
4+3
4+4
4+5
450
Mf
Mf
..
.
Mf
..
.
Mf
..
.
Mt
Mt
..
.
..
.
Mf
Mf
..
.
Mt
Mt
..
.
..
.
Cm
Comment
Allegro
h i
Cm G7 Cm
Gm F m E[ D Cm
Gm D7 Gm
(b), [S6 ]
(b), [S6 ]
2
4
([[[)
Gm/B[ F ]7 /A
Gm/B[ F/A E[/G
Cm/E[ B /D
~ &, [S6 ]
Hk
d
(curtain raising)
Vi+HiWW unis
HiWW 16ths unis&
16th asc run
(a): HiWW, HiStr: PBi (&)
7
Cm/E[ B7 /D
Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C
Cm/E[ B7 /D
(b): Seq(41m;R7 )
tutti clim, [S6 ]
~ &, [S6 ]
Hk
d
~ &, [S6 ]
Bsn+Str, Hk
d
12.1.2
451
452
12.1.3
Vocal parts: Goro, Pinkerton and Suzuki. Form: ABA. The delicate transition for woodwinds
in #8 is followed by a dialogue between Pinkterton & Goro (#89, 1213) and a solo for Suzuki
in the middle section (#1011). The overall structure of this section therefore is ternary.. In #8
there is extended use of syncopated 4th notes: first for clarinets and later for middle register
strings. Fugue subject a-phrase fragments Mf underline the dialogue, often in imitation. The
transition in #10 is also based on the fugue subject, as is the retransition at the beginning of
#12. The background to the Suzuki monologue is with light staccato 8th notes with gracenotes, in #11 briefly interrupted by sustained string chords. See Table 12.2 and 12.3 for the
analysis.
12.1.4
453
Comment
Andante lento
B D]m7 /C] B7
G]m7 D]m7 B7
B ...
h i
3
4
(]]]]])
8
8+2
8+4
Mt1
Mv
Muovere un poco
([[[[[)
8+7
8+11
..
./f
/ f
Str, syncopes
P: I nomi?
Mt1
1. Tempo
B7 D]m7 /C] B7
G]m7 B
(]]]]])
trans, 2nd stat, Ob
Fl
Allegro
Em . . .
9
9+2
10
10+3
10+5
10+7
10+11
10+13
11
11+4
11+6
11+9
11+11
11+13
12
12+2
12+4
12+6
454
Mf
..
.
..
.
Mv
Mf
Mv
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mf
..
.
..
.
Em
h i
2
4
(])
C7 B7 /A Em/G C
(G Am7 )/G
G G7
C G/B Am7 G7 /D
C G7 /D C D7 A
9/sus4
G B7
...
d
B C]m
Em
B7 /F ] Bm/F ] Em Bm/D
C7 Bm7 /F ] Em Bm/D
C7
B Em C7 B7 /A
Em/G C
(G Am7 )/G
G G7
Table 12.3: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (813) Questa e` la cameriera (contd)
[#]+m
12+9
12+10
12+13
12+14
13
13+1
13+8
13+ 10
M
5
Mt2
Mv
..
.
Mv
Comment
Am
A
Pink & Goro
Fl+Vi, [S6 ]
G: Se non
Bm7 E7
Am
<(G97 A]7 B7 Dm)/G
cad
B7 Em Dm C
G7 C G7
h i
6
8
, P & G, P D (g)
Str
h i
2
4
455
456
12.1.5
Vocal parts: Pinkerton, Sharpless. The structure of this section is that of a song for Pinkerton with four slightly varied verses (Mp) and a bridge in #24. This cowboy song (il Yankee
vagabondo) is in praise of the good old imperialist nature. The introduction #21 and the coda
#25 are for brass and woodwinds, paraphrasing the U.S.A. national anthem Mu. The modulating bridge with its shifting roots is a dialogue between the two singers. The connecting
element in both verses and bridge is the transitory subject Mt, quoting the rhythm from the
anthem. See Table 12.4 for the analysis.
12.1.6
457
21
21+2
21+4
21+6
21+8
21+12
21+13
22
22+4
22+6
Mu
..
.
G[
Mt
Mp
..
.
Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
Allegro sostenuto
h i
WW+Brs
Vi
V1, Pink: Dovunque
3
4
([[[[[[)
E[7
/B[ D[m/A[
bitonal flavour
EHn+Va
V3, Pink: Affonda
PL (%)
climax
24
24+3
24+5
24+8
24+11
24+12
Mt
Mt
Mt
Mt
Mt
25
Mp
..
.
halfcad
Str imit
Sharpl: E` un facile
tutti climax
22+8
22+9
23
23+3
23+7
23+11
25+4
25+7
25+12
25+14
26
26+2
26+4
26+5
458
Mt
Mp
..
.
Mt
Mu
..
.
..
.
G
A[
D[
G[
halfcad, P (d[)
459
12.1.7
Vocal parts: Goro, Butterfly, Sharpless and Friends of Buterfly (Le Amiche). The allegro in #37 has
an Asian flavour, with the vocal melody Mg doubled in staccato bassoon and pizzicato violas
and celli. Staccato clarinets and tremolo violins play parallel perfect fifths. The transition
in #38 is a local climax with unisono subject Mt, supported by choral accents (Le Amiche:
Ah!), exclaiming their admiration for the sky and sea. The dialogue between Butterfly (first
appearance in this opera) and the female choir in #39 is a long sequence with impressionistic
augmented chords.
The string and woodwind romance) subject Mr (with its characteristic descending stepwise contour 1 7 6 = 1) will return at the end of the first act in the love duet between
Butterfly and Pinkerton, based on the love theme Mb=Ml first presented here in #40 with two
statements. At the end there is a climax, before the closing pentatonic love theme theme Ml
in the transition in #41 for staccato piccolo and flute, harp and glockenspiel over tremolo
strings; a vey light texture with a tranquil-sad undertone. This is a remarkable section in a
harmonic sense: we see the dominant 9th chords S79 in inverted position, both as first and
second inversion (chordal function 3 or 5 in the bass). See Table 12.5 for the analysis.
12.1.8
460
Table 12.5: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (3741) Ecco. Ah! Quanto cielo!
[#]+m
37
37+3
37+7
38
38+3
38+8
39
39+2
39+4
39+6
39+8
Mg
..
.
B[m
Mt
Comment
Allegro
h i
B[madd9
2
4
...
G[7 . . .
E[m E[m6 F no 3
E[m7 B[mno 3
F7[9 <(B[m6 G7 /D[)
G[7 F
Largo
h i
4
4
F +
Mr
Mr
Mr
..
.
40+2
40+4
40+6
40+8
40+9
40+10
40+12
41
41+2
41+3
Mb/c
.. ..
./ .
/
Mb/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Ml
..
.
G[
([[[[) augmented ch
A[ A[7
B[ B[7 G+
C C7 A+
9 /F ] B [5 /F
D D7
7
E E7 C +
Butt+Fl+Vi
h i
6
4
Sostenendo a tempo
40
([[) Asian
G[
G[97 /B[
D[7 /A[
D[97
([[[[[[)
Voc+HiStr unis
climax, cad
Largo
h i
(G[6
4
4
A[m7 )/G[
d
Pentat: Fl+Pi+Harp+Glk,
Butt: Siam giunte, P T (g[)
Str trem, cad
461
462
12.1.9
`
Atto Primo (#6164) Dov`e? Eccolo la!
Vocal parts: Wedding Guests, Ensemble. The festive music Mf (from #11, 59 and 60) is repeated
in #61 in the higher octave (octave imitation between oboe and bassoon) with an intricate dialogue (call-and-response) between soloists and divided choir. The friends and relatives of
Butterfly are admiring Pinkerton. The key has shifted to G major, there is a different harmonization with augmented dominant S7]5 chords, and a tonic-dominant pedal in bass clarinet,
harp and timpani. At the last b-phrase there is a tutti crescendo to a climax, with repeated
16th note turn motives.
At #62 there is a change of key, returning to B[ major. with ascending and descending
quintuplets (flute, clarinet and harp) over staccato 8th note patterns, and a dominant f trill
(flute and oboe). The greedy relatives are looking for booze. The party climax is reached
in#63, continuing the symmetric root characteristic: the keys are R3i : B[ G D[. The
choir of relatives now sings the theme Mf in imitation, over a steadily stepwise ascending
woodwind scale in quarter notes and the alternating tonic-dominant pedal point pattern.
In #64 normality is returning (Order in the room, please!). There is a setting with threepart sectional harmony (a jazz type of setting with parallel motion in all voices, stepwise and
leaps). The lyrical lead voice has a wavy pattern with embellished ascending and descending
arpeggios. The abbreviated third statement of this theme closes the section, while calming
down. (The rehearsal numbers jump from #64 to #73). See Table 12.6 for the analysis.
12.1.10
463
Table 12.6: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (6164) Dov`e? Eccolo l`a!
[#]+m
Comment
h i
2
4
61+3
61+5
61+7
61+9
61+11
61+15
61+17
Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
62
62+7
Mv
B[
63
Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mv
D[
63+2
63+4
63+6
63+8
63+12
63+14
64
64+2
64+4
64+6
64+8
64+10
64+12
64+14
64+16
464
Mv
..
.
..
.
Mv
..
.
..
.
Mv
(b)
<(Gsus4
G97 ) G97
7
C79 /G
61+21
61+27
D[
G D+ Em D7]5
Em D7 G97 D7]5
G D+ Em D7]5
Em D7 G97 D7]5
9/sus4
F7
...
...
F7 . . .
Lo stesso movimento
B[69 . . .
Cm B[69 F7 B[69
P (gd)
(a) (ped)
D[ A[ B[m/D[ A[7
tutti cresc
clim,
h i WW+HiStr: 16ths, G: Per
2
4 (]) B &P & Ch (All)
WW+Hns+HiStr, Ch: Vino,
P D (f )
([[[[[) B & Ch (Relatives
(a) Ch, P (d[a[)
D[ A[7 D[ A[97
WW (4ths%)+LoStr
D[ A[ B[m/D[ A[7
(a)
D[ A[7 D[ A[97
<(D[ A[m)
<(D[ A[m)
D[97 . . . F/C
(b) Hns+Ch,
(b)
climax, arp&, G: Per
a tempo
F 6 Dm7 /C
WW+Str trem
E7 /B[ Dm4 C7 Dm
G7 C79
F 6 Dm7 /C
(b)
WW+Str trem
F
7
7
6
<(F9 C7 ) F 6
(b)
465
12.1.11
Vocal parts: Pinkerton, Butterfly, Suzuki. This section is a transition to the long final duet of
the first act. After the wedding guests have left, Pinkerton asks Butterfly to stop crying, and
re-assuring her of his admiration. Then there is the prayer of Suzuki in #113, just before the
fugue theme Mf sets in once more in #114, over the chromatically descending pizzicato bass
line. See Table 12.7 for the analysis.
12.1.12
466
Table 12.7: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (111115) Bimba, bimba, non piangere
[#]+m
111
111+3
111+5
111+7
111+8
111+9
111+10
112
112+1
112+2
112+5
112+7
113
113+4
114
114+3
114+5
115+
115+5
Mv
..
.
..
./a
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
Andante affetuoso
h i
WW+Va, P: Bimba
P & B, trans
Vi,
Gm/B[ A7 Cm
Gm7 /B[ A7 Cm
d
a tempo
Cm7 F m Cm/E[
([[[)
Str, B: Non piango
B[/D Gm/B[ E[ Cm
B[6 Cm A[7 /C B[/D
Cm B[ Cm B[6
d
A[ G7 /B
<(Am/C G7 )
Un po piu` mosso
WW+Harp
16th, B: Mi han
h i
2
4
Suz: E Izaghi
Mv
Mf
Mf
Mf/v
4
4
Mv
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Em
Allegro moderato
Em B7 /A
(G Am7 )/G
G7 . . .
F ]97 . . . Bm/E F ]m7 /E
E713 E7no 3
467
468
12.1.13
Vocal parts: Butterfly. In this lyrical solo aria Butterfly is hoping and waiting for the return
of and re-uniting with Pinkerton (in vain, as it turns out). The main melody Mb1 descends
over one octave, opening with a very light woodwind and (tremolo) high muted strings
background; the solo violin is doubling the vocal lead. After the first statement A1 , there are
several bridge sections (B and C), with the shape of the melody suggesting sighs of hope;
Mb2 and Mb3 both have multiple upward-downward arcing phrases.
The series of woodwind syncopations in #13 underlines the feeling of expectation. as do
the pizzicato afterbeats in the middle strings. This mood is continued in #14 with the syncopations now in the muted trumpets and monotonously repeating 16th notes in the vocal
lead. The A2 section in #15 presents the second statement of the main melody, now doubled
with unisono woodwinds and strings (mutes off). The 2-part harmony is subtly moving
from muted trumpets to oboes and then French horns, all in syncopated accent patterns.
With a transitional crescendo and ascending lead there is the final exclamation of Butterfly:
I must keep my doubts and anxiety to myself, while the unisono orchestra finishes the main
theme, this time descending from a very high register downwards over two octaves. This
final statement has a tonic pedal and the syncopated harmonies now in three parts moving
from trombones to horns. See Table 12.8 for the analysis.
12.1.14
469
12
Mb1
..
.
G[
Comment
h i
G[ D[/F E[m D[
3
4
([[[[[[)
12+4
12+6
Vi2 trem
12+8
12+12
12+16
Mb2
Mb2
Un poco mosso
B[m7 B[m97 G[ B[m
F m7 F m97 D[ F m
E[m C7 /B[ E[m7 /D[
B
B: Poi la nave+WW+Vc
B: romba+WW+Str
a tempo
C1
13
13+4
13+7
13+12
13+15
Mb3
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mb4
14+4
15+4
15+6
15+8
15+10
16
16+4
16+6
470
Mb1
..
.
Mb5
Mb1
..
.
2
4
14
15
Fm
h i
Fm
G[
B[m
G[
F m/C . . . G7 /B[ F m
WW syncopes
A[/C D[ A[/C
A[ . . . C
Str
Sostenendo molto
C2
F m F m7
Lento
<(D[6 C7 /B[) D[7
h i
G[ D[ E[m D[
A2 , B: morire,
Largamente
(G[6 D[ E[m D[97 )/G[
closing
A3 , B: laspetto, P T (g[)
G[
7
h i
4
8
3
4
471
472
Table 12.9: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 2, Part 2 (512) Oh eh! Oh eh!
[#]+m
4+5
4=11
5
5+5
5+7
12.1.15
Mm
Mt1
Mt2
Comment
Un poco meno
h i
B[97 . . . B79 . . .
C79 . . .
Meno ancora
h i
4
4
(]]]])
e
2
4
([) trans
Vocal parts: Sailors (Marinai) (tenors in two parts). Most of this section is instrumental, depicting dawn. The sailors sing their cries Mm in imitation over an ascending set of exact
parallel dominant chords S79 . The second part of the transition is #5, the mooring of the ship.
Starting from #6 there is environmental mood music, with birds whistling in the garden
background.2 A number of themes and subjects is presented in juxtaposition and imitation
over a set of symmetrically distributed roots. Theme Mh, first presented by muted French
horn, has a quarter note arpeggio and signal character. The sweet Mw theme has a pentatonic flavour, a reference to Butterfly (waiting for Pinkerton arriving on the ship). It is in the
high woodwinds and violins, the second statement in parallel perfect 5ths. One could say
the the juxtaposition of Mh and Mw also expresses West-faces-East. Subject Me, first played
in #7 by muted French horn, has an alternating stepwise shape and represents expectation
during sunrise (the same theme has been used in Act 1). The R4i symmetrically distributed
roots are: D F ] B[ and the key keeps alternating between these three during the dawn
scene, finally settling on D.
During #9 there is more rhythmic activity (from an 8th note countermelody to 16th and
32th note ascending runs) and a gradual crescendo, to explode in the brillantemente section,
full of tutti themes, imitation and background arpeggios. In #10 there is the climactic sunlight theme, played by the full orchestra (doubled in hidden form in the descending 16th
note arpeggios in high woodwinds and strings).
After a brief unisono 16th note run transition in #11 the climax returns briefly, now over
the signal theme Mh in imitation. A transitional pentatonic motif Mt3 sets in, with a statement starting in high woodwinds and repeated at the lower octaves, while there is a general
diminuendo as the scene is closing. See Table 12.9 and 12.10 for the analysis.
2
Whistling birds: nowadays an easy job with digital sampling. Imagine an 1904 premiere performance with
local variete artists behind the curtains.
473
Table 12.10: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 2, Part 2 (512) Oh eh! Oh eh! (contd)
[#]+m
6
6+5
6+8
7
7+5
7+ 9
7+13
7+15
8
8+2
8+5
9
9+4
9+6
Mh
Mw
Me
Mh
Mw
Mt3
Mh/c
Mh
Mh
Mh
9+8
10
10+4
10+8
10+12
10+14
10+15
10+17
10+18
10+20
10+21
Mh
Me
Me
Me
Ms
Ms
Ms
..
.
..
.
11
11+5
11+9
11+12
12
12+3
12+4
12+9
Mh
Mt3
Mt3
Mt3
10+19
474
F]
B[
D
F]
D
Comment
Allegro moderato
h i
D/A . . .
Bm7 /F ] = D6 /F ]
(D D6 D)/A E7 /B
<(D/A Bm)
F ]/C] F ]9 /A]
F ]/C] F ]6 /A]
F ]6 /C] = G[6 /D[ E[m G[/D[
A[/E[
G[/D[ = F ]/C] D]m
<(F ]/C] D]m)
B[/F . . .
D/A . . .
F ]/C] . . .
B[/F . . .
Brillantemente
D6 /A . . .
<(Bm D/A)
<(F ]/C] E/B) F ]/C]
<(A[/E[ G[/D[)
A/E D A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/E D A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/E F ]m Bm7 /D
2
4
WW stacc+Vi pizz
FHn, Str pizz+trem
FHn (dawn)
Fl+Harp, Str trem
(par perfect 5ths)
EHn+Bsn+FHn
([[) WW, Mc: Bsn+Vc: 8ths
(]]) Tpt-(FHn+Vc) im, 16ths
Ob+Vi2, 32th runs
WW+Vi1, PL (%), cresc
(sunshine)
tutti imit, Harp+Str: arp
LoWW+FHn, WW+Str: arp
tutti cresc
LoWW+Brs+LoStr sun
unis, tutti cresc
2nd stat, tutti climax
accented notes
A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/C] F ]7 /C no 3 B7
G]7 A7 . . .
D ...
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D6 D
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D6 D
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D96 . . .
Chapter 13
Gustav Mahler
Biographical data:
7-7-1860 in Kalischt
18-5-1911 in Wien
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
Detailed score analysis of the Mahler symphony movements was complemented with
the formal analysis presented in [19].
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Table 13.1: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, 1. Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht
m
1
5
10
14
17
22
28
30
32
34
38
44
46
48
50
54
56
57
58
59
64
68
71
73
74
77
81
85
89
476
Comment
M0
M1/0
..
./
Dm
Dm . . .
Dm . . .
A 24 , Cl, P T (d)
Voc: a, P (da)
(a), P T (d)
[1] (b) P (da)
trans, WW climax
Voc, P (b[)
M0
M2
..
./0
..
.
..
.
[9/[13
B[ A7
Gm
M0
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M4
..
.
E[
M1
..
.
..
.
Dm
M0
M2
..
.
M0
Gm
h i
B[
WW, (ped)
E[7 /B[ A7
E[
[3] B
E[ E[
~
Voc: a, Str: [S6 ] ,Hk
d
(F m B[ E[ B[7 F m)/E[
P T (e[)
(a)
Gm/B[ Cm Gm/B[
Cm7 B[7
Am/C Gm/D C7 /E F
(b)
[4] Voc, P D (c)
D7 /C Gm
<(C7 Gm7 )/C
trans, WW+Str
Dm . . .
[5] A
Gm/D . . .
(a), (ped)
h i
6
8
, P (e[b[)
h i
2
4
, Voc: a, P (da)
h ih i
2
4
6
8
, 96 m.)
A
h i
2
2
, 127 m.)
Messer, Sturmisch,
wild:
ABC form (Dm,
h ih i
9
8
4
4
, 81 m.)
C
h i
4
4
, 67 m.)
B
Figure 13.1: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen
477
478
wild) song brings in the full orchestra. The characteristic upward arpeggio opening motif (M0) with tonic or dominant pedal returns a couple
of times, as transitions. The lead voice is characterized by the upward diatonic (a-phrase)
vs. descending chromatic phrases (b-phrase, frequently as the familiar 1 7m76 [65
sequence). Ostinato 8th note patterns in the backgrounds support tension. This is the perfect song for the compulsory murderer; only the middle section brings temporary relief. See
Table 13.2 for the analysis.
479
Table 13.2: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, 3. Ich hab ein gluhend
Messer
m
Comment
1
5
9
12
16
18
M0
M1
M1
M2
..
.
..
.
Dm
<(Dm+7 D7 G E7 Dm)/D
Gm Gm+7 Gm7 E7 /G
<(A[9
7 /C] Gm/D)
[5/[9
E7 A7
Gm
<(Gm F ]7 )/G
[21] chr&
22
26
28
30
33
35
38
41
46
50
53
57
59
62
64
67
68
72
75
78
480
M0
..
.
chr&
climax, P T (g)
(Gm E7 G[9
7 E[7 Cm7 )/G
F ]7 /G . . .
C
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
G ...
G C . . . G7
(Gm+7 G7 C A7 Gm)/G
[9/sus4
C/G . . . G7
Dm97
9/+5
G7
E Em . . . C]7
..
.
/M0
M3
M0
h i
[5/[9
E[m
C]7
F ]7 D]7 E G]m7
[13
C]7 B[ <(B7 B[)
D7[9
E[m/B[ A[m7 . . . B[7 A[m7
[5
A[[9
7 A[7 F7
<(E[m D )/B[
B[7 E[m
h i
4
4
trans
[25] Voc: &
481
13.1.5
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.2. Note how all four movements end in
a different key from the starting point. The first song loops through a set of keys in the
subdominant area, including the Neapolitan (lowered supertonic major key) E[ (2) for the
B-section. The others seem to be spiraling outwards to more remote keys. Note how the last
two songs end on the lowered supertonic minor key [IIm.
2. Gieng heut morgens ubers
Feld
1. Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht
1,3
Gm
Cm
2
E[
Dm
6
B[
- F ]
Bm
F ]m
Messer
Dm
F
Fm
Am
@
R
@
Cm
Dm
Am
Em
A[
A[m
E[
E[m
F
+
C
Cm
Gm
F m
Figure 13.2: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, key relationship diagram.
13.2
Source: [27]. An overview of the formal analysis of this very long symphony in six movements is shown in Fig. 13.3. Note the disproportional length of the opening movement; the
sonata form is preceded by a very long introduction. The development section has roughly
three times the length of the exposition. Mahler grouped the movements into two parts,
where the opening movement is Part I (1. Abtheilung), and the other movements are bundled
into Part II (2. Abtheilung). The analysis here covers only the second part.
The movements have subtitles in German, not written in the score. The instrumentation requires a huge symphony orchestra with quadruple or more winds (4 flutes, 4 oboes, 5
clarinets, 4 bassoons), brass (8 horns, 4 trumpets, 4 trombones, contrabass tuba), a large percussion section, a very large complement of strings (written in the score), alto solo, womens
choir and boys choir. Yet the orchestration is subtle, with limited tutti phrases for a conscious acoustic effect. There is a lot of mixed instrumentation, and splitting up longer
melodies into shorter, hoquetus style fragments for solo instruments or sections. Mahler
wants some instruments to sound in the distance (in der Ferne aufgestellt) and from a high
482
h i
4
4
, 875 m.)
Introduction
Exposition (96 m.)
Development
Recap
h ih ih ih i
3
4
3
8
A (49 m.)
2
4
9
8
, 279 m.)
B (41 m.)
B (73 m.)
A (53 m.)
A (43 m.)
C (20)
B (52 m.)
B (45 m.)
h i
2
2
, 147 m.)
h i
4
4
, 120 m.)
Cda
, 590 m.)
C (72 m.)
2
4
A (90 m.)
C (91 m.)
B (53 m.)
h i
h i
4
4
, 328 m.)
Cd (27 m)
483
13.2.1
Nowadays this may imply positioning the soloist somewhere in the concert hall corridor, watching the
conductor on a video monitor for coordination. Then off to the bar in the lobby to wait for the finale and the call
to take a bow.
484
485
13.2.2
Form: rondo, A1 B1 A2 B2 C1 DEB3 C2 Coda. The subtitle of this fairly long movement is: Was
mir die Thiere im Walde erzahlen.2 It is based on the Wunderhorn poem Ablosung. As this
rondo progresses, sections with a different character start to become the returning element:
three Scherzando A-sections are combined with three (unequal) Pastorale B-sections, to give
way to two Posthornepisode C-sections. The D- and E-section have some similarity with the
A-section. See Table 13.3 to 13.9 for the analysis.
This movement has a number of returning elements, first put forward individually in the
separate rondo sections, later used in variation, juxtaposition, or combination:
Birdcall. There are three short motifs with a similar total duration (two quarter notes)
and pitch pattern (upward leap downward leap): B1 with upward fifth downward
1
1
fourth leap in 18 + 16
+ 16
+ 14 rhythm, B2 with upward fourth downward third leap
1
1
1
1
in 8 t + 8 t + 8 t + 4 triplet rhythm, and B3 with upward downward octave leap in
1
4 16
+ 14 rhythm. The first statement is for either regular B[-clarinet (B1 and B3 ) or
the higher E[-clarinet. Later these birdcall appear in other instrumentats.
Galloping brass, in polka style. Frequently three (muted) trumpets play a set of triads
in the form of a stepwise moving theme Mg in gallop style (steady 8th notes with afterbeat accents). In the later sections, starting in m. 148 ff., this rhythm is used as a gallop
variation ML
g in lower brass and string parts, or in modified form for woodwinds.
A deliberate indetermination between major and minor. Mahler does this by either
using incomplete chords with the third missing (S(m)no 3 ; there are many open 15
fifths), or by manipulating the 9th extension of the dominant seventh chord. When
this is V79 this suggests the major key (e.g., G97 has the addition of the a = 9, the sixth
degree of the C major scale). On the other hand V7[9 suggests a minor key (G[9
7 contains
the a[, the lowered sixth degree of the C minor scale). Interestingly, there is occasional
application of a crossover, i.e., using the V7[9 in a major key context, and the reverse.
Brass signals. These occur as either short arpeggio signals Ms in solo or section brass
instruments, or as the long solo for the flugelhorn Mf in the Posthornepisoden. Near the
end, these signals take over the character of birdcalls.
A wide range of moods: see the performance indications Scherzando. Ohne Hast, Sehr
gemachlich, Mit geheimnisvoller Hast!, Lustig, Grob!, Sehr drangend, etc.
The A1 -section opens with the birdcall motif B1 against a pizzicato string background.
The piccolo set in with a light, bouncy melody M1 , interrupted by more birdsong (B2 and
B3 ). In m. 20 the next returning idea sets in: the polka gallop theme Mg for three trumpets.
In [1] there is the U-texture, the combination (unification) of the legato 16th patterns from
the M1 melody (with descending lead voice) and the 8th note pounding pizzicato rhythm
from the gallop. The second gallop phrase in m. 30 ff. shows another recurring element:
~ ) or as a series of 1st inversion chords
diatonic parallel triads, either in root position (Hk
d
6
([S ] ). During the second U-texture (m. 61 ff.) we hear the first brass signal Ms for horn in F.
Both the M1 theme and the Mg lead part are characterized by embellished descending
stepwise motion: in M1 we find the basic melody structure g f e[ d c (from 5th
2
This German subtitle inevitably reminds us of another musical hit song: Talk to the animals.
486
Table 13.3: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast
m
1
3
5
9
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
38
42
46
48
50
53
55
57
59
61
64
69
73
75
77
80
84
87
488
Cm
B1
M1 1
B2
M1
B3
Mg
B3
Mg
U
..
./M
/
0
B2
M01 /B3
Cm
U/Ms
B3
Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
h i
Cm . . .
Cm . . .
<(Cm G7no 3 ) Cm
Gm/B[ B[ A[6
<(Gm E[+ )
A[ F m Gno 3 Cmno 3
C D[ Cm Gno 3
<(A[ E[)
Gm E[+ Gm A[
Gm Dmno 3 G(m)no 3
D G[5
7 no 3 Cm
Str pizz
Cl Birdcall
Fl
2
4
([[[) A1
E[-Cl Birdcall
Fl
Cl, Bsn bg
Cl
Tpt Gallop
[1] WW PL (&), Str pizz
M02
B3
D Cm/G G[9
7 no 3
<(A[ Cm/E[)
B[ A[ Gm F m
E[ D Gno 3
(C G F C Dm7 G C)/C
Cl Birdcall, Bsn bg
~
Tpt Hk
d
C G F C Dm7 G C)/C
<(Am7 C)/C
(Em7 B[+ C F ]+ )/G
(Am7 A7 Am4 D7 )/G
(G Am7 A]7 G7 )/G C
(Cm+7 Gm F + A[+ )/C
(Am7 D7 G7 )/C
<(Cm C)
(D7 F7 B C no 3 )/C
(D7[5 G7 Cm D[ Cm)/G
G[9
7 no 3 . . . C no 3
Listesso tempo
B1
G C F C/G G7 /B C
G/B F ] /A G Am D7
h i
6
8
, Pastorale
G G7 C
G7 C F C
P3: Ob+Cl
<(G7 F ]7 G7 C)
P D (g)
G C F C
G7 C Am D79 /F ]
Table 13.4: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
89
93
95
98
101
106
111
121
124
128
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
158
162
164
168
170
172
176
180
182
184
Ms
Mp
Ms
Mp
M1/c
/
B2
Cm
Gut hervortretend
A2
B[[9
7
E[
Em
E[
Cm
M2/B
..
.
..
.
..
.
(C A[7 Em D[ F ]7 )/G
(C A[7 A7 D[ G[ B[m)/G
(C A[7 A7 Gm C D[)/G
(F m G F F ]7 )/G
(G C G97 C D7 G7 C)/G
<(Dm7 G97 C)/G
C96 . . .
B[7
Gm A[
Cm Gm F m Cm/E[
<(D7 Cm)
Gm E[+ Gm B7
M0g
M0g /3
/
U
..
.
Comment
F7]5
M01
M3
M0g
M3/L
g
/
h i
2
4
([[[)
Cl+Ob Birdcall
Vi, Str+Fl bg
Vc, Str bg
[7] WW Gallop
C7no 3 A[ B7
Cm E[7 /D[ C
A[ D[ G[/D[
B[ A[ G D7 /F ]
Gm D7[5 /A[ F7 /A B[7
E[6 E E[ C[
B/D] G7 B/D] C
Em177!6
C E/B C E[ E[m E[
(+) )/B[
(F B[7 E[ B[[9
7 E[
G[9
7 Cm
<(D7[5 G7 Cm F ]7 )/G
i (&)
Bsn Pm
Cl
Str (cm<)
~
WW Hk
d
i (&), P i (%)
Hn: Pm
B
M3: Cl, ML
g : Tbn
D7 /A G7 /F D7 /A G[5
7 /D[
D7 /A G7 /F D7 /A G7
G[9
7 no 3 . . .
(C G F C Dm7 G C)/C
trans, WW+Str
climax
(WW+Str)/Brs unis i &
~ , P T (c)
[9] (\\\) Cl, Str Hk
d
(C G F Em)/C
(ped)
(Dm7 G7 C)/C
(ped)
(Am C A[ C)/C
Pi (ped)
i (&)
Hns, climax, Tpt Pm
(clim)
Mg: Hns, M3: Vi, P D (b[)
Tpt+WW
WW+Str, P D (g)
489
Table 13.5: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
188
190
192
194
195
197
199
203
206
Comment
..
.
(A E + D C]m )/A
(B7 E7 )/A
(A B[7 B7[13 C 6 )/A
A+ B[7
B Gm/B[ F + /A A[+
(Am7 D7 Dm7 G7 )/C
<(Cm C7 )
(D7[5 G7 Cm D[ Cm7 )/G
<(G[9
7 no 3 Cm)
(M1)
0
B1
B3
U
B3
C
Cm
i (&)
Vc, Hns Pm
Tpt Birdcall, cad, P T (c)
trans, Cl, min-maj (ped)
[11] WW PL (&), clim, P D (g)
WW
B2 , Pastorale var
211
213
215
217
219
221
225
229
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
252
490
Ms
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Ms
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/c
/
M0g /c
/
Ms /1
0
B1
C]7 /D[ =
Fm
E[[9
7 /D[
<(D[/A[ B7 /F )
Str+WW (ped)
WW+Hns (ped)
F m/A[ B7 /F
WW+Str (cm<)(ped)
C no 3 A[7 D[7 G
C no 3 D[7 G C no 3
C7[9 no 3,no 7 . . .
Ein wenig, . . . , langsamer
(F m C7 <(F m C7 ))/C
P D (c)
(ped)
Vi, P D (c)
Ob/Vc/Vi1
[13] Fl/Cl
Tpt/WW
Cl-Fl, Vi PLi (%)
Table 13.6: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
256
263
267
269
272
274
277
285
289
291
293
297
301
304
310
314
316
318
310
322
326
328
332
335
344
Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
C1
(G]7 F . . . )/C
(F ] C7no 3 )/C
(ped)
h i
6
8
([) Posthornepisode
(end ped)
Am C7no 3 /G F Dm7 /F
C7no 3 /G F Am C7no 3 /G
F . . . C7 /G . . . F . . .
<(F C7no 3 F C)/C
Fm
F
Fm
M4
/
Ms
Sehr gemachlich
M4
..
.
Mf
..
.
..
./Mc
.. ..
./ .
Comment
(F Gm7 G] F )/C
M1
..
.
Mf
..
./Mc
.. ..
./ .
/
climax
[15] Fl par 3rds, P D (c)
F C7no 3 F
(F m C7[9 no 3 F m F ] )/C
(C7no 3 F no 1 F C7 )/C
maj-min, P D (c)
Flg (ped)
(C F C7 F )/C
(C7sus4 F B[ F no 1 B7 )/C
C7 . . . F . . .
a tempo
cad
h i (end ped)
2
4
F m C7
(ped)
min-maj
Vi, Str, P D (c)
(ped)
h i
6
8
B[ F C7no 3 F
C7no 3 F
F C7 F C7
Am/C B[ F no 1 /C B7
C7 F7sus4 C7 F . . .
F no 3 . . .
Tpt
491
Table 13.7: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
347
351
355
357
358
362
364
366
369
370
372
(M1)
..
.
..
.
M1/B
Mg/c
/
(M1)/c
/
Mg/c
/
Fm
Comment
(F m . . . B[7 )/C
PLi (&)
min-maj
374
378
382
386
388
390
392
394
396
398
400
402
406
410
412
414
416
418
420
424
429
492
/
M3/B3
ML
g
ML
g
M3/L
g
/
M3/L
g
/
M3/L
g
/
A[
E[
Cm
(M3)
2
4
([[[[)
Lustig
M3/L
g
h i
C7[9
C7[9
(F G[7 F7 )/F
(E[ F Gm7 Cm)/F
(B[ Cm Gm7 F7 )/F
B[/F G[7 F m C[7
B[/F Am A[ B[+
B C B G
G/B D]7 G/B G+
A[ E[7
A[ B[m7 E[[9
7
1776
A[
[5/[9
G[7 G7 B[13
/F [
7 /A[ B[7
[5/[9
(B[7 B[7 no 3 E[ B[)/B[
+
B[[9
7 E[/B[ E[
G[9
7 Cm
<(Dminf ive G7 Cm F ]7 )/G
[5
[9
D7 /F ] G[5
7 /D[ D7 /F ] G7 /B
[9
G7 no 3 . . .
[19] WW/(Tpt+Bsn)
(Fl+Cl)/Tbn
[20] Vi/Cl, Str bg
WW-imit, Str 16th tppedf
(ped)
Hns
i (&)
LoStr, Vi Pm
Cl/Tbn
[21] ([[[[) Vi/FHn, P (a[e[)
Fl+Vi PLi (&)(ped)
13.2.3
493
Table 13.8: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
432
436
438
441
447
449
452
454
456
460
462
464
466
470
474
478
485
489
494
498
504
510
514
521
529
533
541
545
535
494
M
Mg 0 /s
/
Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M5
Mf/c
.. ..
./ .
/
0
B3
B3
Comment
Grob!
B3 (\\\)
C F/A C/G C
F7 /A G7 /B Em7 /G C/G
D7 /F ] G Am7 /E D7 /A G
C/E F/C G7 C
P1: WW ctp
Dm7 /F G7 C
Ms
..
.
..
. /B1
/
Mf
..
.
Fm
G7 C Am7 F Gsus4
C
7
P3: Tpt
G C F7 /A D7 /F ]
(C A[7 E D[)/G
(F ]7 F D C]7 G[ E[)/G
B7 /A G[/D[ D[7 /C[ A[+ /E
E[]5
7 /D[ B7
B7 . . .
D7 G]7 C]7
P4: LoStr+Bsn
[25] Brs, tutti clim, P D (g)
timp P (cg)
buildup Seq(31m;R7 )
cresc
[26] tutti climax
~
trans, Tpt, Vi trem Hk
B7 /C C7 /B[
~
Vi1 trem Hk
e
F7 /E[ . . .
(G7 F m B[ G[5
7 )/C
Tpt/Cl Birdcall
Ob-Cl, P D (c)
C2
(F C7no 3 F C7 )/C
(F C7 F )/C
B[/F F
(C7 F C7sus4 C7 G]7 F )/C
(C7[9 F F m)/C G[9
7 . . . )
<(F C7 )/C
(ped)
h i
6
8
([) Posthornepisode
(F C7 F G] C7 . . .)/C
F ...
Wieder lebhaft, und schneller . . .
(ped)
F (m)no 3 . . .
F (m)no 3 . . .
E[m . . .
E[m . . .
D[no 3 . . .
h i
2
4
Table 13.9: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
557
562
568
575
579
583
Comment
Ms
..
.
Coda (\)
[32] Hns+Tbn, Timp P (cg)
Tpts (ped)
Brs+WW, cresc
[33] WW+Brs imit, clim (ped)
min-maj (clim, ped)
(590 m.)
(Ms/1)
495
496
13.2.4
Form: ternary song form, ABA1 Coda. This cheerful and lively movement has the subtitle:
Was mir die Engel erzahlen. The lyrics (21 lines) are from the song cycle Des Knaben Wunderhorn, subdivided into three stanzas (verse 1 to 3). See Table 13.10 to 13.12 for the analysis.
Like the previous movement, here we see the combination of a number of elements:
The bells motif MB .3 This effect is played by real bells and the boys choir (BCh)
singing: Bimm bamm, and near the end also by the womens choir (WCh).
The main theme, a lively descending scale pattern M0 in staccato dotted 8th note
rhythm. This returns in the vocal solo melody ML121
as the a-phrase, and in melodic
v
inversion in the instrumental backgrounds. The opening line in the verses has Mv (aab)
(2 + 2 + 2 m.) sentence structure.
The chorale phrases MC for womens choir, full of contrary motion.
In the contrasting middle section there are the staccato 8th note chords in the horns,
combined with the legato ascending 16th note runs MR in (triple) clarinets, later flutes.
A transitory theme Mt in the celli leads into this setting.
The B-section also has a new vocal melody for alto-solo (lines 10, 12, 13 and 14). The
second half of this section leads to an extended tutti climax with chromatically descending middle voices, playing an exact parallel set of triads (F E E[) (F ]m
F m) E (m. 7072).
The harmony consists of mainly triads, with an occasional 7th chord. In the orchestration
there are no timpani, nor violins.
13.2.5
3
Watch hilarious Peter Sellers in the Pink Panther Strikes Again movie, impersonating hunchback Quasimodo
and shouting The bells, the bells! on the Paris appartment balcony.
497
Table 13.10: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
m
1
4
5
6
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
Comment
MB
M0 /MB
..
.
. / ..
.
/ ..
..
ML1
v /.
.. L2
. /
L3
L4
MC
F6 ...
F Dm
A1 , BCh+Bells
WW
Gm/B[ Gm C/E
(cm<)
F C7
cad
F F/A Gm F
F F/A C F
F C B[/F F
D A D C/E G
a)
b)
WCh
C F/C C Am C7
/M0,B
.
ML5 / ..
F C B[/D
v
L5
MC /
C/E F
d
WCh
20
/ M0
C7 Dm C/E B[/D
WCh/WW
22
MvL6
F Am7
23
24
25
26
28
30
32
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
45
46
498
..
.
..L7
. /I(M0 )
B[/D F C7no 3
/
L8
MC
..
. / M0,B
..L9
.
..
./M
B[7 /A E /G F
D A D C/E G
WCh
C F Am Dm
WCh+WW/BCh
B[ A D C/E G
0,B
/
Mt / M0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
ML10
v /MR
..
. /M
F Am/C
Dm
WCh/BCh+LoWW
A[9
7 Dm/F
[3] B, Str+Hrp
Am Gm/B[ B[7 /A
E7 /G C]7 /E F
E A[9
7
6
Dm Dm+7
/
MvL11 /MB
Em7
E[7 E[7 E[m7
<(Dmadd4/9 D)
L12
MC
Dm C B[
Am Gm Am
B,R
Table 13.11: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
(contd)
47
MB /M0
.
/ ..
49
51
52
Comment
<(Dm B[)
(WCh+BCh)/LoWW, P T (d)
Dm B[ Gm B[/D
F/A Cm7
Dm D7
(WCh+BCh)/LoStr
E[7 E[7
Alt-Solo/WCh+Fl
55
ML13
v /MR
..
. /MB,R
.
/ ..
56
ML11
v /MB
<(E[madd9 B[)
Alt/BCh
58
ML14
C
B[7 C B[/D
~ , (cm)
Alt+Str+Harp Hk
d
53
75
76
78
81
..
.
.. L12
.
..
.
/M0,B
MB /M0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M0
/
82
ML15
v /MB
84
L16
86
ML18
C
88
59
61
62
63
65
67
69
71
72
73
[5] Alt/Fl
A47
Alt/BCh+LoWW, P T (d)
[6] (WCh+BCh)/LoWW (ped)
<(Dm B[)
Dm1]77[6
~ & (ped)
tutti climax, Hns Hk
e
E[7 /D Cm7 F ]m
(climax, ped)
[5/[9
no 3
i (&), (ped)
Pm
i (&), ped)
(Pm
i (&), ped)
(Pm
(ped)
D A C G D
A E A Am
BCh
D7 B[7
B[
[5/[9
B[7 no 3
499
Table 13.12: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
(contd)
m
Comment
90
ML18
v /M0
.. L19 ..
.
/.
.. ..
./ .
.. L19 ..
.
/.
..
./
..
./ML20
WCh/WW, (cm>)
BCh
92
93
94
95
96
WCh/LoStr
DmA E /G F
(cm<)
D A D C/E G
[9] WCh
Gsus4
7 /C
/M0
100
L21
ML20
0 /MC
F Am B[/D F Gm/B[
BCh/WCh (cm>)
102
M0 /
F/C C7 F/A F
LoStr+LoWW, Tbn
104
ML21
C
Dm C/E E7
WCh+BCh
F E /G F/A
Gm7 /B[ C
cad
F Dm7
B[ A Dm Gm/B[
F 9 /C C7
<(F Dm/F )
cad
(WCh+BCh)/Hns, P T (f )
<(F Gm7 /F )
F
(WCh+BCh)/HiWW (ped)
(WCh+BCh)/Cl (120 m.)
98
105
106
107
108
109
110
114
118
500
..
.
M0
..
.
MB /M0
.. ..
./ .
/
G7 /B C Am
501
13.2.6
502
503
13.3
B (45 m.)
h i
I1
V2
4
4
2
2
3
4
3
8
2
4
A1 (72 m.)
A2 (93 m.)
Int V1
h ih ih ih ih i
4
4
I2 V3
, 353 m.)
B1 (43 m.)
, 184 m.)
I3
V4
Co
13.3.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA1 B1 A2 Coda. This slow movement has a large scale approach.
The first A section, for strings only, introduces and repeats the first subject M1, but each
time the lead voice changes parts, while a new countermelody is added and shorter note
values are used (8ths). Throughout the movement the lower strings change from pizzicato
to arco and back, providing a stable groove in 4th notes. The woodwinds start playing in
the transition to the B section; the oboe takes over the lead part (M4), answered by a most
lyrical violin melody, full of portamento and a perfect melodic curve (M5). The section A1
and B1 develop the earlier subjects, while introducing new countermelodies in polyphonic
settings (either contrasting instrumentation or ranges). A peculiarity of this movement is,
that it contains a theme and variations form (in the A2 section) within a higher level ternary
structure. Returning elements are the chromatically descending theme (Ms, blasted out by
trumpet and oboes during the first climax), and the bell effect in lower strings and harp in
the transitions. See Table 13.13 to 13.15 for the analysis.
13.3.2
504
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M2/1
..
.
G D7 G6 Bm
A.a1,
62
M4
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
79
81
83
84
87
89
93
98
103
DB pizz
D D7 /C
G/B Am7 /C D
G D 7 G6
cad
A.a2, Vi1 (M2=Mc)/Vc,
Vc+DB pizz
G D7 Em7 /D G/B
C/E E7 Am7 A7 D
Bsn+Hns bg
Em7 A7 D
E7 Am7 D7
Em
<(G D)
Em Am/C G64 D G
C Am/C G64 D7
G6 . . . D7sus4 G B
Va+Bsn
cad
trans, Hrp+LoStr: bell motif
Em Am/E Em Am7 /E
M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
M4
M5
D7[9 G D7
Vi1: aab
PB (&)
Ob-Vi1
Em A/E Am+7 /E
Em F ]7 F ]m Em
(Em Am7 )/E
(F ]m7 Em7 )/E
C/E Am/E E7
P T (e), chr&
M5
M5
..
.
Fm
/Ms
Dm
Mc
Vc, P D (d)
A]7 Bm A7
Bm G/D D7
G/B Am7 /C D7
M2/1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
4
4
D7 G D/F ] G
43
47
51
h i
i (%), (ped)
B.a2, Ob, Pm
Fl-Cl
[3] Hn, Mc: Vi1
Vi1
tutti clim, chr& motif
B.b
Fl-Vi1: clos th, FHn: chr&
505
Table 13.14: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll (contd)
m
Comment
G D7 G/D D7 C/G D
[4] A1
115
M6/7
..
.
119
123
131
137
M1
M1/c
M1
A7 D7 Em Am D
G D7 G G/D D7
G D7 G C E7 Am
(G D G D7 G D7 )/D
143
M1/c
..
.
G D7 G D7 /A G D7
Vi1/Vi2 countermelody
Em7 G/D D7
G B7 /D]
Em/G C/G D7
107
149
151
153
155
159
163
171
h i
2
2
, Cl, P D (d)
D G B/F ] F ] Bm
d
M1
..
.
..
.
Vc, development
Bsn+Str, countermel
~ , P D (d)
[5] Cl+Bsn: Hk
d
G D7 B[ B7 Bm
Am/C F ]7 /C G/D D7
G D G D7[9 . . .
. . . Gm B[sus4
7
trans, FHn+Ob
[6] B1 .a1 44 Dev, WW+
FHn: chr&
Vc-Vi2
h i
179
183
188
M4/M5
M5
E[
Gm
E[ Cm/E[ Gm/D
D7[9 . . . D G Gm
B7]5 E]7 B7 A/C]
192
195
M4/Mc
..
.
C]m
C]m/G] F ] F ]7 B7
C]m F ]m/C] C]m
F ]m/C] A7 /C]
E[7 /D[ E7 /D F7 /E[
A/E E7 /B E7 /B[
D/A Dm/A
E7 Am/E E7 F ]m7 E7
Tpt/Vi1
G D7 G
[9] A2
D7 /A Bm D7 /A G D/F ]
Theme+variations,
B7 /F E7 E7 /B[ A
197
199
202
204
205
207
210
212
217
222
227
230
234
236
506
M4/Mc
M5
..
.
F ]m
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
A[5
7 /E[
Cm/E[
D
Am/C Am D/F ]
h i
3
4
, Vc, P D (d)
Table 13.15: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll (contd)
m
238
243
245
249
251
255
258
260
263
267
269
270
271
275
278
282
283
285
287
288
294
296
299
303
307
315
318
320
326
332
338
344
353
M
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
M5
M1
M5
..
.
R
G
Comment
G D7 G
h i
D7 G/B D7 G Am/C
3
8
Am/C Am E7[9
F ]7 Bm
A7 D Am/C D7 /A D7
G D7
G D7 G/D C]7
D7 D]7
E/B B7 . . . E/B
Vc+DB:
h i pizz
[10] 24 , Var 3, Ob, P D (b),
tutti climax
Vi1, diminution
PBi (&)
Var
h i 4, WW+Str, P D (d)
3
4 Brs: augm, clim
G/D C]7 D
C/E A]7 Bm/D Dm7
E7 Cm D7
d
Mc
..
.
M1
M3
E
M3/S1
M3/S2
M5
..
.
M5
[11] P D (d)
h i
4
4
G . . . D7 /A G D7 /F ]
Em Am7 D7
(G Am Dm)/G
C . . . G
F C Dm7 C
G D7sus4 G6
FHn+Va, motif m. 45
E
E6
E 6 . . . E B7sus4
<(E 6 F ]m7 )/E
C . . . G . . . F/C
DG
G/D Em G/D Em D
DB+Hrp
(353 m.)
507
508
13.3.3
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.5. In Mvt. 3, Poco adagio, all A-sections
start on the tonic major key G (1,3,5). The contrasting B-sections start excursions into remote
keys: the dominant minor key Dm (2) and through the lowered submediant major key E[ =
[VI towards the furthest point F ]m (4). The Variations sections start the alterations with the
submediant major key E (6).
Mvt. 3 Poco adagio
4
Bm
F ]m C]m
Am
Em
Fm
Cm Gm
A[
E[ B[
Dm
1,3,5
*
C]m
8 G]m
*
A
E H
YH B
H 2,4,7
1
Am 3,5 Em - Bm
*
H
YH
H
6
HH
j
HG
C
D
Cm
Gm
Dm
13.4
h i
4
4
, 103 m.)
A2
13.4.1
Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . This most beautiful slow movement, Adagietto, is also
known for two other reasons: as the gloomy main title music in the Visconti movie Death in
Venice4 and in conductor contests for the longest performance duration (look on the internet
4
Remember Dirk Bogarde as ageing composer Gustav von Aschenbach, with died black hair washing out in
the rain, while stalking young Tadzio through the narrow streets of cholera-stricken Venice? Thats the one.
509
13.4.2
510
54
56
60
63
66
68
72
74
78
80
82
85
91
93
95
99
Am
F Dm/C Gm7 /B[ F/A D[7 /A[
G7 D7[9
Gm E7 F F/A C 4 C 6
F F/C E7[9
(b)
(M1)
M2
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
52
Am
39
50
Comment
M1
..
.
47
M1
..
.
27
29
33
44
Cm
G[
Vc: b, N 6
Vi2: c
[1] trans
Vi1: a
(b) PB (%)
climax 1, cad, P D (c)
Vi2: c, cad
Dm/F B7 Cm . . .
[2] B, Vi1
Cm/E[ C A7 /C F7
i (%)
Va-Vi1, Pm
G[ . . . A[[9
7
([[[[[[) Vi2+Va
Vi1
C7[9
E/B B7 E7
B7 /A Bm7 /A F ]7 /A A7 Bm7 /A
A7 D+ E E7 /D
[5
(A7 G][9
7 )/A C]7 /G] C]7 /G
Vi+Vi2
PB (&)
F/C Am7 /G
F . . . Dm11
7 /C Gm7 /B[
F/A D7 /A[ G7 G7
D7[9 /F ] Gm E7 F F/A
C 4 G7 C
C . . . C7 /G F F/A Gm7 /B[
PBi (&)
(b)
Vc, P D (c)
[4] Vi1 (c-ped), cresc
i (%), P (%)
Pm
B
PBi (%)
climax 3, P D (c)
(103 m.)
Vc: a
D[ E[m A[
(M3)
M2
..
.
E7 F B[/D
Am/E D]7 E7
Am F/A Am . . .
Am C7 /G F F7 /A Gm7 /B[
d
(M2)
M1
..
.
511
512
13.5
A1
B1
h i
4
4
, 201 m.)
A2
Coda
13.5.1
Form: ABA1 B1 A2 Coda. This moderate tempo movement may have been a textbook example for Hollywood composers and orchestrators; there are sweeping melodies (wide leaps,
chromatic steps), polyphonic settings combining main themes with countersubjects (with a
Leitmotiv flavour), melodic sequences, contrasting orchestral densities (tutti vs. thinned out
sections, such as those labeled Elegy and Pastorale), stepwise moving middle voices (horns
and lower brass, for example) and huge dynamic climaxes. Melodic phrases from main
themes are distributed over several parts within a section, most of the time with doubling
between woodwinds and strings. Tonal centres move frequently, although note the larger
structure zones in either major or minor keys. See Table 13.17 to 13.19 for the analysis.
13.5.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.8. In Mvt. 3, Andante moderato, all three
A-sections are predominantly in the tonic major key E[. The first alternates with the mediant
minor key Gm (1), the closing section moves from the lowered submediant major towards
the tonic (B = C[ = [VI) E[ (7). The contrasting B-sections contain more key changes
and widen the key compass: the first opens in Em (2) and ends on the lowered supertonic
major (Neapolitan) key E = [II (34), the last B-section opens in the submediant major key
C (5) and ends with Bm B (67), the latter being the intermediate Neapolitan chord key of
the dominant B = [II/V . Note the use of the vertical minor third (3i) symmetrical root axis
E[ C A and the perfect fifth (7i) horizontal axis Am Em Bm.
513
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
M1
..
.
..
.
/0
M2/0
..
.
E[
[13
E[ B[[5
7 E[ B[7 E[/B[
38
40
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
/M0
42
45
47
49
Mt1
Mt2
Mt1+2
Mt1
56
59
60
63
65
Mt1
Mt2
M2
M3/t2
..
.
..
. /t2
..
.
..
.
/0
32
34
36
68
70
72
75
78
81
514
F7 F m E[ B[[9
7 E[/B[
[5/[9 d
[5/[9
B[7
C7 /B[ C7 /E
A[m B[[9
7
E[ E[[9
F7 /C[ B[7
7
Ob: 3rds
[87] Vi1+2: ctp, P T (e[)
(E[ E[[9
7 F m7 F7 )/E[
Gm
E[ . . . B[+ E[ F /A[
[5/[9
F m/A[ F7
/E[ . . . A7 E[
Gm . . . Dm7
E[
Gm7 A7 /G B[7
Gm A7 E[/G A[7
]11
E[ B[[5
7 E[ B[7 E[/B[
[5/[9
Em
Am
Em
B[[9
7 /A[ E[/B[ B[7
WW+LoStr: ctp
[5
E[ E[[9
7 F m7 /A[ F7 F7
Ob
E[ . . . B[sus4
E[ Cm/E[
7
F7 F m7 C[7 /E[ E[[9
7
A[/E[ D7 . . . E[m
C[7 /E[ . . . E[
Em . . . Am7 Em
Dm F/C
Am . . . Em7 Am Dm/A Am
B7 C7 Am7 B7 Am
Em F ]7 /A Em B7[13 /D]
[92] B.1,Dev 1, Ob
Cl
Elegy, FHn
WW: Seq+ctp (imit)
Fl+Vi1, WW+LoStr
[5/[9
B7
Bm
E[
Ob: 3rd/6th-motif
[88] A.b, EHn,WW
/A E/G] Em/G
Bm . . . B[/D
Gm+7
C7 F ]7 Bm7 Em7
<(Am7 F ][5
7 )/C Em/B B7
[9/sus4
B7 . . . F ]7
/B
84
M4
..
. / t1
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt1
E ...
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[
86
88
93
95
100
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
124
127
128
130
132
135
137
141
143
145
146
149
151
153
156
158
E96
<(B7sus4 E)
B sus4
E
7
[5
B7 . . . G][9
7 F7
FHns/WW
[95] Vi1, Str bg
closing phrase
E[/G B[[5
7 E[
E[ F m7 /E[ B[7
E[ B[[5
7 E[ E[7
[96] A1 , th+ctp,
WW+Str
WW+Str, P T (e[)
M5/Mt
..
.
..
.
Mt1+2
Mt1
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
(C Dm7 C)/C
(Dm7 C)/C C7 /B
Str+WW: ctp
F/A G/B C
Dm7 /F (C Dm7 C)/C
A F ]m7 Bm7 /A E7 A
Bm7 B7
(A F ]m7 G][9
7 )/A
[5/[9
(B7
Am
E7 )/A
(ped)
F Dm Am7 Dm7 B7
B7[9
C]m
Am
Am F ]7 /A
D7 /A F ]7 /A
C]m . . . G]97
(F ]7
Bm
F ][9
7 Bm7 )/F ]
C][9
7
F ] Bm
F ]7 B F ][5
7 /A]
515
Comment
M1/c
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
. / t1
.. ..
./ .
B F ]m B F ]7
B C]m7 /B B C/E
WW+Str
179
181
182
/
Mc/3
..
.
..
.
Mt2/1
185
(M1)
177
188
190
194
201
(M3)
(M3)
B/F ] F ]sus4
B/F ] Em
7
E[
B/D] G7 /D C]m
PB (&)
F ][9
7 E]7
Ob+FHns
F ]7 E]7 F ]7 B7[5
[5/[9
G]5
/C[
7 C F7
E[/G F m E[6 Cm7 Gm
[102] WW+Str
A[ B[7 /D Gm Cm7 F7
B[7 . . .
F m B[[9
7
[5/[9
A7 B[7 F7
B[7 B[[9
7
E[/B[ G7 /B Cm G7
(A[m F m7 )/A[ . . .
E[
WW+Str: ctp
Cl, Str ctp
(201 m.)
Bm
F ]m
Gm
Dm
B[
B[m
Fm
Cm
D[
A[
1 Gm
*
B[
E[
C]m 4 A[m
B t
6
A
G]m
E 3A B t
YH A
H
?
HAU 6
Am - Em - Bm
2
5A
tE
C]m
t
D
Dm
F
E[m
B[m
Fm
F]
C]
G]
516
Chapter 14
Claude Debussy
Biographical data:
22-8-1862 in St.-Germain-en-Laye
25-3-1918 in Paris
1600
14.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
A2
h ih
6
8
15
8
, 177 m.)
Cd
14.1.1
The form of this movement is rather unique, although it might be characterised as ABCAD
Coda form. An opening riff motif is used in many disguises in this piece: as an isolated
theme, as background, as theme in augmentatIon and varied. Other themes are based on a
framework using chord root, major seventh and minor seventh (yielding embellished chromatic descending themes). See Table 14.1 and 14.2 for the analysis.
14.1.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 14.2. Much of this movement (the B- and Csection) involves keys on the subdominant axis C E[(m) F ]m. The opening A-section
is on the tonic major key G, the second A-section starts on the lowered supertonic major
(Neapolitan) A[ (2), quickly returning to the subdominant axis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Table 14.1: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme
m
1
3
5
9
13
19
23
25
27
33
37
41
47
50
54
56
60
64
68
70
74
78
86
90
94
98
100
103
108
112
116
120
518
Comment
A1
(B[7]5
M0
M0
M1.a
M1.a
M1.b
M1.b
M1.a
M1.a
M0
E[
M0
M0
C
M0
M0
M2
M2
M0
A[
E[m
M0
M0
h i
6
8
(]) pizz
G7
B[7 )/D
G B[7 /D
<(G D7 = B[97 /D)
<(G D7 )
<(C D7 /F )
F ]7 F7 B[+ B[m7
D79 /C D[97 /C[ G4
<(C D7 /F )
E7 /B
<(G D7 )
<(G D7 )
<(G D7 ) G D[/F
<(G B[7 ) G7
E[
E[ E[7 . . . B[[9
7
E[ E[7 . . . B[[9
7
<(E[ F m) E[ D[
C
C A[7 /C D7 B[97
C A[7 /C D7 B[97
<(E F ) E D D[
C, Vc: contr th
trans
repeat
climax, trans
2nd stat: V2, V1: riff
repeat
Vc: riff solo
trans
Table 14.2: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme (contd)
m
Comment
124
128
132
136
140
145
M0
M0
F ]m
<(F ]m B7 )
C]m7 /E
<(F ]m B7 )
C][9
7
(d g])-tritone
(d g])-tritone (contd)
148
150
152
154
(M0)
D 15
8 (]) pizz
irregular meter:
9+6 8th notes
156
M3
..
.
<(G B D D[ F m)
<(G Dm7 Em F7 Em)
<(G97 G7 G13
7 G7 Dm/G)
<(A7 Em7 A7 /E G7
A7 /G Em7 )
A7 /G
157
158
160
162
164
168
170
173
(M0)
(M0)
2nd stat
to climax
unisono clim
dim, trans
C]]5
7
F + B + /D] C + /B
]5
]5
C]]5
7 A7 F ]7
<(C]7 C]7 )/E]
<(D7 /F ] D7 /A)
9/11
<(G Bm7 D7 B[97 )
B[97
(d e[)-tremolo
G
arco, climax
~
Hk
i
~ 3/4i
R
V2+Va
V2+Vc
dim, trans
Coda
h i
6
8
, 16th trem
519
Bm
D
C]m
3 B
B
B
Dm
Am
F
Fm
B Em
BBN
C
G
Cm
Gm
A[ H
E[ 1
2 HH
j
B[
A[m
E[m
B[m
F]
C]
Bm
F ]m t
C]m
Figure 14.2: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, key relationship diagram
14.2
520
`
14.2. PRELUDE
A` LAPRES-MIDI
DUN FAUNE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
521
522
`
14.2. PRELUDE
A` LAPRES-MIDI
DUN FAUNE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
523
14.3
Source: [14]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 14.3.
No. 1 Nuages, Modere: AAABA Coda form (Bm,
A1
A2
A3
A4
h i
6
4
, 102 m.)
I A
6
8
15
8
ih ih ih i
2
4
9
8
3
4
, 279 m.)
A2
h ih
12
8
, 146 m.)
C
Figure 14.3: Debussy, Trois nocturnes
14.3.1
No. 1 Nuages
524
Coda
525
14.3.2
No. 2 Fetes
Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 Coda. Characteristic for this piece is on the one hand the
contrast between diatonic, modal scales (Ionian, Dorian, Mixolydian modes) and chromatic
phrases, and on the other hand the use of cross rhythms. There are frequent meter changes
h i
and the mixing of straight and triplet 8th notes (the combination of parallel meters 34 and
h i
9
8
). The middle section B is known for its continuous use of pedal (a[ = g]), modal theme
introduced by muted trumpets (playing parallel triads, with a bitonal flavour), and gradual
buildup to a tutti climax. Subtle references to the middle section are made in the Coda. See
Table 14.3 to 14.5 for the analysis.
14.3.3
No. 3 Sir`enes
526
Comment
Fm
F m/C no 3 . . .
F m/C . . . <(Dm7 D[13
7 )
D[97 E[97 D[97 A97 B[97
D[97 E[97 D[97 B[97
D[97 G[97 D[97 E[97
9/]11
9/]11
D7
. . . E[7
...
<(E[7 D[)/D[
<(A E Gm F m)
A1 , 44 Vi: triplets
EHn+Cl: f -Dor sc, tripl
Str div: exact par tripl
Fl+Ob: g-Alt-sc
M1
M1
M1
D
A
<(A G Em)
M1
<(A E Gm F m)
33
35
39
41
44
48
50
53
M1
M2
58
62
M2
D[
68
69
70
78
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3
82
86
90
94
98
102
104
M4
M3
M4
M3
M4
M3
66
67
<(A G Em)
A[sus4
E7
7
9/sus4
D[ A[7
<(A[97 /D A[97 /E[)
D[
<(C7sus4 A[7 )
<(F A/C] D
E[7 /B[ D79 /A C79 )
F A/C] D A F D79 F7
<(A/E F + F ]m
D]7 /A] E7 /B E7 )
h i
h8 i
15
h 8i
9
8
[3]
EHn+Cl: d[-Ion sc
WW: c-Wh.t.-sc+d[-Ion sc
Fl: d[-Ion diat par
[4] Ob, Str: chrom
Fl+Ob
A/E F + F ]m
D]7 C]m/G] A
E
D
E
C]
A]7 Em/B C
A]7 G] E7 /G]
<(F ]m B79 G][5
7 /D)
<(A]7 /E D][9
7
F ]m7 /C] D79 /C) B79
E ...
E + /B C]m7 /B
D ...
D F ]m7 /C] D]7 /C B79
<(E 6 E7 E7 )
C]97 B7[5 /D]
9/]11
C][5
/D]
7 /E] B7
527
M3
114
116
124
128
132
140
144
148
156
160
164
170
A[m
M5
..
.
M5
(M5)
M5
..
.
174
178
182
186
190
M1
M1
M6
198
202
208
210
M1
D[
D
E[
214
216
220
224
229
232
236
240
236
248
528
M1
M2
(M5)
(M5)
C]
Comment
A[m6 . . .
A[m6 . . .
B[7 /A[
<(G]7 E7 /G]) E7[9 /G]
(G]7 E79 G]7 )/G]
D[/A[
<(D7 B[7 )/A[ B7 /A[
A[m6 . . .
b[-Mixolyd-sc, P (a[)
b-Dor-sc (ped)
[11] WW: b-Dor-sc, P (g])
d[-Mixolyd-sc (ped)
[12] WW+Hns: f -Dor-sc
[13] Brs: a[-Dor, tutti clim
B[7 /A[
<(E79 G]7 )/G]
<(D[97 /F E7 D]7 D7[5 )
b[-Mixolyd, P (a[)
b-Dor-sc
tutti climax, retrans
<(A G Em)
[17]
<(A G Em)
G]sus4
...
7
[9
C]7 . . .
<(C]7 D7 C]7 /E])
C](7) . . .
B[97 . . .
C](7) . . .
D[97 . . .
C](7) . . .
h i
9
Fl+Ob: a-Mixol, diat
i 8
15
, repeat, P (e)
h 8i
9
8
M
(M4)
..
.
(M5)
R
A
Comment
h i h i
<(A E Gm)
A E Gm B[+ E7 /B[
<(A E Gm)
A(7) . . .
<(F + A/E D]7 )
A ...
diat par
[21] Hns+WW
3
4
2
4
Coda, WW
529
530
14.3.4
531
532
Chapter 15
Richard Strauss
Biographical data:
11-6-1864 in Munchen
8-9-1949 in Garmisch-Partenkirchen
1600
15.1
1700
1800
1900
2000
Source: [63]. Form: symphonic poem. Music for orchestra. This symphonic poem has the
German title: Tondichtung (nach Nicolaus Lenau) fur
groes Orchester and is dedicated by
Strauss to Meinem lieben Freunde Ludwig Thuille.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 15.1.
Symphonic poem (E Em,
h i
2
2
, 606 m.)
Intro+DJ 1 E
R 1 G] Countess B
R 2 C]m
DJ 2 C A E[
m1
m 50
m 123
m 169
m 71
Anna Gm G
R3
DJ 3 C
Carnival D G A Dm
m 197
m 268
m 313
m 352
M Em
DJ 4 E
DJ 5 E C F E
Death Em
m 434
m 457
m 510
m 586
15.1.1
This symphonic poem opens with the vigorous Don Juan theme MVDJ , that will return many
times in the piece. The vigour theme consists of four motifs: a) unisono string upward
1
This famous second heroic Don Juan theme, with its well-known unisono horn section instrumentation has
become an alltime Hollywood film composer trick in, well, these heroic moments that require an amplification
through music. Just in case the movie theater audience may have forgotten who will win in the end and which
leading actor was first on the payroll.
2
The possible existence of this separate motif for Zerlinchen (a Bavarian musical avatar?) is of minor importance. It is not an essential fact in the musical analysis of the Don Juan symphonic poem.
534
15.1.2
In [C] our hero starts his first amorous adventure with the abbreviated vigorous theme
and receives the first rejection, expressed by the chromatically descending lead voice in the
woodwinds. Note the harp quoting the a-motif from the first heroic theme. Then there is juxtaposition of the vigour and variations of the rejection theme. In m. 67 this can be observed
as an extended chromatic descent in augmentation in woodwinds and tremolo strings.
15.1.3
Episode: Countess (m. 71122, 52 m.) and Rejection 2 (m. 123168, 46 m.)
3
Appoggiaturas play a major role in the melodic material of Don Juan and its development. In the score there
are a multitude of these, also in simultaneous combinations; it goes beyond the scope of this book, but I did a
statistical analysis of the appoggiaturas in the piece. I created lists showing the type of appoggiatura (upwarddownward, chromatic-diatonic), the chordal function they were applied to (root, third, fifth, etc), and which
combinations were used (direction parallel or contrary). My goal was to compare the practical use by Strauss
with the rules from the theory of harmony books. An interesting exercise that was!
4
These woodwind triplets require triple-tonguing (t-k-t, or t-t-k) and good rhythmic coordination in the section. The rhythm always reminds me of the
movement of the Mendelssohn
Symphony No. 4 Italian.
opening
2
The triplets in the Strauss Don Juan yield a 12
flavour
(the
real
meter
is
)
and
a
slight
tarantella dance-like
8
2
quality, that will return in the Carnival section.
535
1
3
5
7
MVDJ
Mt
13
15
MH1
DJ
..
.
..
.
17
MH1
DJ /Mt
11
Comment
Don Juan 1
(E A]7 E)/B
A7 E/G]
G7 E7[9 /G] E7 /B
G]7 C][9
7 F ]m
b)
b)
H10
B B7 /A B7[9
21
MDJ /Mt
(C D]7 C F ][5
7 )/C
a): Vi+Va
23
MH1
DJ /Mt
MH1
DJ
E 6 /B
E7
E7[9 /B
27
29
30
31
33
37
38
40
42
44
..
.
MVDJ
MVDJ
B7
E6
A C]m7 /G]
D/A
E
MZ
D7 /A[ Cm/G
D7[9 /F ] F7 A[9
7 /E
G/D D7 G
G6 G6 /B
B[
B[/D E[7 /D[ F ]7 B7
E A/C]
E C 0 ]7 Em7 /D C
(D]7 C F C)/C
d
46
48
49
(MC )
MZ
E46 B7
C]m F ]m/C] C]m
F ]7 /A G][9
7 /A
Countess: WW+Str
Str
WW
50
V0
MDJ
[C]
a): HiStr unis
D7 /B Em Gm7 /F
WW/(Harp-Tpt)
Gm7 /F C7 /E F7 /E[
B[/D E7 /C] . . .
51
52
53
55
57
59
536
..
.
MR /MH1
DJ
MR /MH1
DJ
.. ..
./ .
/
G]
62
64
66
MVDJ
M0R
71
73
79
81
83
85
89
90
92
94
96
98
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
123
127
129
133
137
141
145
R
0
M0C
M0C
MC
..
.
..
.
..
.
MC
..
.
..
.
..
.
F7 /C C]7 F ]7
Countess tranquillo
F ]97 . . .
F ]97 . . . F ]7
(F ]7 G7 F ]7 G]m7 )/F ]
F ]7 . . .
<(F ]7 G7 F ]7 G]m7 )/F ]
(F ]7 D]7 E]7 B]7 )/F ]
F ]7 F ]+
(B 6 F ]7 )/B
B 6 F ]7 /E
a): Vi imit
(B B + G]m7 )/D] F ]7 /E
(B B + G]m)/D]
G]m7 C]97 F ]7
(B 6 F ]7 )/B
B 6 F ]7 /E
a): Vi imit
(B
B+
G]m7 )/D] F ]7 /E
Vi/(Cl+FHn+SVi+Vc),
b) / b)
dev, a:) SVi+Va+Ob
F ]m C][9
7 D/F ]
/MiR
MdC /Ma,i
R
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Comment
(F7 ) C]7 . . .
B
MC
..
.
..
.
..
.
C]m
(D B7 )/D
E7 /B E7 /D F ][9
7 /A]
9
C]7 F ][9
7 F ]7
<(B7 /F ] B7 ) B7 /A
C]7 /G] C]7 /B
C]7 . . . C]7 /E]
(stringendo)
537
538
15.1.4
15.1.5
Episode: Anna (m. 197267, 71 m.) and Rejection 3 (m. 268312, 45 m.)
In [K] there is the first Anna theme in Gm; its four-measure a-phrase is an arpeggiated upward octave leap (viola and cello), followed by a gradual chromatic descent (preplanned
rejection?). The b-phrase is also four measures long, and is backed up by a series of appoggiaturas in solo flute (upward-downward, hope-rejection pairs). The second, slightly
varied statement (m. 208 ff.) already has the b-phrase as an explicit rejection. The appoggiatura flute is now answering snippets (c- and d-phrase) from the opening vigorous theme
in brass imitation (m. 215232). Note the subtlety in the 4th note syncopated violin top voice
in the background: twice a chromatic ascent, then twice a descent (once again: aspirationdisappointment pairs).
In [L] the key changes to G major and the background is set by a combination of the
first Anna theme a-phrase (imitation in cello and viola) and the rejection chromatically descending steps in horns. The solo oboe play the lyrical, gentle second Anna theme with abbc
phrasing (4 + 2 + 2 + 5 m.). The second statement in [M] is slightly varied.
Rejection 3 starts in m. 268 with two motifs combined: a varied a-motif from the second
Anna theme (clarinet) and augmented rejection chromatic descent in flute, bassoon and harp.
These are developed in imitation, while the a-phrase from the first Anna theme returns in the
cello background riff (m. 274).
Section [N] is a transition molto tranquillo, with flute and first violins quoting the Anna
2 a-phrase, which keeps ascending. A string section upward arpeggio imitation, using the
Anna 1 a-phrase closes this amorous disillusion.
15.1.6
539
Comment
Gm
Anna
Gm . . . C]7 /G
1st theme
[K] a): Va+Vc, Str sync
b): Va
Fl app, Str+Hns, P D (d)
M1A
0
MR
F m C]7 D C]7
(D D7 G C]7 )/D
(D D7[9 Gm C] D7[9 )/D
(Gm . . . C]7 E7 )/G
(D[ B[7 A[7 )/A[
215
MVDJ
217
221
MVDJ
E7 /G F/C
A7 B[m
FHn
c): Hns, Str tripl%
224
226
232
MVDJ
(M1AR )/MR
..
. /M2
197
201
203
205
208
213
236
244
248
252
258
263
266
268
272
M
M1A
..
.
/
0
(M2A )
M2A /(M1A )
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
0
M2A /MR
/
0
G . . . D7 /G . . .
C/E . . . E7
Am . . . D7
G . . . D7 . . .
(Em F ][9
7 )/E
(Bm E7 )/D
C]7 F ]7 /C]
c): Ob
a): Ob+Fl
Rejection 3
B . . . B7[9 E7[9
B7[9 F ]7 /C] E7 /G]
themes combined
a): WW+Harp
282
286
288
292
12 /M
MA
R
.. ..
./ .
... / ...
/
0
M2A /MR
/
G E7 A D7
E[ A[/C
(G . . . Em7 )/D
(D7 Am7 D7 )/D
296
302
306
(M2A )/M1A
/
(M1A )
G . . . D7 . . .
(A[7 A7 Am97 )/G D7
G
274
278
540
E[7 /G E[ A[ D7
th mix, imit, N
Em Am7 /C D7
d
N6
a): Ob/WW, Va P D (d)
[N] trans, a): Str+Fl PL (%)
WW, P T (g)
a): Str imit, arp%
541
15.1.7
542
543
15.1.8
Other friends return in the reminiscences starting in m. 434. The Countess appears twice: first
in English horn and bassoon (a-phrase, m. 437), later in [V] in woodwind imitation (m. 447
455). The second Anna theme is played by solo violin (m. 443447), in abb-phrasing, with the
b-phrase becoming the rejection motif MR ). The [V] section has sustained tremolo strings
throughout.
15.1.9
Episode: Don Juan 4 (m. 457509, 53 m.) and Don Juan 5 (m. 510585, 76 m.)
544
545
Comment
F ...
F ...
Dm7 /F . . . F/A
B[
(B7 F ][9
7 )/B
(E 6 C7 )/B
(A7 G]7 G7 F ]7 )/B
B7 . . .
MVDJ
MVDJ
..
.
(Mt )
..
.
(MR )
581
B7 . . .
586
595
596
600
603
15.1.10
(MaR )
Em
The symphonic poem closes with a plagal cadence in the tonic minor key Em. Sustained
chords support descending string tremoli. In [Dd] theres a final descendng chromatic step
in augmentation (a sigh of rejection or relief?), followed by the downward bassoon arpeggio
(the inversion of the opening phrase from the first heroic Don Juan theme?) and three short
(pizzicato) tonic chords.
15.1.11
546
547
15.2
Part 2
m1
m 67
h i
4
4
, 501 m.)
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
Part 4: C
m 397
Figure 15.2: Strauss, Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24
15.2.1
See Table 15.5 for the analysis. The piece opens with the Death Rhythm (Todesmotiv) Rd, a set
of afterbeat 8th notes and triplets, played by middle register strings and timpani. The triplet
rhythms will return in the battle with death themes.
In [A] (m. 16) we hear the first theme a short lyrical motif Ml in woodwinds (first flute,
then clarinet) with descending 8th note characteristics (stepwise motion with occasional
leaps). Note the ascending chromatic stepwise motion in the oboe middle voice; this is
another feature of this symphonic poem and it will be used extensively. Section [B] (m. 29)
brings the cantabile main theme Mc for oboe and later first violins, answered by Ml in flute.
The theme Mc is characterized by an unpward octave leap, followed by quarter note downward steps. Sections [C] and [D] are juxtapositions of the death rhythm Rd (the last time in
the French horns) and woodwind imitative statements of Ml. In [D] the ascending middle
voices are in parallel thirds for violins and clarinets, over tremolo low strings.
15.2.2
548
15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24
1
6
10
14
16
17
21
23
29
35
37
42
46
48
49
52
58
62
Rd
..
.
..
.
Ml
Rd
Mc
Ml
Mc
Ml
..
.
Rd
Ml
Md
Cm
A[m
C
Comment
Part 1 Largo
E[ Cm/E[ Cm
h i
<(Cm D7 /A[)
Cm A[/C F m7
<(F m7 B7 /A[) F m/A[
D[7 /C[
D[7 /C[ . . .
Re(D[7 /C[ C7 /E) C]7 /D
E7 D D7[5 E[/G E[
A[m . . . B[7 /A[ E[[9
7
A[ . . . F m
(C . . . Dm7 B7 )/C
C7 . . .
<(C B7 /F ]) Gm7
[9
A[13
7 D7
[9/[13
G7
...
(G7 . . . C C7[9 )/G
[5/sus4
(F Cm D7 G7
)/G
[5
G7 . . .
4
4
549
550
15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24
15.2.3
See Table 15.6 to 15.8 for the analysis. In a feverish delirium the man sees his life passing by;
in Part 3A the cantabile melody Mc reappears in augmentation (half-note rhythm). In brief
transitional phrases (m. 207212) and [N] (m. 227235) the lyrical opening motif Ml (abbreviated version in quarter note triplet imitation) and the battle theme Mb (stretto imitation)
return, respectively. Part 3B (etwas breiter) develops this 8th note triplet theme Ml, juxtaposed
with the theme Mc, in lighter, somewhat playful mood and as a moment of relaxation.
An 8th note triplet descending figure in the violins (m. 254) announces another wave
of fever in Part 3C: in the appassionata section the fever theme Mf (chromatically ascending triplets, referring to the death rhythm) is combined with an augmented version of the
cantabile (youth) theme. This is continued [P] with Mc now in the original quarter note
rhythm. The death rhythm sounds clearly in trombones and timpani in m. 271. The continuation has development character, with combinations of the feverish theme Mf (in varied
form with ascending 8th notes), the battle motif Mb (in unisono trombones) and the death
rhythm (in 2-part settings in either woodwinds of high strings). There is counterpoint and
there rapid changes of instrumentation as the themes are passed on to different orchestral
sections.
Letter [S] is an extended tutti climax, with themes combined, counterpoint setting and
(stretto) imitation. The unisono ascending triplets in low woodwinds and low strings over a
sustained dominant pedal in [T] lead into the first complete appearance of the Transfiguration theme Mt (the a-phrase, m. 321)) in Part 3D.5 Note the bell chord setting of the theme in
brass and woodwinds. The a tempo, ma un poco agitato in [U] is accompanied by the offbeat
16th-note patterns in the violins that were heard first in Part 2 [H] (m. 125 ff.), while combining the cantabile theme Mc (but now chromatically descending in quarter notes) with the
other chromatically descending theme Md (8th note rhythm). In [V] the development comes
to a close with another statement of Mt in a tutti climax in m. 356, with both an a- and a
b-phrase, that acts as a retransition.
In a sonata form interpretation [W] may be seen as the recapitulation; the original tempo
and Death Rhythm (timpani) from the introduction return, as do the chromatically descending lead note patterns in juxtaposed woodwinds and strings (in the introduction these were
diatonic and chromatic steps in contrary motion strings). The extended pedal on a turns
out to be a tonic pedal, that kicks-off a set of bell chords when for the last time the Allegro,
molto agitato mood returns as does the battle theme Mf in m. 381. This part concludes with a
combination of the chromatically descending theme Md and the ascending scalar theme Ms.
15.2.4
5
The Richard Strauss Transfiguration theme was kindly borrowed my mr. John Williams, Hollywood resident, as the love theme for the movie Superman.
551
M
Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mc
Ml
Mc
..
.
219
223
227
231
Mc
Mb
236
238
240
241
242
244
246
247
249
250
252
254
Ml
Mc
Ml
Mc
Ml
Ml
Ml/c
Ml
257
259
261
263
267
271
552
Mc/f
.. ..
./ .
/
Mc/f
..
. /
/Rd
Comment
(G]7 A7 )/G
i (%)
Pm
A[9
7 /G G/D F ]7 /E F ]7
Pm (%)
G/7 /F ] G7 /F
Em7 F ]7 /E
B7[9 /D] Em6 A7
Em6 A7
D ...
Am D7 D7]5
(G . . . D7 )/G
PBi (&)
G . . . G[9
7
A D7[9
G ...
G[9
7 D7 /F B[7
(ped)
([[[)
Ml: WW+Hns triplets
Mc: Vi
Ml: WW+Hns triplets
Part 3C Appassionato
B 6 /F ] F ]7
(\\\)
Mc: Ob+Hn+Vc, Mf: Fl+Vi
B 6 /F ] F ]7 /C]
B B7 /A] G]m7 G]7
C]m F ]7
B7 E
C]7 /E
Em
D
G
E[
G[
Mc: Vi
Ml: Vi
[O] Ml: Vi
Ml: Vi, Mc: Ob+Va+Vc
Ml: Vi 8th tripl&
15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24
273
276
Mf
277
279
281
283
285
Mf
Rd
Mf
Rd
Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mb
Rd
Mf
Mb/Rd
.
Mbc/ ..
287
289
290
294
295
296
297
300
301
302
304
306
310
313
317
321
325
326
327
330
335
337
338
339
Gm
Ml
Mt
..
.
C7 F C/E
Dm7 D7[9
Mf: Vi+Va
d
Gm D Gm G7
A[7 A[7
C]m G]m7 C]m
[9
F ][9
7 A7 /G
6
D /F ] DmA
B7
E
Mf
Comment
/
Mcf/Rd
..
.
Mt
..
.
A[
<(E 6 B7 /F ] B7 )
E E7 /D]
E7 /D F ]sus4
7 /C]
B[7 /F
D7 /F B[[9
7 /F
E E7 /D]
E7 /D F ]sus4
7 /C]
D7 /F
PBi (&)
D7 /F
B[7 /F [ . . .
E[7 . . .
E[7 . . .
E[7
Mb: Tbns
Rd: WW, Str trem, clim
PBi (&)
[S] Mb: Tbns, Rd: WW, Str trem
climax
HiStr sync
Ml: Fl+Vi1 augm
Mt.a: Brs+Va+Vc, clim, PB (&)
i (%)
[U] Vi 16ths, Pm
553
554
Mc/d
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt
..
. /Ms
..
. /
Comment
F ]m7 /A
B7 /A B7 /A C] E7[9 /G]
Md: Bsn+Tu+LoStr
F/C Am/C
D7 /C D7 /C E7
A]7 /E Em C]7 /B
C]7 A7 /G Asus4
7 /G F ]7
C][9
7 /E]
D[
Rd
..
.
Mb
Md
..
.
..
.
Md/s
/
Cm
E[7 /D[ D[
E[7 /D[
[5/[9
(D[[9
)/D[
7 G[ E[7
(B[7 A[7 G[ B[7 )/D[
F/A . . .
(ped)
b
retrans, Str 16th trem
P (a)
Largo
[W] Hns (ped)
Rd: timp, Str, Cb trem
[9
(A[9
7 Gm A7 F m)/A
[9
(B7 . . . A7 )/A Am7
Part 3F Allegro, molto agitato
(Am B[m F m Am Em)/A
(Cm A[7 G)/A
(Cm A7 D7[9 )/A
(Cm A7 Gm G[9
7 )/G
EHn+Cl, (ped)
P T (a)
(F ]7 G[9
7 Cm)/G
(ped)
(C7[9 F D7 )/G
(B[7 E7 G7 Gm7 )/G
F ]7 /G . . .
F ]7 /G . . .
(ped)
(ped)
[X] Md: WW+Vi, P D (g),
Ms: Hns+Vc, PLi (%)(ped)
15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
555
15.2.5
The key relationship diagram of the symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 is shown
in Fig. 15.3.
tE 9
B t
10
4
Gm
Dm
Am
Em H Bm
HH
A 6 6
j
A
C
B[
F
G
D
A
12 5
*
2 6
3
? AAU
B[m - F m
Dm
1 Cm Gm
7
E[
D[
A[
B[
F
11
1
D[m A[m
E[m
B[m
Fm
8
tE
B
G[
D[
A[
t
G
Figure 15.3: Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24, key relationship diagram
The key changes throughout this piece show a simple-complex-simple pattern :
Part1: The piece starts in the tonic minor Cm and follows a clockwise loop through the
fairly remote lowered submediant minor A[m (1) and the parallel major C (2).
Part 2: This section involves a somewhat more remote excursion into the subdominant
domain, starting with the subtonic minor B[m (3) and then creating a loop F m Am
Gm Cm (4) of minor keys only.
Part 3: The development character of this sectionis also clear from the modulation path.
Starting in G (5) there first is a clockwise loop with limited envelope GEmDG (6).
But then follow some more distant modulations: we see major third related keys (4i),
see GE[ (7) and E A[ (11), intermediate dominant keys, see (G[ = F ])B E (89)
and A[ D[ (11), the latter being the Neapolitan (lowered supertonic major) key of the
minor tonic Cm. We need the double occurrence property twice for the interpretation.
And finally, there is the interesting sidestep E Gm E (10). The development takes
us to the corners of this key relationship diagram.
Part 4: The closing part is static in the parallel major key C. This yields a large scale
key pattern Cm G C for this symphonic poem.
15.3
h i
6
8
h ih ih i
4
8
6
8
, 657 m.)
F Market Scene F Dm
Sermon
m 51
m1
Love Scene
h i
6
8
A[ Gm G
m 208
Recapitulation
m 429
2
4
h i
6
8
h i
2
4
B[
m 179
Theology Professors Am
Streetsong
m 293
m 375
F Grandness Dance F
m 485
h ih i
2
4
6
8
A[
Court Scene F m
Epilog F
m 577
m 632
Figure 15.4: Strauss, Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28
15.3.1
The introduction starts with the Once upon a time variant MoM , the regular 8th note augmentation of the mocking theme, set for the strings (from here on, Till Eulenspiegel is abbreviated
as TE). Then, as a sort of exposition we here four statements of the adventurer theme MA and
then hurried (ascending chromatic 8th note rhythm) variant in #2, ascending to a climax,
before the solo clarinet in D plays the mockery theme MM .
See Table 15.9 for the analysis.
557
Table 15.9: Strauss, Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28
m
1
4
MoM
6
12
14
20
21
26
31
MA
M0A
M0A
MhA
..
.
46
MM
66
68
71
73
75
77
79
81
85
87
89
90
91
558
MA
35
39
51
55
59
61
63
A
C]
M0M
M0M
MM /MsM
.. ..
./ .
/
MhM
..
.
MhA
/MhM
MtM
..
. /Ms
M
/
MsM
M0M
Comment
Gemachlich
h i
F7]5
4
8
([) Introduction
F
B[ F46 C7
F ...
F/C . . .
C F
F/C . . .
Dm
Dm/F . . . F7
Am/C . . . C7
C7 . . . Gm7 /C
C7 . . . F m F ]
C7 . . . C
Immer sehr lebhaft
]5/[9
B[7 (= C7 no 1 ) F/A F
WW+Hns+Str, cresc
climax on dominant (ped)
tempo
]5/[9
E7 . . . E7
A
[5/[9
E7 . . . G]7
C]
[9
F ]m B7 G]7 C]
A Dm D][5
7 G]7
(F E7 F F ]7 Dm7 )/C
(B7 C79 B7 /C
C79 B7 /A A[7 C7
F Gm7 C7
F
F C + F Gm7 G]
F
F/C C7 F F7
WW+Str+Hns imit
Str unis dim, tutti clim
8ths chr%
Vi-LoStr
[6] trans, WW imit, str
B[ Dm7 /A
C]7 /G Dm/F
E7 B[/D
G7 /D[ C7 C7 /B[
F/A C7 F C7 F C7
WW imit, PB (&)
WW imit, (cm<)
WW+Str imit
m. 47
g]
e = f[
d[
b[
B[7
m. 49
%
a
%
f
&
c
&
a
F/A
g]
e = f[
d[
b[
g[
G[97
% a
% f
& c
& a
& f
F
m. 49
c
a
f
m. 50
d]
[5/[9
B7 /D]no 1
&
&
&
%
m. 51
b
g]
d
e
E7
The two upper voices in the left diagram are chromatically ascending, the two lower
are descending; this yields the intermediate leading tone chord B[7 that is equivalent to
]5/[9
the dominant 7th chord C7 no 1 (root missing). The target chord is the tonic chord in first
inversion S 6 = F/A. The diagram in the centre shows the same procedure for approaching
[5/[9/[13
the tonic chord in root position; now the cadence yields G[97 (= C7
no 1 ) F . Finally,
on the right we see the combined reading of m. 49-51 (although the actual string section
setting of the target chord is different); here the combination of m. 49 and 50 yields the chord
[5/[9
B7 /D]no 1 = F/D], i.e., the inverted German augmented 6th chord in the new key of A
major. Similar intermediate chords will occur many times in the harmonic analysis of this
symphonic poem, and are part of the chromatic setting.
15.3.2
559
560
15.3.3
The Love Scene episode main theme in #1517 is another variation on the adventurer theme
MlA , with a sentence structure MlA (aab). The 2nd statement, in #17, starts in G major, is
combined with the romantic version of the mockery theme MrM , and at the end returns to G
minor. In #18 his efforts turn out unsuccessful and TE gets upset. He gets into a rage and the
low voices play the angry variant of the mockery theme MaM . This mood of anger reaches a
climax in #19, with four statements of MaM , with alternating directions of the bass part. See
Table 15.10 for the analysis.
15.3.4
561
E[ C7 /E
B[/F E[ C]7 Dm
Gm7 F7
B[ B[64 F7
<(B[ Gm/B[) D/F ]
D/F ]
B[64 F7 B[ Gm/B[
MsM
..
.
A[
208
209
211
213
215
MrM
MrM
MrM
MsM
217
218
219
221
222
223
225
229
MrM
MrM
232
236
241
243
245
249
253
255
257
261
263
265
562
(MlA )
/MsM
MrM /MsM
MlA
..
.
..
.
..
.
MlA
..
. /MrM
..
.
/MhA
0
MhA
MaM /MhA
/
Comment
d
MsM
M0M
0
MsM
D[
B[ B[7 /D C]7
A[64
Cl, Str
Bsn
cad
trans, Vi1, cad
[14] Hns+Tpt+Vi1 (mute)
Str trem
Vi1
Vi1 gliss&
Erstes Zeitmass
h i
G Am7 /G G
A[ B[m7 /A[ A[6 E7
D[/F B[m7 /F A[ E7
D[/F (G[6 D[7 E[m7 )/D[
6
8
~
Fl, WW+Str Hk
d
A[
E
Gm
Gm
Dm
D[6 A[7
B[m A[6
D[/F B[m7 /F A[6 E7
D[/F Dm7 B7
B7
B79 . . .
+
E B 6 D][9
7 C D7
Gm D7 E7 D7
[15] Ob
mod
Vcl+Hns,
WW+Vi imit
[16] WW+Str imit
(a): Fl+Vi1, Love affair
Gm D7
(a)
Gm Cm
(b)
(D7 Gm Am B[)/D
(C D7[9 )/D
G Em G/D D7 /A D7
~ , PL (%), P D (d)
Hk
d
climax
[17] 2nd st, (a): EHn+Via
G D7 /A G64 D
G/B Gm
Cm
Gm/D D7[9
G[9
7 /B
C] Dm E/B
Cm F ]/C] F + E79 /G]
563
15.3.5
However, TE is not in the mood for long arguments and escapes in a lighthearted, happy
and cheerful streetsong in #26. The new theme is MH , with a sentence structure MH (aab),
and played by violins and clarinets. The second statement ends early with a foreboding of
the death sentence motif (downward leap) in the clarinets. Then, an augmented version of
the mockery theme leads into the retransition of #2728, with cadences on the dominant key
C major.
15.3.6
The original material returns in the recapitulation, with the horn adventurer theme MA over
tremolo high strings. After three statements in F D B[ there is the romantic version of
the mockery theme MrM for the clarinets. The transition in #29 repeats the horn theme over a
slowly chromatically descending bass, and with a crescendo. In #30 there is the exact repeat
of segments from the exposition, including the unisono climax in m. 475 ff., preparing for
another prank.
15.3.7
564
565
15.3.8
The atmosphere turns sour in #38, the key changes to F minor. The judges, trombones,
horns and string in the lower register with hammering offbeat accents, do the interrogation,
and TE answers (mockery theme in clarinet and woodwinds, but becoming more timid by
the third question). In #39 the threatening mood from #14 returns, and then there is the
death sentence, depicted by the unisono major 7th leap downward in bassoons, horns and
trombones. The hanging from the gallows happens in #40; note the downward woodwind
arpeggios, but then, subtly, there is the reappearance of the major key in the pizzicato strings
and muted horns. See Table 15.11 for the analysis.
15.3.9
566
632
637
641
642
643
644
647
650
652
555
Fm
Fm ...
F B[7 F/A
F m . . . D[
F B[7 A
Fm ...
F
F m . . . B7 /F
F m A[/C F m/A[
etwas breiter - klaglich
MM
MM
M0M
Comment
A[97 )F m
M0M
MoM
..
.
..
.
..
.
M00a
(MsM )
MM
threat
<(F m
C[/E[ C7 /G F m/C . . .
unisono leap: f & g[
F/G[ . . .
G[97 . . .
F ...
Coda
F F7]5 B[ F46 C7 F
(a) Str
F . . . C . . . B7 /D
(bb) (cm<)
A[/C
F ]7 /A Gm/B[ G]7 /B
F46 C7
F ...
F ...
Sehr lebhaft
C7 . . .
F B[7 F
F B[97 F D[7 F
h i
4
8
Cl+Hns
BCl
h i
6
8
tutti cresc
WW unis, TE lives
tutti climax (657 m.)
567
568
15.3.10
569
570
571
h i
4
4
Nacht - Lento
0
1
1+4
2
3
4
5
6
B[m
B[m E[m F m/A[ E[m7
Dm Gm F7 B[m
11
<(B[m11
7 G[7 B[m7 )
11
<(B[m7 B[m)
6
B[m11
7 G[9
M1
M1
..
.
G[69
D[97 B[/F
M2.1
M2.2
M2.2/2.1
M2.2/2.1
M1/2.2
M1
B[
D[
A/E E7 A
D/A E7 Bm7 E7
(A G]7 A6 G]7 E7 A
D/A E7 A)/A
D[ A[7 D[ B[m/D[ A7
B[m/D[ B[ <(G[ G[7 )
E7 B[7 /F F ]m G7 E
E[/B[ B[4 B[
572
M3.1
M3.1
M3.2
M3.1/3.2
..
.
M3.1
..
.
..
.
Comment
E[
- ([[[[[)
- (\\\\\)
Desc sc theme
P T (a)
(ped)
([[[)
- ([[[)
imit
trans
climax
imit
E[7 /G A[/C B7
Cm/E[ D[ A7 /C
E[/B[ B[7
P D (b)
Comment
18
19
20
M3.3
M3.3/3.4
E[
E[ B[ E[
E[
E[ <(B[7 E[)
Distant horns
triplets and arp
h i
4
4
M4
M3.1/4
M4
M3.1/4
M4
Cm
F m D[ CmA [ E[7 F ]7
A C
M4
M4
M4
M3.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3.1
..
.
..
.
Cm
Am F m
Fm
Em F m D[
B7 /F
Cm
A[m E7 E B/F ] F ]7
B[/F A7 B[ E[ D[ E[7
A[ A[/C
A[
E[ F m A[m F ]7 E[ C[
C[ F [ F B7 Em Em7 /D C7
E[
E[ F7 /E[ E[
<(A/C] E[) G7
A[ E[7 /B[ A[/C B7
- ([[[)
arpeggios, Hns
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)
h i
3
2
trans
h i
2
2
trans
P (e[)
(ped)
([[[[)
ctp dev
D A7 /C D F ]7 Gm
E[/G C7[9 /G F m7 /A[
G7 /B A[/C B[7 /D E7 E[7 /G
A[ E[7 /B[ A[/C A[7 /G[
E[
B[/F
B[7 E[
(To be continued)
ctp dev
573
574
Chapter 16
Jean Sibelius
8-12-1865 in Hameenlinna
20-9-1957 in Jarvenpaa
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
576
S3
Sf0
h i
9
4
, 102 m.)
S4
Figure 16.1: Sibelius, The Swan of Tuonela, from the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22
This piece, a tone poem, is part of the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22. The characteristic
feature is the solo English horn against various string section textures (muted, tremolo, col
legno). The English horn plays a returning main theme (M1) and a quasi improvised free
melody (Mf). The strings answer with contrasting themes (M2, M3, and M4). See Table 16.1
for the analysis.
Key relationship overview
577
Table 16.1: Sibelius, The Swan of Tuonela, from the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22
m
1
5
7
9
11
12
14
16
18
23
27
29
31
36
44
47
49
54
58
578
M1
M2
M3
M2
M1
M2
M3
Mf
..
.
..
.
Comment
Am
B[m
Am
Gm B[m/F G[ E[m7 /D[
B[m+7 /F
F ]m7 Em/G B/F ] Em7
Bm+7
Am Cm/G A7 /G A[ F m7
Cm+7 /G
G]m7 F ]m C]/G] A+ C +
F ]7 /E C Bm Am/C
[3]
str tremolo
<(F ]7 Em) F ]7 Bm F ]m
B7 /D Am/E D7 /F
D7 /F Cm/G F7 /A[
F7 /A[
F ]m C]m D] Em G]m
G]m = A[m F7 Gm7
(str tremolo)
[5] (str tremolo)
Em
Am
C]
C
G[
M1
M1
..
.
Am
E[m
G]m
Mf
..
.
61
65
70
73
75
82
84
M2
M4
M4
Am
93
97
98
101
M3
M2
h i
F7 G]m7 F ]m7 A
A C F ]7
[6] climax
Am+7
Am
(F ]7 Am E7 Am)/A
Am
F ]7
imit
[7] a-ped
Str unis, (a-ped)
Solo lead
[8] col legno+trem, (a-ped)
Am
Em7 Dm A/E E7[13 Am/E
Am+7
Am
[9] Coda
str lead, climax
(102 m.)
579
580
581
F ]m
Dm
Am
2
F m - Cm
3
A[
E[
582
583
584
Chapter 17
Maurice Ravel
Biographical data:
7-3-1875 in Ciboure (St.-Jean-de-Luz)
28-12-1937 in Paris
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
Compositions by Ravel still can be approached with a classical music harmonic analysis
approach. Chord structures are based on the interval of the third and root progressions can
be identified in terms of positive and negative cycles. However, labeling the diatonic modes
of the lead voices often is a better tool to classify the structure of his compositions. Extended
chords and diatonic parallel chord movement are then derived from these modes. Since
there is frequent use of extended pedal point, indicating this pitch makes more sense than
labeling the root of the current key. We also regularly see the use of bitonal chord structures.
h i
4
4
, 72 m.)
A
Figure 17.1: Ravel, Pavane pour une infante defunte
Form: rondo form, ABACA. The main theme consists of an a-phrase, that is answered by
a similar b-phrase with a melodic sequence (stepwise downward). The woodwind present
M3 with oboe and bassoon as outer voices in contrary motion; this effect is repeated by
the strings. The melodic material is in Ionian (major) and Aeolian (minor) mode. Closing
cadences at the end of phrases use diatonic and exact parallel. See Table 17.1 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
Comment
M1
..
.
G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am
D7 G7 C7 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm
(b): Seq(31m;R7 )
8
11
M2
Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 Bm
[A] Hns+Vi1
13
17
20
M3
M3
..
.
A97 D7 G7 Bm7
<(Em97 A97 D) E79 D79
C79 D79 E79 G7 D7
G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am
4
6
23
25
27
28
M1
..
.
31
33
Bm G7 Am97 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm
35
38
M2
Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 G7
[D] Fl+Ob
40
44
48
50
54
58
M4
M4
M4
M4
Gm
[9/[13
9/sus4
C D7
D7
D7 Gm
Gm7 <(Dm7 G13
)/G
C
7
[9/[13
13
Cm7 <(Gm7 C7 ) F G7
[9/[13
9/sus4
C D7
D7
D7 Gm
60
M1
..
.
G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am
63
65
Bm G7 Am97 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm
67
70
M2
Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 G7
586
Hns+Vi1
closing cad (72 m.)
17.1. PAVANE POUR UNE INFANTE DEFUNTE
Key relationship overview
587
588
17.2
h ih i
6
8
3
4
, 198 m.)
17.2.1
589
590
17.2.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 17.3. The second movement opening A-section
starts with the ladder-like pattern Am C]m A C] (12). Then there is the move towards
the relative major key C, before returning through the lowered supertonic major (Neapolitan) key B[ (3) and the dominant key E (4).
Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme
E
4 t
2
C]
1
Bm
F ]m C]m
t
t
E
D
A
Dm 5,8
Am
Em
*
?
F 7 C
G
3
F]
B[m
Fm
Cm
Gm
D[
A[
E[
B[
E[m
B[m
Em
G
Gm
B[
D[m t A[m
591
h ih ih i
6
8
9
8
3
4
, 229 m.)
A
Figure 17.4: Ravel, Miroirs
17.3.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA. In the outer sections this piece in Iberian mood is full of
two-measure harmonic riffs and rhythmical accents in the introduction and transitions. The
middle section (B) uses longer note values (typically quarter and 8th notes) and a lyrical,
quasi-improvising solo melody at a slower tempo in order to create contrast. The typical
Spanish flavour is supported by the minor modes, such as the Phrygian mode. This piece
also exists in an orchestral version. See Table 17.2 and 17.3 for the analysis.
17.3.2
592
17.3. MIROIRS
Table 17.2: Ravel, Miroirs, Mvt. 4 Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif
m
1
5
9
12
16
22
26
31
35
37
39
41
M1
M1
M1
d-Phryg
<(D7alt . . . A]9 E ]9 )
A (a)
b[-Ion/g-Aeol
d[-Ion/b[-Aeol
71
M3
g]-Phryg
M2
..
.
...
Dno 3 . . .
Cm97 Gm97 Cm97
Cm97 <(B[7 E[7 /B[)
alt
<(B[alt
7 . . . F7 )
B[ . . .
[9/13
<(B[7 F7
F79 )
[b]
h i
9
8
climax
b-Aeol/d-Ion
d-Mixolyd
b-Aeol
climax
<(G] C]m97
G] . . .
9/11
<(C]7 F ]m7 G]7
C]7 F ]m)
G7 Em97 E7 G7 C]7
Em97 . . . A7 . . .
alt
<(D7alt . . . Aalt
7 E7 )
D ...
6
8
(b)
(a) trans riff
h i
3
4
(]]) solo
(Bm7 )
B (a)
Bm97
block chords
solo
block chords
solo
block chords
M4
9
C]alt
7 ... F]
M5
..
.
..
.
Asus4
A97 A7
7
M3
(b)
2nd stat 8ba
(a) trans riff, P T (b[)
h i
M4
M3
([) intro
...
(G] )
Am7 . . .
(Em)
G69 . . .
(Em7 C]7 )
F ]alt
7 ...
C][5
7 ...
M3
6
8
D7alt )
B[ B[7 /A
<(D[7 D/D[ E[m7 /D[)
M1
Aalt
7
h i
F7alt
M1
..
.
56
58
62
66
128
129
Comment
b[-Phryg
(M2)
127
<(D7alt
43
47
52
75
79
82
85
89
91
97
105
111
115
120
126
Scale/Mode
[5/13
E7sus4 E7
E7
A7 F ]97 B7 /F ]
F ]sus4
F ]97 . . .
7
(b) LH
P (bf ])
LH
P (bf ])
(c) climax, P D (f ])
(ped)
(ped)
(ped)
593
Table 17.3: Ravel, Miroirs, Mvt. 4 Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif (contd)
m
Scale/Mode
Comment
h i
6
8
131
137
141
145
151
157
162
M4
C][5
7
M4
C]alt
7 ...
6
D ...
d-Ion
[9/sus4
M5
166
168
170
172
174
178
181
185
189
191
196
200
202
206
209
211
213
219
222
225
594
(M2)
..
.
M2
M1
...
c]-Phryg
b-Aeol
d-Mixolyd
M1
(M4)
M1
d-Mixolyd
(ped)
(b) LH
P (bf ])
LH
P
i
h (da)
9
8 P D (a)
<(Bm7 A7
A7 )
D/A A7 D/A
(c) climax
retrans, P D (a)
A (a) (\\)
F ]7 . . .
C] C]alt
7 C] Am
C] G97 . . .
C] . . .
<(C]7 F ]madd9 )
<(G7 Em97 )
Em97 . . .
<(D7alt Aalt
7 )
Am7 . . .
E[[5
7 /A . . .
B7 /A . . .
[9/13
G]97 no 3 F ]7
[9/13
13
E7 D7
[9/[13
[5/[9
G7
/C . . . G7
h i
6
8
hclimax
i
9
8
riff
h i
6
8
<(D Aalt
7 )D
(a)
<(D A7 ) D
[9/13
A7
... D
(229 m.)
climax
17.3. MIROIRS
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
595
3
4
, 63 m.)
h i
h i
3
4
, 94 m.)
Mvt. 3 Habanera, Assez lent et dun rythme las: ABAC form (F ]-modal,
A
h i
2
4
, 61 m.)
A C
h ih i
6
8
3
4
, 190 m.)
17.4.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA. Characteristic for this movement is the four-note ostinato
riff (M0: f edc], downward scalar steps in the octatonic scale), sounding in the strings
and occasionally doubled in other instruments. This motif returns in the later movements of
this Rapsodie Espagnole. The scales and harmonies are specified in Table 17.4. See Table 17.5
for the analysis.
17.4.2
Mvt. 2 Malaguena
596
Pitch content
Harmonic structures
Used in [#]
Mvt. 1
d-Gypsy
d-Octatonic
d e f g] a b c]
d e f g g] b[ b c]
0, 1, 2, 7, 9
0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9
d-Aeolian
d e f g a b[ c
B7 C]m7 C]7
[T]: B[7 E7 C][10
7 ,
[9
[SD]: E[[9
C
7
7
Gm7 C7 F 6
Mvt. 2
a-Aeolian
d-Gypsy
d-Octatonic
d]-Phrygian
c]-Octatonic
abcdef g
See above
See above
d] e f ] g] a] b c]
c] d] e f ] g a b[ c
Mvt. 3
f ]-Aeolian
f ]-Phrygian
f ]-Ionian
a-Aeolian
f -Aeolian
f ] g] a b c] d e
f ] g a b c] d e]
f ] g] a] b c] d] e]
See above
f g a[ b[ c d[ e[
Mvt. 4
c-Mixolydian
c-Ionian
f ]-Phrygian
f ]-Gypsy
c d e f g a b[
See above
See above
See above
4
0, 6
2, 13
2, 13
10
11
E7 C]7
G7
1, 5
2, 6
3
7, 9
8, 10
0, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11, 19, 20, 25
6, 21, 31
597
Table 17.5: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole, Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit, tr`es modere
m
Scale/Mode
M0
..
.
..
.
d-Gypsy-Oct
4
8
14
16
18
22
28
32
37
41
44
46
54
56
61
598
..
./M1
..
./
..
.
..
.
..
./M2
/M2
(M0)
M0
Comment
Intro, M0: Str & scalar riff
B[7 B7
Str+Ob
B[7 B7
[1] Str+EHn
[2] A, D, M0: Vc+EHn, M1: Cl
d-Gypsy
C]m
d-Oct
d-Aeol
d-Oct
g-Oct
M0/M1
d-Gypsy
d-Oct
d-Oct-Gypsy
A]7 E7 B[7
HiStr trem
A]7 E7 B[7
Gm97 A[10
7 D7
9
Gm7 Aalt
7 D7
C7[9
F6
E[alt
7
C]alt
7 ...
B[alt
7
B[7 B7
A
599
Table 17.6: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole, Mvt. 3 Habanera, Assez lent et dun rythme las
m
1
7
9
12
14
16
M1
..
.
..
.
Scale/Mode
Comment
f ]-Aeol
<(D7 G7 /C])
C]
C]7 D7 E7 D7 E7 F ]
f ]-Phryg
G7
F ] G 7 . . . F ] D7
[5/[9
C]7
F ] D7
[2] P (f ]c])
(ped)
19
21
25
M2
f ]-Ion
F ] D]m7 A/C]
G]m7 C]7 F ]
F ]m . . . F ] . . .
30
M1
..
.
..
.
f ]-Aeol
C]7 D7 E7 D7 E7 F ]
[5] A, Cl+HiStr
f ]-Phryg
G7
BCl
F ] D7
[5/[9
C]7
F ] D]m7 /F ]
[6] P (f ]c])
BCl (ped)
34
35
37
40
44
47
48
44
55
56
17.4.3
M3
M3
M3
M3
a-Aeol
f -Aeol
a-Aeol
f -Aeol
[9/]11
E7 <(F7 E7 )/E F7
A
[5
[9
[5
G7 <(C7 G7 )
B[/D D7 F ]
E7 <(F7 E7 )/E F7 A
[9
[5
G[5
7 <(C7 G7 )
B[/D D7 F ]
F ]m . . . F ]
Mvt. 3 Habanera
Form: ABAC. The habanera rhythm ( 18 triplet + 18 + 18 ) and frequent use of pedal point (in
middle and upper voices) characterize this movement. Strings use a wide range of playing
techniques (muted, on the fingerboard, pizz, portamento, harmonics, on a specific string,
divisi). The scales and harmonies used are specified in Table 17.4. See Table 17.6 for the
analysis.
17.4.4
Mvt. 4 Feria
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.
600
601
17.4.5
602
603
h i
4
4
, 52 m.)
A
Figure 17.6: Ravel, Gaspard de la nuit
17.5.1
Le gibet
Form: ternary song form, ABA. This very slow tempo piece is kept at low volume: between
ppp and mf (climax in m. 17). Three short motifs return various times; the A section subjects
M0 and M1 are treated with parallel chord settings. Remarkable is the continuous use of the
b[ = a] pedal note throughout the piece. See Table 17.7 for the analysis.
17.6.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA. The opening slow movement is a miniature dance (pavane),
with very light orchestral textures (solo lead instruments, muted and pizzicato strings); there
is a slight increase in tension towards the end through interval relations between melody and
other middle voices and 9th chord structures. The second melodic statement, M2, is a varied
melodic inversion of M1. See Table 17.8 for the analysis.
17.6.2
604
`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
1
3
6
8
10
12
15
17
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
37
40
42
43
48
50
Comment
Tr`es lent
h i
4
4
E[m
M0
M1
M0
M1
M0
M0
M2
M2
M0
..
.
M1
M0
[9/13
E7
/G = G7
...
13
13
9
G7 C7 F ]7 B[13
7
13 )
<(D][10
G]
7
7
[9/13
C]7
[9/[13
A7
[9/13
C]7
B[]11
7
[9/]11/13
11
9
Gm7 E[7 E[7
A[97 /C
A[97 /C
G[13
7 /B[
G[97 /B[ G[13
7
sus4 A[9/]11 )/B[
(G[13
B[
7
7
7
<(E[m7 C[7 D[6 A[[9
7 )
E[m7
(ped)
trans, contrary par ch
LH, c-Alt sc, (ped)
(ped)
close, LH (ped)
(52 m.)
LH (ped)
RH, P D (b[)
605
h i
4
4
, 20 m.)
A B A
2. Petit Poucet, Tr`es modere: ABA form (C-modal,
A
h ih i
2
4
3
4
, 79 m.)
Coda
h i
3
4
, 56 m.)
A
Figure 17.7: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 5 Pi`eces Enfantines
Table 17.8: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 1. Pavane de la Belle au bois dormant, Lent
m
Comment
1
5
M1
M2
Am
Em
<(Am7 G7no 3 ) Am
<(Em7 F ]7 )/E . . .
M3
..
.
Em7 C C7 F Em/G
11
12
13
16
17
M1
M2
606
C7 Dm/F Em7
A7 Am
Dm
Em
Am
<(Dm97 G)
Em
<(Em7 F ]7 )/E Am
`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
607
17.6.3
Form: ternary song form, ABA. This lively march is full of pentatonic melodies (M1, M2,
and M4) and motifs (Mt and M3), using the f ] pentatonic scale (the piano, black keys).
While the A sections move in lively 16th note rhythms, the middle section eases down, with
its quarter and half note rhythms and lyrical, quasi-improvising flute lead melody. And
once, again, there are brief quotes from the first movement (the chromatic middle voice).
See Table 17.9 and 17.10 for the analysis.
17.6.4
608
`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
Table 17.9: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 3. Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes, Mouvement de
Marche
m
1
9
13
16
21
24
32
38
46
50
54
56
65
69
83
93
109
113
115
119
121
M1
M1
Mt
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
C]
C4 . . .
6/9
C]4 . . .
9/sus4
C]7
...
6/9
C]4 . . .
9/sus4
G]7
9/sus4
<(C]7
G]m7 /B) C]sus4
7
<(C]m7 D]m7 )/C] F ]97
C]m
123
135
137
M3
142
149
157
M1
M1/3
Mt
6/9
9/]11
<(B/F ] F ]7
[9
C][9
7 /E] A]7
9/sus4
G]7
6/9
C]4
...
C]sus4
C]7
7
F]
9 )
<(F ]69 E7
F ]69
D]m
D]m11
7 ...
11
D]m7 . . .
D]m11
7 ...
(A]m97 . . . C]m7 )/A]
M3
M3
M3
M4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Comment
(ped)
D]m
<(D][9
7 . . . G]m)/A]
(F ] A]m7 )/A]
D]m7 . . .
[12]
D]m11
7 ...
9/sus4
G]7
...
9/sus4
<(C]7
G]m7 /B) C]97
609
Table 17.10: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 3. Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes, Mouvement de
Marche (contd)
m
165
171
179
183
187
189
198
610
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
C]m
Comment
<(B/F ]
9/]11
F ]7
)
[9
C][9
7 /E] A]7
9/sus4
G]7
6/9
C]4
F]
...
C]sus4
C]7
7
9 )
<(F ]69 E7
6
F ]9
`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
611
Comment
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
C C7 /E Dm9 Em7 F 9
~ , PB (%)
A (a) Str, Hk
d
3
4
5
9
14
18
20
23
25
26
27
29
31
33
36
40
42
44
48
50
G7 F/A G7 /B
Am7 /C Em/G
M2
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
M3
..
.
..
.
Em
M1
M2
..
.
17.6.5
(b)
(b) cresc to climax
[1] Cl+Va, EHn+Va, P (f )
9 G9 )/F
(F7
7
Em G97 Em
Em Dm7
C]m Bm E7
(a): e-Mixolyd
~
(b) climax, Hk
d
<(G]m F ]m D]7 )
G F Dm <(G Em Dm)
<(G Em Dm7 )
C7 Em7 F7 G Am
Dm7 Em F7 G Am97
9 ...
F7
9
F7
<(C 6 Gsus4
7 )/C C
tutti
[5] tutti climax, P T (c) (56 m.)
Form: ternary song form, ABA. The closing slow movement has two highly lyrical outer
sections, that are full of diatonic parallel chords and a stepwise ascending bass in the string
section. Then, through a repeated ascending motif M2, these lead to a maestoso tutti climax.
The contrasting middle section presents a number of modal scales, played by solo string
instruments and doubled with celesta. In the coda the climax is supported by the pedal
notes played as a bell effect. See Table 17.11 for the analysis.
17.6.6
612
`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
613
h i
4
4
Lent
0
1
1+3
1+5
2
2+4
3
3+4
4
4+3
4+7
Comment
A
Mb
M0
Mb
M0
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
6/9/]11
(]]])
A7
. . . (E-Ionian scale)
6/9/]11
A7
...
6/9/]11
A7
...
F79 /A . . .
9/]11
G7
...
9/]11
D[7
/F . . .
B, FHn, triplets
<(B713 D]alt
7 )/D]
A6 /C] . . .
9/]11/13
G7
/B . . .
9/]11
G7
/B . . .
tutti climax
easing down
17.7.1
Introduction
Form: binary, AB. The main characteristics are the long note opening string bell chord,
adding overtones in 5ths (1 5 9 6 3 7 ]11, yielding the E-Ionian scale), birdsong
for solo woodwinds and the Daphnis et Chloe main themes (M0 and M1). Parallel chords on
neighbouring steps for choir and horns. The B section is a build-up to the main theme M1 in
tutti climax. See Table 17.12 for the analysis.
17.7.2
Danse Religieuse
614
615
17.7.3
Nymphs dance
Form: ABAC. In this scene the theme from the introduction returns in three statements,
depicting the nymphs, that will start a slow dance, until they discover Daphnis. Tremolo
strings provide the background. Then there is the beautiful, somewhat haunting choir, humming in the distance, with lots of parallel chromatic stepwise movement. See Table 17.13 for
the analysis.
17.7.4
Danse Guerri`ere
616
Comment
h i
4
4
Modere
70
70+4
71
72
73
alt
<(G]alt
7 F ]7 )
G]alt
7 ...
F ]alt
7 ...
E7alt . . .
9
B[13
7 /D . . . B[7 /D
M
M
M
Str: tremolo
Fl: intro theme (see #1)
FHn: 2nd st, PB (&): WhTSc
Cl: 3rd stat
WW+Hns, Str: gliss
h i
6
8
M1b
d[
M
M0
81
D[67 . . .
D[+ . . .
[9/]11/13
D[7
D[alt
7 ...
<(E[m7 /G[ D[]5
7 ) E[m7 /G[
[9/]11/13
E[7
...
G97 G7 . . .
9/]11/13
D[7
/F . . .
9
B7 /D] . . .
9/]11
C7
...
A[13
7 /C
82
[9/]11
C7
Mv
Mv
Mv
Mv
Mt
Mt
Mt
...
h i
3
4
(\\\\\)
WW+Str
Choir: distant voices
Meme mouvement
83
83+5
84
84+4
85
86
87
87+2
87+3
87+4
88
88+2
89
89+2
90
90+2
91
91+2
Three nymphs
C]97
B79
Am6/+7
Am
Gm
6
9
Am C]7 Gm7 B79 F m6
F m6 A7 E[m7 G97 C]m6
A A]m F ]
<(G7 . . . G]7 )/B . . .
Bm97 G]m97 Am F ]97 Em
9/sus4
Em C/E E7
7 C7
9/[5
[5
C]7 . . . D7 /C C7 . . .
9/[5
(C7 B7[5 C7[5 C][5
7 )/C
(F m7 F7 G)/C
(F + B[ B C A]m B[)/C
(D]m F ] G] D7 )/C
(B A D]m+7 D+ )/C
(A]m C A[ F D]m)/C
617
618
17.7.5
Lever du jour
Form: ABAC. The main features of this scene are the virtuoso whirlwind arpeggios (32ths),
the slowly rising melodic lightwaves through the strings and woodwinds and the intertwining birdsong, until finally the main theme emerges. See Table 17.14 for the analysis.
17.7.6
Pantomime
619
Comment
h i
4
4
Lent
155
155+4
156
(]])
G69 /D
G69 /D
D96
D96
EHn+Bsn+LoStr+Va
clim, Pi: birds, WW+Str: 32ths
Cl+Va, Str bg+32ths
D96
Bcl+Vc: countersubject
hA1,
i Fl-Cl: 32ths, Str bg
3
4
158+3
M1
..
.
..
.
M2
..
.
159
159+1
160
160+4
M2
M2
Am97
Am97 Em97 Bm97 Em97
G]m97 C]97 /E] B96 /D] C]97
9
9
B79 Am97 F ]alt
7 C]7 /E D]7
161
M2
..
.
D96
C96
9/sus4
Am97 A13
7 A7
C]13
/E]
7
[5/[9
C]13
/E]
7 /E] B7
Em97
E79
9/sus4
A7
156+2
156+4
157
158
162
162+2
163
164
165
166
167
167+2
167+4
167+6
168
169
169+3
M0
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
9/sus4
A7
9/sus4
A7
G69
G69
Em11
7
D96
D96
D96
BCl+Va, Str bg
h i h i
3
4
Retenez
170
171
620
Mt
D7 C7]11
[5/[9
F ]7 /A F ]7
9
8
trans, Ob
621
17.7.7
Scale
Pitch content
Chords
Comment
c]-Oct
c] d e f g g] a] b
T
used in [217]
f ]-Oct
f ] g a a] c c] d] e
B[7
Gm7
C]7
B[m
A, Am
F ]7 , F ]m
C7
E[7
D]m7
SD
used in [203]
used in [204]
used in [207]
used in [213]
Danse Generale
622
Ped
Comment
h i
4
4
(]]]) transition
~
Tpt, tutti, Hk
Lent
6/]11
A9
193
Anime
194
195
195+1
196
196+4
197
197+2
197+4
198
M0
M1
IV
199+1
200
M2
201
M2
..
.
..
.
201+4
201+7
202
202+2
203
203+2
203+5
c]
M1
..
.
198+2
199
201+2
5
4
]11/13
F7
/A
9/]11
F7
/A
9/]11
F7
/A
9/[5
C]7
9/]11
C]7
]5
<(G7 G]7 /B])
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
IV
204
Mt
204+3
205
205+2
Mt
a
..
.
..
.
..
.
IV
204+1
a
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
f]
..
.
..
.
..
.
h i
~
A, WW: triplets Hk
i
AFl+Vi
~
WW: tripl Hk
i
Cl+Va
~
Hns+Tpt: tripl Hk
i
<(G]5
7 G]7 /B])
h i
9
<(D]]5
7 B7 )
D]]5
7
D]]11
7 A]m
A]m/A
tutti cresc
h i to clim
~ &
trans 54 WW+Str: tripl Hk
i
~
Tpt-Hns: tripl Hk
i
WW: triplets
A]m/A
~ , ae-bass riff
Str: tripl Hk
i
[9/]11/13
A]m/A (= Eno 7
2
4
A]m/A
ECl
~
Cl+Tpt, Str: tripl Hk
i
A]m/A
~
WW+Str: 16th/tripl Hk
i
(A]m B7 F7 D7 )/A
h i
(B7 D7 )/A
A]m/A
h4i
cresc
5
4
A]m/A
~ , cresc
WW+Str: 16th/tripl Hk
i
~
clim, WW+Str: 16th+tripl Hk
i
~ &
Tpt: tripl Hk
i
C/F ]
B, Hns+WW: triplets
C7 /F ]
VI+Va: D&C
623
Ped
Comment
206
206+1
207
207+1
208
208+2
209
M3
M3
IV-I
B[7 /E
(B[7 E7[10 )/E B[7 /E
E[97 E7
<(E[97 E7[10 )/E[
<(E[97 E7[10 /G])
<(B[97 Gm7 )
C]97
Bsn+Hns+Vc: Dorcon,
Tpt-WW: triplets
WW+Hns+Str: 2nd st
WW+Brs: tripl, clim
~
WW: tripl Hk
i
IV-I
209+6
M0
..
.
209+10
210
210+2
I
M1
210+4
211
M1
211+2
212
M1
212+2
M1
213
213+2
214
M1
214+2
215
215+2
216
216+1
M2
M2
I7
216+2
216+3
624
M2
IV
c]
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
e
..
.
..
.
]11/13
C]97 C]7
]11/13
C]7
[5/[9
3
4
Tpt+Str: th D&C
~
tutti clim, tripl Hk
i
~ &
Str+WW: tripl Hk
i
A
C]7
C]7
h i
h i
5
4
Str bg
BCl+Vc
[5/[9
C]7
[9/]11
G]7
/C]
~
Hns: triplets Hk
i
G]7 /C]
~
Tpt: triplets, WW: 16th Hk
i
[5/[9
C]7
[5/[9
C]7
9/sus4
G]7
/C]
9/sus4
G]7
/C]
Cl+Va
Tpt+Vi2, Choir
~
Cl+Vi1, Tpt-WW: tripl Hk
i
A]m/E7
~
Cl+Vi1, Tpt-WW: tripl Hk
i
~ , cresc
Str+WW: 16th/tripl Hk
i
WW unis, Brs+Str: triplets
~
WW: 16ths, Brs+Str: tripl Hk
i
E7
E7 B[7 /E
Bm7 /A
B7 /F ] A[7 /E[ F7 /C
D7 /A B/F ]
A[7 /E[ F7 /C D7 /A
B7 /F ] A[7 /E[
C7
Ped
217
217+1
217+2
217+3
M2
218
218+4
218+6
219
219+1
219+2
219+3
219+4
219+5
219+6
220
M2
220+4
221
221+4
I
V
V/IV
IV=I
I-V-I
a
..
.
..
.
Comment
Gm7
G7 E79 C]7
B[7 G7
9
E7 C]7 B[7
G97 E79
C]7
tutti climax
WW+Str: 16ths (cm<)
<(C]7 B7 )/B
<(E]m7 /G] D]m)
G][13
7 /F ] F ]/C
B[/E E/B[
A[/D B[7 /A[
G[/C C/G[
E/B[ B[/E
D/A[ E7 /D
C/G[ F ]/C
A/E[ Gm/B[ E7 /B[
<(B[m/A E7alt )
Coda 34 bf ]-riff,
Brs: tripl, WW: 16th, g]d]-riff
B[m/A
<(A
A
G]5
7 )/E
cresc
WW: unis, tutti climax
h i
tutti climax
tutti climax
625
0
1
2
G
[V]
3+3
3+4
3+5
4
4+2
5
5+4
6
6+3
17.8
M1
..
.
M1
Comment
Tranquillo
h i
Introduction, 2Ob
DB: harmonics countersub
VMS : LEnfant
Piu` animato
h i
Am97 Bm/D
]9
9
<(C] F ]7 )
<(E B[m) A7no 3
F ]m7no 3 C]m7 G]m7 A7
F ]m7no 3 Am97 Bm/D
dim, Seq(3R7 )
8
8
(])
4
4
Str bg
Hns+WW
WW+Str accts
WW
Str: diat par
WW
Source: [41]. This opera is full of unique orchestration effects, that support the story and
its set of haunting and comical wallpaper characters, that come alive in the nightmarish
dream of the main character, the child (national TV news banner: Youngster on lude; sniffing
wallpaper glue, or, how safe are our homes?). In the analysis diagrams the beginning of vocal
lines is indicated as [V] (due to the operatic, story-telling and fragmented character of the
vocal lines, the individual statements have not been marked in the tables). The melodic
material for the orchestra instruments is labeled as usual with M1, etc. This analysis covers
the first half of the opera.
17.8.1
Opening scene
Vocal parts: LEnfant (mezzo-soprano) and Maman. Two hoboes, playing meandering high
8th note patterns in parallel fourths and fifths set the (Oriental) mood. The Maman motif is
characterized by a falling fourth in the lead voice; it is an instrumental (non-singing) part.
See Table 17.19 for the analysis.
17.8.2
Scene LEnfant: C
a mest e gal!
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.
626
`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
627
16
16+4
17
17+2
17+4
17+6
17+7
17+8
17+9
18
18+2
18+4
18+8
19
20
20+2
20+8
17.8.3
M3.1
M3.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
M3.2
..
.
M3.1
Gm
Comment
Presto
h i
Lento maestoso
h i
<(Gm+7
2
4
A[5
7
3
4
D79 )
(\)
(F A[ B E[m)/D
9
<(Gm+7 A[5
7 D7 )
(F A[ B E[m)/D
Pno: RH arp%&
Em+7/9
(E[+ D+ D[)/A
Am Dno 3
Pno: RH
cad, Pno+Str pizz
B, Le Fauteuil
EHn+Vi, Seq(32m;R7 )
B[m97
A[m97 . . .
D7[9
Cl+Hrp
Bsn+Pno
Tbns
9
<(Gm+7 A[5
7 D7 )
+7
[5
<(Gm A7 D79 )
9 ... C
C7
7
9/sus4
D7
Form: ternary song, ABA. Vocal parts: Le Fauteuil (bass) and La Berg`ere (soprano). This
is a charming and elegant dialogue between soprano and bass, accompanied by piano. The
middle section is a harmonic sequence with descending stepwise melody in woodwinds and
doubling. See Table 17.20 for the analysis.
17.8.4
628
`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]
629
17.8.5
Form: ternary song, ABA. Vocal parts: La Thei`ere (tenor) and La Tasse (mezzo-alto). After
being launched by a grunting trombone and counterbassoon, heres another dialogue, in a
competitive high tea setting, over a cakewalk dance rhythm. The contrasting middle section
is pure Oriental parody (fake Japanese lyrics over celesta in pentatonic parallel fourth triplets
and string pizzicati). In the closing section the two elements (British and Oriental) are united
in a tutti climax. See Table 17.21 for the analysis.
17.8.6
Scene Le Feu
630
`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
28
28+8
29
29+4
30
30+3
30+4
30+6
[V]
B[m
M5.1
M5.1
..
.
..
.
Comment
B[m
<(B[m G[7 )
E[7 A[m6 C[+
E[7 hBm|A[mi
hBm|A[mi F7 D[7 /F [
intro, Tbn-CBsn
LoBrs: muted riff
La Thei`ere, WW+Brs+Pno
Fl+Hns+Tpt: accts
2nd stat
C[
Tpt-Bsn: accts
Cm/G G97
C7 Gm/D E[7 C7
climax
h i
4
4
([[[[[[[) British
B ([) Oriental
31
31+2
32
32+2
32+4
32+6
M5.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Gmadd4
C79 no 3
F 6 . . . F7 B[6 . . .
Str: pizz
cad
A ([[[[[[[) Instrumental
33
33+3
33+5
34
34+2
34+4
34+6
35+1
35+3
36
36+4
36+6
37
38
M5.1
..
.
M5.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
B[m
B[m6
]11/13
E[7
Tbn: solo
A[m6/11
hGm|E[7 i E[97 A[m6/11
A[m6/11
Tbn: solo
9/11
F [m7
FHn-Tpt-Tbn: accts
Cm/G A[7 F7 /A
G7 /B[ G/B C7
FHn-Tpt-Tbn: accts
WW+Brs
D[]11
7
G7 Dm7 /C
9/sus4
D7 G7 Gm7 C7
<(A[m]11 F )
A[m]11 Bm]11 Dm F ]m A
9 F
C7
Interlude
h i
f -pentatonic scale
A9 /C]
LEnfant, Cel
LoWW+Hrp+Pno+DB
3
4
Transition
631
632
`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
Table 17.22: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene Les Pastoures et Les Patres
[#]+m
50
50+1
51
51+4
52
53
54
55
55+4
Am
[V]
M7.1a
M7.1bb
M7.1c
M7.1b
M7.1c
Comment
Moderato
Introduction
C 9
hE|Ci
Hns+Vln
~ S 5 %&
Fl+Cl: Hk
i
Am11
P (ae)
7
Am11
P (ae)
7
[10
<(E7 D7[10 E7 D7 Am)
<(Dm D) Am11
7 Em7
]11
<(Am C7 )
6
F7
Dm D Am11
7 Em7 Am
h i
2
4
(\)
B (]]]) Instrumental
56
57
58
59
60
60+7
61
61+5
17.8.7
M7.2
M7.3
M7.2
M7.1b
M7.1a
M7.1b
Am
hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai
C (\\\)
Am11
7
Cl, WW+Hns
Str
Pno, P (ae)
Pno+WW
Dm97
C/E
C/E
Am11
7
<(E7[10 D7[10 E7[10 D7[10 Am)
Form: binary form, AB Coda. Vocal parts: Les Pastoures et Les Patres, choir. The introduction is a 16th note triplet exact parallel glissando in flutes and clarinets. A small drum
provides the groove for this pastoral folk dance. The choir is divided into humming voices
for continuous harmonic support and parts with lyrics (sections or solos). The accompaniment is mainly by piano (playing ringing open intervals in bith hands) and woodwinds.
The middle section is for the orchestra instruments, playing in parallel S46 triads and parallel
thirds (the choral harmonic support carries on here). Note the continuous use of root-fifth
pedal point (15-ped) and the frequent use of diatonic parallel in this scene. See Table 17.22
for the analysis.
17.8.8
633
634
`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
Table 17.23: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene LEnfant: Toi, le coeur de la rose
[#]+m
Comment
h i
4
4
Andante
73
73+5
73+7
74
74+1
74+2
74+3
74+4
74+6
74+7
M9.1
..
.
M9.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
E[
17.8.9
M9.3
A, 2Cl+Bsn+3Vi1, P D (b[)
B[sus4
7
<(E[
Cm7 )/B[
Cm7 /B[ A[/C E[
Gm Gm7 /F
B, Ob+2Cl+FHn+3Vi1
Cl+Bsn+Vi1
closing cad
h i
3
4
Poco animato
74+11
([[[) LEnfant
E[+
. . . hF |E[7 i
([[[) trans
Form: binary song, AB. Vocal part: LEnfant (mezzo-soprano), aria. This is a lovely, delicate
short ballad, full of melancholy, with tonal character and popular hit potential. The accompaniment is brilliant in its simplicity and beauty: three solo violins play steady 4th notes,
doubled with sustained chords in woodwinds and occasionally a single French horn. Thats
enough to move a sensitive listener. See Table 17.23 for the analysis.
635
17.9
Source: [42]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.8. The opening sonata
form movement has a long development section; compare this with the relative length of the
development section of the closing movement.
Mvt. 1 Allegramente: sonata form (G-modal,
h i
2
2
, 334 m.)
C (28 m.)
h i
3
4
, 108 m.)
Cd
h i
2
4
, 306 m.)
Development (60 m.)
17.9.1
Mvt. 1, Allegramente
Form: sonata form. See Table 17.24 and 17.25 for the analysis. The instrumentation is abbreviated as O for Orchestra and P for Piano (in the Melody column, with the secundary
element between brackets).
17.9.2
636
R/Scale
Comment
1
16
25
37
44
52
63
75
84
96
M1.1/1.2, O(P)
O(P)
M1.1/1.2, O
M1.2
M2.1
M2.2/2.3, O(P)
M2.2/2.3, OP
M3, (O)P
M3, (O)P
M3, O(P)
G-Pentat.
C D
G-Pentat.
B-Aeol
F ]-Phryg-Dor
G/D D7
C/G D7sus4
D D7sus4
Bm7/F ]
F7alt
E-Ion
9
E7
F ]m C]m F ]m
E7 A
[0] Exp/Gr 1,
[1] Tr 1
[2]
[3]
[4] Gr 2
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
107
115
123
131
142
150
173
182
183
195
202
210
215
(O)P
(O)P
M1.2/2.2, (O)P
M1.2/2.2, (O)P
(O)P
(O)P
(O)P
P
M1.1, OP
M1.2, O(P)
M2.1, (O)P
M2.2, P
M2.3, O
B-Ion
C]m7 F ]97 B7 /F ]
G-Ion
E
C
A[
D/F ] D7[10
D7[10 G]sus4
7 /F ]
E7
9/sus4
G7
E[97
G
B[-Ion
D
G/D D7sus4
F7 B[
A[9
7
221
227
h i
A7
[10], Dev, Tr 2
[11]
[12] Gr 1
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16] Tr 3/Tr 1
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20] Gr 2
[21] h i
[22] 34
O
M2.2, O(P)
A D7
Aalt
7
[23] h i
[24] 22
232
M2.3, O
[9
A[10
7 D7
[25]
241
M3, P
G C7 Em7 Am7
[26]
256
263
M3, (O)P
OP
G
A7 /E
[27]
[28]
266
(O)P
A[9
7
[29] Recap
278
286
292
300
(O)P
OP
(O)P
OP
D/A Gm/B[
[30]
[31]
[32]
[33] Tr 2
G-Ion
F
C
A[
E[97
2
2
h i
3
h4i
4
4
h i
2
2
Tr 2
637
Table 17.25: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 1 Allegramente (contd)
m
306
316
329
638
R/Scale
Comment
M1.1, OP
OP
M1.2, O(P)
C
G
G-Pentat
C G97 Em7 B7
A97 D7sus4
G
[34] Coda
[35]
[36] (334 m.)
639
17.9.3
Mvt. 3, Presto
Form: sonata form. See Table 17.26 and 17.27 for the analysis. The letter P1 in the M column
stands for featuring the piano.
640
R/Scale
Comment
GT
G7 /D D7 G
G Em A7
G
C
Am
G7 /D D7 G
M2, P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
Dm7
Dm7 G7 C
D7 /A Em7 Bm7 E
Em7 Dm7
G7 C C7 F D7 /F ]
B G7 /B B
B7 F7]11 B7 E7
E 6 E7 B7
B7 F7 B7 E 6 E7 A
A F ]7 B7sus4
E7 B7 B7 B7
E7 C]7
G]m/D] E]7 /D] G]m/D]
E7 /G] C]7 F ]m
G7 /B E7 B7sus4 /A
P3
D7 /C E[
chr sc
E[/G
E[ C A F ]
1
17
23
25
33
37
46
57
66
76
79
90
95
108
115
128
136
140
144
152
P1
M0, P1
P1
M0, P1
C
G
M1, P2
M1, P2
, P2
P2
P2
G
E-Aeol
C
M2
B-Mixol. D
154
E[ SD
F]
162
170
182
M1/M2
M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4
C/E
A/C]
190
198
206
M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4
B[m/D[
F ]m/C]
E[7 /D[ A7 /C]
214
219
229
237
245
255
M0, P5
M0, P5
M1, P5
M1, P5
M2, P5
P5
GT
SD
G/D
E7 /D G/D D7
C D7 /C
C D7 /C D
G B[7 G B7 G] C A
E[7 C7 F ]m F ] E[7 Am
641
Table 17.27: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 3 Presto (contd)
m
268
274
284
287
295
303
642
R/Scale
Comment
P6
P6
M1
P7
P7
T
SD
D
SD
T
B7 /A D7 A7 /G D7 /C F7
C7 /B[ F ]7 /A] A7 /C] C7 /E G7
B7 C]/F ]
D]
G
G/D D7 G
Chapter 18
Sergei Prokofiev
Biographical data:
11 (23) -4-1891 in Sonzowka
5-3-1953 in Moscow
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
Classical harmonic analysis will fail in many pieces by Prokofiev. His chord structures
and progressions are frequently based on non-traditional principles (non-diatonic chord
structures, bitonality, etc.); see [32] for an overview of his techniques. Formal analysis and
key/root identification is still applicable to a subset of his compositions, deliberately written
in a more or less tonal style.
18.1
Source: [38]. This symphony is based on the classical template four-movement form: sonata
allegro slow second movement scherzo and trio very fast closing sonata movement.
The harmonic idiom is kept very simple (and therefore atypical of later Prokofiev compositions): note the use of triads, 7th chords and the rare use of extensions and chromatic
alterations. The instrumentation has an early Classical Period (Haydn) flavour, with strings
and two-player woodwind section dominating. An overview of the formal analysis is shown
in Fig. 18.1.
18.1.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Form: sonata form. This opening movement obeys closely to the classical sonata form model.
The exposition contains two thematic groups, in the tonic and dominant key respectively.
The development contains modulating sections, melodic augmentation and imitation (including a stretto). There is a recapitulation with coda closing. The instrumentation is light,
with strings and woodwinds dominating, and occasional brass support for climaxes. A remarkable feature is the key sign change in the development, that only returns to the original
two sharps (D major) during the recapitulation. See Table 18.1 and 18.2 for the analysis.
The first group theme has M1.1(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure. The a-phrase is in the tonic
major D, in 8th note rhythm over a simple tonic-dominant-tonic I V I harmony. The
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
1
3
7
11
15
19
23
26
28
32
36
40
42
46
52
54
58
62
65
66
72
74
78
M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
..
.
M1.2
(M1.2)
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
M2
91
95
C
D
D/F ] A7 /E D A D A/E
<(Bm/D A/E Bm/D) D
C G/D C G7 C G/D
]5
F ]7 /B C7
A7 /C] A
<(D A7 )
d
<(D A7 ) F ]7
Bm
G F ]7 G A] /E Bm
<(Bm F ])
<(Bm Bm7 /F ]) Bm E
<(E7 F ]m E7 )
E7 F ]m E D7 Bm
E7 . . .
A G]7 F
B
A G]
cad, (cm<)
[3] 2nd stat, (a): WW
(a): Bsn+Vc
[4] trans, Fl+Vi1, P (d)
<(F C)
F ]m C] F ]m7 A
C] Bm E
A G] D7
Bm97 E713 E7
A . . . D7 Bm7 E7
A . . . D7 Bm7 E7
(b): Fl
cad
[9] 3rd stat, (a): VI1
M1.1
Dm
M1.2
Dm A Dm Am/E
A[ . . . E[[9
7
M1.2
(M1.1)
F . . . A[9
7
<(F ]7 /B Em7 F ]7 /B)
<(B7 F ][5
7 /C B7 )
111
115
M2
M2
E
C
E/B . . . B7 /A
C/G . . . F ]7
119
M2
B/F ] . . . F ]7 /E
644
M2
99
103
107
123
A E7 F ]m E7 D E7 A
d
82
87
Comment
G/D G D7 /F ]
imit (contd)
[14] mod tr, (b): WW
(b): WW+Str
[16] Hns+LoStr
[17] Fl+Vi (sync, 1beat del)
M2
C7 /G E /G F
146
148
150
154
157
159
163
167
169
171
177
179
183
187
189
194
198
202
205
Am C/G Am7 /G G7
Am Dm97 D/G G7
C ...
C G7 /D C G C
<(F ]7 /B Bm)
F ]7 /B C]m A7 /G A
<(D A7 )
<(D A7 ) F ]7
(a): Bsn+Vc
131
134
138
142
Comment
M1.1
..
.
M1.2
..
.
G F ]7 G F ][5
7 /E Bm
M1.2
..
.
M1.2
M2
M2
..
.
..
.
Bm
B C] B F ]7 B B7
[22] (a): WW
C C/E Em7
A[9
7
A7 Em A7
D C] B[
E
D C]
WW-Va imit
[23] Cl+Vc-Va
cad, (cm<)
[24] Gr 2 (a): Vi1
[25] WW+LoStr unis arp
(a): Vi1
B[ F B[ F
[26] (b)
Bm F ] B
(b): Fl
cad, (cm<)
m7 F ]7 G7 Em97 A7
D G7 Em A7
D Bm Em97 A7
d
D A7 Bm A7 G A7
D
[27] cad
[28] Coda tutti climax, cad
[29] cad closing
climax, (cm<) (207 m.)
645
h i
2
2
, 207 m.)
Development
Recapitulation
Cd
h i
3
4
, 71 m.)
A B AC
B1
B2
4
4
, 120 m.)
A B3
Coda
h i
2
2
, 225 m.)
Development Recapitulation
Figure 18.1: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Op. 25
melodic curve is descending, using stepwise motion in the first measure, leaps in the second
and then a closing arpeggio on staccato notes. The instrumentation is violins and violas;
note the closing contrary motion in the first two measures. The b-phrase is in the relative
minor Bm, over a tonic pedal and changing the instrumentation (adding low strings and
woodwinds).In its basic form the theme M1.2 is two measures long with structure M1.2(ab):
the a-cell has the characteristic upward sixth leap at the end on beat 3 and 4, the b-cell has
diatonically descending motion. Prokofiev plays with these two elementary cells already in
the exposition. The first statement is in imitation in the woodwinds: flute-(oboe+clarinet)(bassoon+cello), yielding a total melodic structure M1.2((ab)+(ab)+(aab)). This approach is
repeated in the second statement in [3], m. 28. In the transition [4] the total length is stretched
by fragmenting the cells.
The secondary group theme has sentence structure M2(aab) (2 + 2 + (2 or 4) m.): the aphrase contains the light and playful downward octave leaps, the b-phrase is a downwardupward arpeggio in the first statement in [6] and a more lyrical four-measure phrase in the
second statement [78]. So the overall structure is M2(aab1 aab2 b2 ). In the third statement
[9], the b1 -phrase is varied, becoming arpeggio-flavoured cadences with tutti climax at the
end of the exposition.
18.1.2
Mvt. 2 Larghetto
646
647
Table 18.3: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 3 Gavotte. Non troppo allegro
m
1
5
9
13
Comment
M1.1
D Em B/F ] F ]7 G
|| : D A Bm F ]m C]7 D
M1.2
D A7 C]/G] G] A7 D
D A Bm F ]m C]7 D
M1.2
(G G[9
7 Em7 Bm7 )/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 F ]7 G)/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 Bm7 )/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 F ]7 G)/G
D Em B/F ] F ]7 G
D Dm A/C]
21
25
29
33
M2
M2/c
/
37
41
M1.1
M1.2
43
45
47
M1.1
C]m C Bm11
7 A
Bm/D F ]m7 C]/E]
G] A[5
7 /E[ D
49
M1.2
D A Bm F ]m C]7 D
18.1.3
D A7 C]/G] G] A7
D Gno 3 : ||
17
20
53
(a)
(a): Str+WW, clim, cad
(b): WW
d
D A7 C]/G] G] A7 D
Mvt. 3 Gavotte
Form: scherzo and trio, ABABAB Coda form. This gavotte is the new expanded version. See
Table 18.3 and 18.4 for the analysis.
The A-section theme M1.1(ab) (2 + 2 m) is characterized by the pesante 4th note octave
leaps and contrary motion. The M1.2 subject is derived from the first theme, but contains
more scalar, stepwise motion in 8th notes. It has M1.2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure.
A characteristic feature of this section are the many deceptive cadences. Once again, strings
and wind dominate the orchestration, with occasional brass support in the cadences.
The B-sections act as contrasting trios, and contain extended tonic-dominant pedal point,
with continuous 4th note rhythm. The B1 melody [2] has regular period M2(abab) (2 + 2 +
2 + 2 m.) structure. The theme in B2 [6] has M3(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure.
18.1.4
Mvt. 4 Finale
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.
648
Table 18.4: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 3 Gavotte. Non troppo allegro (contd)
m
Comment
57
M3
..
.
59
61
65
67
69
71
73
M1.1
77
M1.1
..
.
79
81
83
85
86
87
89
91
99
97
99
101
103
104
M3
..
.
117
119
M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
A[5
7 /E[ Em7 B/F ]
M2/c
.. ..
./ .
retrans
(ab): Str+WW, cad
C]m F ]7 G
D/F ] Dm A/C]
(a)
(a): Str, Mc: WW, P (cg)
B[ Cm G/D Dm D7 E[
d
107
113
M1.1
..
.
105
111
M1.2
M1.1
..
.
109
C G7no 3 C
G/B Am E7 /D D/G
(C Gsus4
C G E7 )/G
7
(F Am7 Em F G)/C
C G] /B Am
E7 /D D G G7 /F
M2/c
/
C]m C Bm11
7 A
Bm/D F ]m7
(a)
(a): Str+WW, clim, cad
(b), cad
G G7 (C G7no 3 C)/C
G/B Am E7 /D D/G
(C Gsus4
C G E7 )/G
7
(a)
(a): Str, Mc: Bsn, P (cg)
(F Am7 Em F G)/C
C G] /B Am
E7 /D D
retrans
cad
G Em A[5
7 no 3 /E[
D C/E B ]9 /D
d
C]mF ] F ]7 G
d
D A Bm
(b): WW
var, (a): WW
F ]m C]7 D
d
D A7 C]/G] G] A7
(bb): Str+WW
D . . . C] A]m C]/G]
Em7 /A A7 D
(b): Bsn+DB
cad (120 m.)
649
650
18.1.5
651
652
P+B
Bird
B+D
Duck
Cat
Grandfather
Wlf
Cat
Duck
WCB
P+B W Peter
W Hunters
Bird
Hnt+Wlf
GC Coda
Figure 18.2: Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67
Form: symphonic tale. See Table 18.5 to 18.7 for the analysis. Each character in the story
has its own theme and instrumentation: [1] M1, Peter, strings; [2] M2, Bird, flute; [6] M3,
Duck, oboe; [11] M4, Cat, clarinet; [15] M5, Grandfather, bassoon; [9] M6, Wolf, French horns;
[35] (M7), Hunters, percussion.
18.2.1
The Peter subject has M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure in 8th note rhythm;
the first statement is in first violins, the repeat in the second violins. The Bird theme has
M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The a-phrase is in staccato 8th note rhythms, the
b-phrase consists of legato 16th note arpeggios. This theme nicely illustrates a procedure that
Prokofiev uses in the quasi-tonal composition style: creating sequences of non-diatonically
related triads (or more generally, chords in thirds) by chromatic pitch alteration in the voices.
In M2, this implies the harmonic progression:
[2]
[2]+4
[2]+6
g % g] &
g
% a[ &
g
& f]
e
e
e
& e[ &
d
d
c %
c]
&
c
&
c[
=
b
b
C C]m
C
A[m
G
Bm
This piece is so well-known as a music education tool for children, that it suffers somewhat from overexposure. Many celebrities have lent their voice to the story-teller part. Global dumping of CD releases enables the
customer to find this piece as bonus gift with used car sales (Peter and the Golf). Rumour has it that there exists
a Michael Jackson adaptation, probably called Pete It.
653
1-2
1
1+8
2
2+4
3
3+6
4
4+4
5
5+5
6
6+4
6+9
6+13
7
7+8
8
8+4
8+8
8+12
9
9+4
10
11
11+4
11+8
12
12+5
13
13+7
13+11
14
14+4
14+7
654
M
M1
M1
R
C
M2
M2
M1/2
M1/2
M3
M3
F
A[
A[
(M3)
(M2/3)
(M2)/3
(M2)/3
(M2)/3.2
M4
M4
E
G
M4
M4
H
Introducing
the
characters
+7
C Cm |A[ E[6
E[
Bm D7 /A
G G7
C Cm+7 |A[ E[6
E[ Bm D7 /A G G7
C <(G]7 C]m G G7 C
(C C]m) C A[m+7
C A[m+7 G7 G
<(C C]m G) <(C G+ )
G7 G
D 7 G 7 C G7 C7 F
F D[ D[7 D[97 A[
A[ Em G7 C
C C]m G G7 C
]5
6
A[6 B[[9
7 E[7 A[ E[7 G
6
6
A[ B[m7 A[ E[
A[6 E[7 A[6 G7
A[6 B[m7 A[6 E[ E[/D[
Bm G7 /B C
C G+ /B E[7 /B[
<(A[6 E[)
]5
6
A[6 B[[9
7 E[7 A[ E[
6
A[ G7 A[ E[
A[ F7 /A B[m4 G/B
Cm A/C] Dm C[/E[
<(E 6 Em)
G C Am/C A7 /C] D G
G C A/C] G/D D G
<(D7 G)
G7 C F7 Dm97 D79 Gsus4
7
C F7 D7]9 Am7 G7 C
[5/[9
F ]7 F ]/A] F ]7 /A]
G7 /D D7 /C G7 /B (F ])
G7 /B D7alt /C G7 /B F ]7
B E7 C]7 F ]sus4
B
7
<(F ]7 B) B7
sus4 E
E A7 F ][10
7 B7
Comment
Peter (Str.)
2nd stat
trans
Bird (Fl solo)
trans
Peter & Bird
trans
Duck (Ob)
2nd stat
trans, P (c)
(Str)
Bird & Duck
trans, e[-ped
Bird & Duck, P D (e[)
PBi (%), climax
Cat (Cl)
trans
2nd stat
trans
3rd stat
Duck & Bird
Comment
15
15+7
16
17
18
18+5
19
19+5
19+9
M5
M5
Bm
Bm(7) A7 F ]7 F ][9
7 C]7
Bm F ]m A7 F ]7
F ][9
7 C]7 B[ A B[/D A/C]
B[ G[97 D[ Am C7 /G F
Bm(7 ) A7 F ]7
F ][9
7 C]7 Dm F ] Bm
Gm F 9 /G F m D[7 Am7
Dm C 9 /D C D7
Gm F 9 /G Gm
Grandfather (Bsn)
2nd stat
20
20+7
21
21+5
21+8
22
23
24
24+4
25
25+4
26
26+4
27
27+8
M4
M3.2
28
28+4
29
30
30+3
30+4
30+8
31
31+3
32
M5
M6
M6
M6
B[
Bm
Gm
A
A[
M3
M4
M4
M6/4
M6/(1)
Fm
M1
(M1)
M1/(2)
M1/(2)
M6
M1
A[
Gm
Dm
C
trans
3rd stat
P D (f ])
Wolf (Hns)
2nd stat
3rd stat
Cat
Duck
trans
cresc to climax
dim
Duck
Cat
655
656
M7
M7
M8
M8
A[
E
C
M1
M1
M8
M6
M8
M5/4
M5/4
Bm
M1
M1
M3
A[
C
Comment
hB|Gi (C hB|Gi) C
... G
[9/[13
[9/[13
<(A[m G7
/B) F m G7
[9/[13
F m E[7no 3 E[m F7
Dm F7
F7 E[97 D7 F7 G7 /F
Dm7 /C
<(D[ C/G)
<(D[ C/G)
Am <(D C]/G]) G7 C
A[ Cm E[7 G7 A[ E[ A[
E7 G]m/B B7 /A D]7 E
B C]m B D]m7 E
E/G] Em/G D/F ] Dm/F
trans
Peter tutti
(Brass, tutti)
trans, Bird
trans
Duck
(cm<)
(tutti)
Closing climax
[19]+1 diat
chrom
chrom
diat [19]+7
b[
&
a[
a[
%
a
&
g
g
&
f
f
&
e
.
d
&
c
%
d[
%
d
&
c
Gm
Fm
D[
Dm
C
In a sonata form interpretation, the first section might be considered the exposition.
18.2.2
657
658
18.2.3
In this section Peter gets involved in the fight; the first statement is played by clarinet and
violins in the key of D major [28]. When he teams up with Bird the original key C major
returns [30, 32], as a contrast to the minor keys for the Wolf theme [31, 35, 37]. The struggling
of Wolf in order to free himself from the rope is accompanied with a minor key motif M7 for
trombone [35], juxtaposed with repeated fortissimo chords in all orchestral sections. Note
the string section series of downbows in [35+11].
In [38] the Hunters come on stage, with support from the percussion (bass drum, piatti,
snare drum, tambourine and timpani patterns). There is a pizzicato quarter note riff for the
strings on alternating chords <(D[ C/G) with a diminished fifth leap downward in the
bass and wide upward leaps in the lead violins. On top of this riff pattern we hear a forceful
theme M8(aabccddd) ((1+1)+2+(1+1)+(1+1+2) m.), played first by unisono woodwinds
[39], later horn and trumpet [40].
18.2.4
659
660
18.2.5
All is well in the coda, returning to the initial key C major with another ben tenuto, energico
statement of the Peter theme for brass, over a steady quarter note riff in the strings and
sustained chords in the woodwinds (tutti orchestration). This setting is briefly interrupted
by Bird [51] and Duck patterns [53]. The piece closes in a tutti climax, starting with contrary
opening motion in [54].
661
662
Chapter 19
Dmitri Shostakovich
Biographical data:
25-9-1906 in St. Petersburg
9-8-1975 in Moscow
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
19.1
Source: [59]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.1. Note the short
development section in the opening sonata movement.
h i
Exposition
Dev.
3
4
, 121 m.)
Recapitulation
V3
V4 V5
V6
h i
4
4
, 85 m.)
V7
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl
19.1.1
Mvt. 1, Moderato
Form: Sonata. The exposition first group divides the string quartet into upper three string
parts (note the equal rhythms, chromatism and the series of first inversion chords) and the
cello (diatonic, stepwise axcending motion). The second group starts with a groove, presented by the cello (upward glissandi leaps) and the viola (steady 8th note pedal point),
with the melody M2 in the lead violin. The roles are reversed in the second statement.
The brief development section opens with the second group
After the transition
h groove.
i
4
there is a varied statement of the main theme M1 in the new 4 meter. The recapitulation
continues this meter, until the secondary theme is presented in the original triple meter. See
Table 19.1 for the analysis.
19.1.2
Mvt. 2, Moderato
664
M
M1.1
M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
..
.
M1.1
M2
Mt
M2
M2
67
71
74
77
80
85
M2
Mt
M1.1
88
94
97
99
107
108
M1.1
110
118
M2
R
C
Cm
C
E[
E[
Em
C
A[
M2
Comment
C . . . F/A
Dm . . . G
C7 F G
C F m/A[ . . .
F ]7
Cm . . .
h i
[2] Vi1
(E F7 Em7 A)/E
G
C6 . . . G
<(E[6 B[9 )
G7 /F Cm/E[ B[/D
B[m7 /D[
<(E[6 B[9 )
D[ Dm
D[ B[7
[S6 ] , P (e)
i (&)
Pm
[3] trans, (cm)
[4] Gr 2, Vi1, P (g)
[5] trans
imit Vi1-Va
[6] 2nd stat, Vc, P (g), groove
[7] trans
[8] cad.
<(E[6 B[9 )
E[7 /D[
Em B
Em/B F7 /E B /D
D]7 C]7
G/D C/E Gsus4
7 /D
C . . . F/A G F/A
Em/B
A[ E[7
<(A[6 E[9 )
B[m Gm F m Em
G[5
7
i (&)
[11] Recap, Gr 1, Vc, (cm>), Pm
<(C G)/C
C
3
4
i (&), (cm>)
Exp, Gr 1, Vc, Pm
[S6 ]
[1] 2nd stat, Vc, [S6 ] , PB (%)
trans, [S6 ]
i (&)
[10] retrans, Pm
h i
665
666
19.1.3
667
668
19.2
h i
3
4
, 123 m.)
Recit.
19.2.1
Form: ternary song form, ABA-Coda. This movement features the lead violin, that plays
long through-composed melodies (M1, M2, and M3), that may be subdivided into shorter
phrases. The background in the outer sections consists of sustained harmonies in the lower
three string parts, with subtle dynamic markings and changes (a series of dcrescendi).
The middle section contains more movement in the supporting voices. The rhythm is
synchronised, when all strings play sectional harmony in series of first inversion chords
([S6 ] ). From [42] onwards, there is a build-up to the main climax; note the use of more 8th
note patterns, the off-beat and syncopated rhythm. The key remains static: B[ major. See
Table 19.2 for the analysis.
19.3
h i
3
4
, 196 m.)
19.3.1
669
Table 19.2: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 2, Mvt. 2 Recitative and Romance
[#]+m
31
32
33
34
M1.1
M1.2
M1.3
M1.4
B[
35
36
37
37+5
38
39
39+4
40
40+4
40+5
40+6
41
41+6
42
42+3
43
44
45
45+4
45+8
46
47
48
48+2
49
670
M2.1
..
.
..
.
M2.2
..
.
M2.3
M2.4
..
.
..
.
M2.5
M2.6
..
.
..
.
M3.1
M3.2
M3.3
Comment
Adagio (recitative)
F7 /E[
F C/E C7 /E
F7 /E[
F B[
Vi1 recitative
Vi1, Vc
(romance)
h i
B[ . . . B[[9
7
Vi1, P T (b[)
3
4
G[9
7 /F A[m E[7 /E E7 /D Dm7
F E[ Dm E[m Cm A[
D7 Cm/E[ B[97 B[ Dm7 /F Gm
[S6 ]
climax
Am7 /G B[7
F ][10
7 no 1 B7 no 3 A /C
A /C D7 /C
D7 /C E[7 /D F m97 F7 /C E[7 /D
Cm97 /B[ A Am11
7
S2 -series
Vc
D7 Dm7 D7
Dm7 E[m B[7 /F
F/A G/B A[/C B[/D E7 /D G/D
G[/D[ F 4 E7
G[ B[m Em7 B[7 D7[9 B[7
E[m+7 B[[9
7 E[m7
d
[S6 ]
Va syncopes
Vi1+Vc, climax
G[ B C/G A A7
climax
G/D G[ F m Em E[m
B[/D A/C] A[/C G/B B[/F
ex parallel
[S6 ]
Adagio (recitative)
B[7 /A[
B[7 /A[
B[/F
F E[ Dm E[m F [
F7[9 /C F7 /E[
F7 /E[ F B[
Vi1 M3.1=M1.1
[S6 ]
(123 m.)
671
19.3.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 19.4. The ternary form of the Mvt. 2 is reflected
in the keys used. The outer sections are in the tonic minor key Em, the middle B-section in
the supertonic major key F ] (1). The closing A-section moves to the parallel major key E,
when the B-section texture returns (2).
Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto
E2
B 1
1 F]
) Bm
Em
F ]m
6
?
19.4
h i
4
4
, 120 m.)
19.4.1
Mvt. 3 Lento
Form: ternary, ABA. See Table 19.3 and 19.4 for the analysis.1 The main element in this slow
movement is the combination of chromatic stepwise movement (both in the lead melody
M1 and in the bass and inner voices) and the melodic interval of the minor third (three
chromatic steps, also in the melodic brass motto M0 and in lower voices). Although here
only one movement from the symphony is analysed, the same melodical material returns in
the other movements.
The main theme is stated twice by the solo oboe, with a string section bowed tremolo
background (sustained notes in celli and bass). At [1] a solo cello takes the lead with M2,
which has similarities with M1; alternating chromatically ascending and descending motives
are juxtaposed. Just before [3] there is the first statement of the descending minor third motto
M0 by the trumpets. From here on it is combined with the other thematic material.
The middle section [8] presents the lyrical theme M5 in the lower strings; this creates a
melodic arch, consisting of wide leaps and groups of chromatically ascending and descending steps. The oboe sgnal theme M6 [6] leads into the seond statement of the lyrical theme in
the high strings, which now has the M0 motto as a countertheme in bassoon and low strings.
1
Analysis of this movement was suggested to me by Bill Dobbins, professor at the Eastman School of Music,
and jazz composer and arranger.
672
M1
M1
..
.
D[
/
M6
I(M6)
Lento
D[ G7/D E[ E[m
F7 G[ E[/G A[+ A[[9
7
D[ C[m/D E[ D[m7 /E
A ([[[[[)
Ob PLi (&), Str bg, PBi (%)
2nd stat, Ob, PBi (%)
/
M0
M4/0
M5/0
..
. /0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
Comment
M2
M2
/0
M2
M1/3
/
M1/0
.. ..
./ .
M5
M6
..
.
Em
~ &
[2] Fl+Vi, Hns Hk
i
Tpt: Minor 3rd motto (3i &)
[3] Ob+Vi2, PBi (&) ,
cresc to clim
[4] M1: WW+Vi, M3: Hns,
tutti climax
[5] M0: Tpt, PBi (%)
PBi (%)
[6] closing, M0: Tpt imit
LoStr echoes
[7] Bsn+Va, M0: Tpt
Largo
EmG F ]/C]
Em/B C7]5 /E
Em B[m/F E[7 /C F/F ]
B (\\\\\)
[8] lyrical th: Vc+Db
Am/E A7 /E
B[m/F B7 /F ] Em
[5
F ][5
7 /A] B7
i (%), P i (%)
Str bg Pm
B
M0: Bsn+LoStr
G[ F/A E[ D/F ]
C F ]m B[/D Cm
E/G] E[ B[ Bm
E7 F ][10
7
G/C] F ]/D A[/E
F m7 G7 /F F ]
unis chr&
[12] Tpt
Hns, PLi (%), climax
673
M5
M4/0
M1/3
.. ..
./ .
D[
Comment
B/F G]/E
Em G F ]/C]
Em/B E/B[ A F ]m/B
F ]7 /E A[[5
7 /D
Lento
D[ D7 E[
A ([[[[[)
i (&), P i (%)
[16] Solo Vi, Pm
B
84
87
89
92
95
99
101
104
106
//0
M1/3
/0
M0
M1/6
/
M6
E[m7 F7 G[
E[/G A[+ A[[9
7
D[ C[m/D E[
D[m/E B[7 C7 C]7
B[/D . . .
B[m7 . . .
[9
E[ F7[9 B[[5
7 B[7
[5
E[7 /D F7 /B B[
9
E[]5
7 E[m7 A[7
111
115
M1/0
M0
<(D[ A[sus4
7 )/D[
D[
674
19.4.2
675
676
19.5
h i
2
2
, 247 m.)
Development
Recapitulation
Coda
19.5.1
Mvt. 1 Allegro
677
678
19.5.2
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 19.7. The opening movement sonata form
structure is respected in the scheme of keys. The exposition has the first group in the tonic
major key E[, the secondary group in the dominant key B[. Both keys take a sidestep to
their relative submediant major key, C (1) and G (2), respectively.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
F
Fm
A
A
A Cm
A
A[ AU E[
A[m
C[
C[m
D
Gm
- B[
H
Y
H
E[m B[m
4
G[
C]
G[m
3,6
-A
D[m
7
H
j
H
679
680
Bibliography
[1] Johann Sebastian Bach. Eleven Great Cantatas. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1976.
ISBN 0-486-23268-9. 350 pp.
[2] Johann Sebastian Bach. The Six Brandenburg Concertos and the Four Orchestral Suites.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1976. ISBN 0-486-23376-6. xi + 273 pp.
[3] Johann Sebastian Bach. 388 vierstimmige Choralgesange. Number Z. 40 101 in EMB Study
Scores. Editio Musica Budapest, Budapest, 1988. ISBN 0-486-23268-9. 239 pp.
[4] Ludwig van Beethoven. Complete String Quartets. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1970. ISBN 0-486-22361-2. 206 + 227 pp.
[5] Ludwig van Beethoven. Symphonies Nos. 5, 6 and 7 in Full Score. Dover Publications,
Inc., New York, 1989. ISBN 0-486-264034-8. 257 pp.
[6] Ludwig van Beethoven. Symphonies Nos. 8 and 9 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, 1989. ISBN 0-486-264035-6. 252 pp.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[15] Jonathan Dunsby and Arnold Whittall. Music Analysis in Theory and Practice. Faber
Music, London, 1988. ISBN 0-571-10065-1. 250 pp.
[16] Gabriel Faure. Masques et Bergamasques, Suite for Orchestra, Op. 112. Number 1387 in
Edition Eulenburg. Ernst Eulenburg Ltd., London, 1981. xi + 61 pp.
[17] Gabriel Faure. Pelleas et Melisande, Suite for Orchestra, Op. 80. Number 1386 in Edition
Eulenburg. Ernst Eulenburg Ltd., London, 1981. xiii + 61 pp.
[18] Gabriel Faure. Requiem in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1992. ISBN
0-486-27155-2. 128 pp.
[19] Constantin Floros. Gustav Mahler III: Die Symphonien. Breitkopf & Hartel, Wiesbaden,
1985. ISBN 3-7651-0210-5. 336 pp. (in German).
[20] Constantin Floros, Christian Martin Schmidt, and Giselher Schubert. Johannes Brahms:
Die Simfonien, Einfuhrung
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[32] Neil Minturn. The Music of Sergei Prokofiev. Composers of the Twentieth Century. Yale
University Press, New Haven and London, 1997. ISBN 0-300-06366-0. xiii + 241 pp.
[33] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Complete String Quartets. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1970. ISBN 0-486-22372-8. 277 pp.
[34] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Later Symphonies, Full Orchestral Score of Symphonies 35-41.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1974. ISBN 0-486-23052-X. 285 pp.
[35] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Complete String Quintets with the Horn and Clarinet Quintet.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1978. ISBN 0-486-23603-X. 181 pp.
[36] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. The Magic FLute (Die Zauberflote) in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1985. ISBN 0-486-24783-X. 225 pp.
[37] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Sonaten, Fantasien und Rondi I fur
Klavier. Number K 103
in Urtext. Konemann
Music, Budapest, 1993. ISBN 963-8303-33-6. 222 pp.
[38] Sergei Prokofiev. Four Orchestral Works. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1974. ISBN
0-486-20279-8. 442 pp.
[39] Giacomo Puccini. Madama Butterfly in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1990. ISBN 0-486-26345-2. 483 pp.
[40] Maurice Ravel. Quartet in F major, for two violins, viola and cello. Number Score no. 539
in Full & Study Size Scores. International Music Company, New York, 1903. 48 pp.
[41] Maurice Ravel. LEnfant et les Sortil`eges. Number 13019 in Editions Musicales. Durand
S.A., Paris, 1925. 212 pp.
[42] Maurice Ravel. Concert pour Piano et Orchestre. Editions Durand & Cie., Paris, 1932. 95
pp.
[43] Maurice Ravel. Piano Masterpieces. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1986. ISBN
0-486-25137-3. 126 pp.
[44] Maurice Ravel. Daphnis et Chloe. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1988. ISBN 0-48625826-2. 315 pp.
[45] Maurice Ravel. Four Orchestral Works in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1989. ISBN 0-486-25962-5. 225 pp.
[46] Charles Rosen. The Classical Style: Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven. Faber and Faber, London Boston, revised edition, 1976. ISBN 0-571-04905-2. 467 pp.
[47] Charles Rosen. Sonata Forms. W.W. Norton & Company, Inc., New York - London,
revised edition, 1980. ISBN 0-393-3-219-9. x + 415 pp.
[48] Charles Rosen. The Romantic Generation. Fontana Press, London, paperback edition,
1999. ISBN 0-00-255712-6. xv + 723 pp.
[49] Carl Schachter. Unfoldings: Essays in Schenkerian Theory and Analysis. Oxford University
Press, Oxford, New York, 1999. ISBN 0-19-512013-2. 294 pp.
683
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[50] Joseph Schillinger. The Schillinger System of Musical Composition, volume I and II of Da
Capo Press Music Reprint Series. Da Capo Press, New York, fourth edition, 1946. ISBN
0-306-77521-2 and 0-306-77522-0. xxiii + 1640 pp.
[51] Arnold Schoenberg. Structural Functions of Harmony. Faber & Faber, London, Boston,
second (revised) edition, 1969. ISBN 0-571-13000-3. xvi + 203 pp. (edited by Leonard
Stein).
[52] Arnold Schoenberg. Fundamentals of Musical Composition. Faber & Faber, London,
Boston, second (revised) edition, 1970. ISBN 0-571-09276-4. xiv + 224 pp. (edited by
Gerald Strang).
[53] Arnold Schoenberg. Theory of Harmony. University of California Press, Berkeley, Los
Angeles, third edition, 1978. ISBN 0-520-04944-6. xxi + 441 pp. (translated by Roy
E. Carter).
[54] Franz Schubert. Complete Song Cycles. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1970. ISBN
0-486-22649-2. 217 pp.
[55] Franz Schubert. Complete Chamber Music for Strings. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1973. ISBN 0-486-21463-X. 347 pp.
[56] Franz Schubert. Four Symphonies in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1978.
ISBN 0-486-23681-1. 262 pp.
[57] Robert Schumann. Complete Symphonies in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1980. ISBN 0-486-24013-4. 405 pp.
[58] Klaus Schweizer and Arnold Werner-Jensen. Reclams Konzertfuhrer.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[66] Peter Ilyitch Tchaikovsky. Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Symphony in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1979. ISBN 0-486-23861-X. 470 pp.
[67] Peter Ilyitch Tchaikovsky. Nutcracker Suite in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1987. ISBN 0-486-25379-1. 117 pp.
[68] Dmitri Tymoczko. A Geometry of Music; Harmony and Counterpoint in the Extended Common Practice. Oxford Studies in Music Theory. Oxford University Press, New York, 2011.
ISBN 978-0-19-533667-2. xviii + 450 pp.
[69] Arnold Werner-Jensen. Reclams Kammermusikfuhrer.
685
Index
AAB form, 156
AB form, 34, 36, 614, 635
ABA form, 11, 28, 52, 61, 90, 140, 151, 207,
266, 313, 326, 352, 363, 373, 395, 414,
431, 453, 475, 497, 509, 526, 592, 596,
604, 608, 612, 622, 628, 630, 669, 672
ABAB form, 100, 111, 189, 287, 409
ABABA form, 246, 340, 416, 504, 513
ABABAB form, 648
ABAC form, 330, 600, 616, 619
ABACA form, 300, 419, 438, 440, 585
ABACABA form, 185
ABC form, 156, 344, 425, 479, 633
ABCA form, 30, 434
ABCABC form, 203
ABCAD form, 517
Alberti bass, 192
antecedent, 11
aria, 156, 635
parallel, 9
clarinet quintet, 117
Classical music, 39, 449
coda, 10
common practice, 1
concerto, 28, 30, 636
counterpoint, 5, 10
countersubject, 10
dance, 34, 196, 280, 414, 419, 616, 622
dance
folk, 416
deceptive cadence, 5
development, 5
development
secondary, 10, 211, 230, 280, 402
development, 10
exposition, 5, 10
finale, 156
ballet music, 409, 614, 653
form, 1
Baroque music, 1
fugue, 5, 7, 156, 449
binary form, 34, 36, 100, 111, 189, 203, 409,
functional harmony, 1, 7
614, 633, 635
bourree, 36
gavotte, 34, 648
gigue, 36
cadence, 10
group, 10
cadential formulas, 1
call-and-response, 5, 10, 28, 95, 118, 144, 151, habanera, 600
293, 300, 463
harmonic progression, 3
canon, 52
hemiola, 358, 363
cantate, 15, 23
hoquetus, 363, 482
chaconne, 23
choir music, 15, 339, 425, 460, 463, 473, 614, Impressionism, 1, 449, 460
633
instrumentation, 3
chorale, 3, 15, 23
introduction, 10
chord structures in 3rds, 1
inversion
chords
harmonic, 6
extended, 9
melodic, 4
686
INDEX
sequence, 7
sonata form, 9, 10, 39, 48, 56, 67, 72, 86, 95,
main motif, 47
106, 117, 124, 130, 134, 144, 156, 173,
596
malaguena,
179, 192, 196, 210, 220, 230, 235, 240,
march, 409, 608
251, 273, 280, 293, 306, 317, 330, 335,
melody, 3, 10
344, 358, 363, 380, 388, 402, 443, 548,
menuet and trio form, 12, 44, 52, 61, 81, 90,
556, 636, 640, 643, 657, 664
121, 140, 151, 177
song cycle, 251, 475
modulation, 10
string quartet, 11, 39, 47, 56, 72, 86, 196, 240,
motif, 10
344, 358, 517, 589, 663, 669
musical analysis, 1
string quintet, 95, 104, 251
string sextet, 363
Neapolitan chord, 6
subject, 10
subject
octatonic scale, 6, 596, 597, 622
secondary, 10
opera, 156, 449, 626
orchestral music, 28, 30, 273, 339, 409, 425, suite, 409, 440, 443, 604
440, 475, 524, 533, 548, 556, 571, 577, symmetric root movement, 9
symphonic poem, 533, 548, 556, 571
585, 592, 596, 604, 614, 653
symphonic tale, 653
ostinato, 23, 246, 344, 396, 479, 596, 622
symphony, 11, 124, 134, 143, 210, 220, 230,
overture, 30, 156, 273, 409, 443, 449
235, 280, 293, 306, 317, 335, 363, 380,
pavane, 585, 604
395, 401, 407, 482, 504, 509, 513, 643,
pedal point, 7
672, 677
period, 4, 11, 90, 106, 117, 144, 151, 293, 306,
313, 320, 330, 347, 363, 388, 395, 402, ternary form
409, 414, 419, 440, 648, 653, 657
See ternary song form, 11
phrase, 10
ternary song form, 9, 11, 28, 30, 52, 61, 140,
piano music, 67, 173, 179, 189, 251, 585, 592,
156, 203, 207, 215, 224, 266, 313, 326,
604
363, 373, 395, 414, 431, 453, 475, 509,
526, 592, 596, 604, 608, 612, 622, 628,
recapitulation, 6, 10
630, 669, 672
recapitulation
theme, 10
false, 10, 280, 317, 363, 386
theme and variations form, 504
recitative and aria, 156
tonal centre, 3
requiem, 339, 425
tonal music, 1
Romantic music, 1, 449
tone poem, 577
rondo form, 185, 300, 330, 358, 388, 416, 440, transition, 7, 10
486, 585
root cycle, 1, 7
variation, 10
vocal duet, 156, 457, 628, 630
saltarello, 287
vocal quartet, 156
scherzo and trio form, 12, 215, 224, 246, 266,
vocal quintet, 156
300, 352, 363, 373, 648
vocal solo, 156, 251, 469, 475
section, 10
vocal trio, 156, 453, 460, 466
sentence, 4, 10, 76, 81, 86, 90, 95, 106, 117, 121,
voice leading, 3
125, 134, 140, 144, 151, 298, 300, 306,
330, 335, 347, 352, 358, 373, 395, 396,
419, 443, 497, 564, 646, 648, 653, 657
key relationship diagram, 12
687